VINTAGE MUTUAL FUNDS INC
485BPOS, 2000-05-03
Previous: SEPARATE ACCOUNT VA-P OF FIRST ALLMERICA FIN LIFE INSUR CO, 497J, 2000-05-03
Next: VINTAGE MUTUAL FUNDS INC, 497, 2000-05-03





                           REGISTRATION NO. 33-87498
                                    811-08910

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM N-1A

           REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 [X]

                      PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. _____ [ ]
                       POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 16 [X]
                                     AND/OR


       REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940 [X]
                              AMENDMENT NO. 19 [X]
                        (CHECK APPROPRIATE BOX OR BOXES.)


                           VINTAGE MUTUAL FUNDS, INC.
               (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN CHARTER)
                                2203 GRAND AVENUE
                           DES MOINES, IOWA 50312-5338
               (ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES) (ZIP CODE)

       REGISTRANT'S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE: (515) 244-5426

                            DAVID W. MILES, PRESIDENT
                           VINTAGE MUTUAL FUNDS, INC.
                                2203 GRAND AVENUE
                           DES MOINES, IOWA 50312-5338
                     (NAME AND ADDRESS OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)

                        COPIES OF ALL COMMUNICATIONS TO:
MARY DOTTERER                      JOHN C. MILES, ESQ.
VINTAGE MUTUAL FUNDS, INC.         DONALD F. BURT, ESQ.
2203 GRAND AVENUE                  CLINE, WILLIAMS, WRIGHT, JOHNSON & OLDFATHER
DES MOINES, IOWA 50312             19TH FLOOR, 233 S. 13TH
                                   LINCOLN, NEBRASKA 68508

IT IS PROPOSED THAT THIS FILING WILL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON MAY 3, 2000 PURSUANT TO
PARAGRAPH (a)(2) OF RULE 485 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.


 <PAGE>

For more information about the Fund, the following  documents are available upon
request:

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS TO SHAREHOLDERS

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports to shareholders contain additional information on
the Fund's investments.  In the Annual Report, you will find a discussion of the
market  conditions and investment  strategies  that  significantly  affected the
Fund's performance during its last fiscal year.

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (SAI)

The Vintage Funds have an SAI,  which contains more detailed  information  about
the Fund,  including its operations and investment  policies.  The Funds' SAI is
incorporated by reference into (and is legally part of) this Prospectus.

You may request a free copy of the current Annual/Semi-annual report or the SAI,
by contacting your broker or other financial intermediary,  or by contacting the
Fund:

By mail:      c/o Vintage Mutual Funds, Inc.
              2203 Grand Avenue
              Des Moines, IA 50312

By phone:     For Information and Literature:   (800) 798-1819

By e-mail:    [email protected]

OR YOU MAY VIEW OR OBTAIN THESE DOCUMENTS FROM THE SEC:

In person:    at the SEC's Public Reference Room
              in Washington, D.C.

By phone:     1-202-942-8090 (For information only)


By mail:      Public Reference Section
              Securities and Exchange Commission
              Washington, DC 20549-6009
              (Duplicating fee required)


By email:      [email protected]


On the Internet: www.sec.gov

The  Fund  may not be  available  in all  states.  Please  contact  the  Fund to
determine if the Fund is available for sale in your state.

File No. 811-08910

<PAGE>

                           INSTITUTIONAL RESERVES FUND





                                   PROSPECTUS



                                  May 3, 2000







AS WITH OTHER MUTUAL  FUNDS,  THE  SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  HAS NOT
APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED  THESE  SECURITIES  OR PASSED UPON THE ADEQUACY OF THIS
PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

<PAGE>

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RISK/RETURN SUMMARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE FUND. . . . . . . . . . .    4

DESCRIPTION OF THE FUND. . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7


PURCHASE AND SALE OF SHARES . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
   - HOW THE FUNDS VALUE THEIR SHARES . . . . . . .   8
   - HOW TO PURCHASE SHARES. . . . . . . . . . . . .  9
   - AUTO PURCHASE PLAN. . . . . . . .. . . . . . .   9
   - HOW TO SELL SHARES . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
   - AUTO WITHDRAWAL PLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
   - AUTOMATIC REDEMPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS, AND TAXES . . . . . . . .  11

DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13

FOR MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE FUND . . . . .    Back Cover


<PAGE>




INSTITUTIONAL RESERVES FUND

RISK/RETURN SUMMARY

OBJECTIVES:  The  investment  objectives of the Fund are safety of principal and
liquidity,  and to the extent consistent with these objectives,  maximum current
income.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES: The Fund is a "money market fund" that seeks to
maintain  a stable  net asset  value of $1.00 per share.  The Fund  pursues  its
objective by maintaining a diversified  portfolio of  high-quality  money market
securities. The Fund primarily invests in:

     _ Federally  insured  student loans purchased  through a trust,  subject to
     unconditional  repurchase  commitments from financial  institutions on five
     business days' notice;

     _ U.S. Treasury bills or notes and other  obligations  issued or guaranteed
     by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities; and

     _repurchase agreements collateralized by the types of securities listed.

     PRINCIPAL RISKS:  The principal risks of investing in the Fund are interest
          rate risk, credit risk,  management risk. An investment in the Fund is
          not a  deposit  in a bank  and is not  insured  or  guaranteed  by the
          Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation or any other government agency.
          Although  the Fund seeks to preserve the value of your  investment  at
          $1.00 per share,  it is  possible  to lose money by  investing  in the
          Fund.

     - Interest  Rate Risk.  This is the risk that returns will  fluctuate  more
     than expected because of changes in the level of interest rates.

     - Credit  Risk.  This is the risk  associated  with the ability of the firm
     that  issues or  guarantees  securities  to meet its  obligations  on those
     securities or guarantees.

     - Management  Risk. This risk is the  possibility  that the Fund's managers
     may make poor  choices in selecting  securities  and that the Fund will not
     perform as well as other funds.

Since  this  is a new  Fund,  performance  information  is  not  required  to be
included.
<PAGE>
FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE FUND

SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES
(Fees paid directly from your investment)                     NONE

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from Fund assets)
and EXAMPLES

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

                            Operating Expenses
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------- ----------------

Management Fees                                                0.35%(1)
Distribution (12b-1) Fees                                      0.00%(2)
Other Expenses                                                 0.41%
Total Fund Operating Expenses                                  0.76%(1)

- ----------------------------------------------------------      ----------------
(1)The Fund's  Adviser has waived a portion of the  management fee for an actual
fee of 0.25%.  The Adviser may reduce or  eliminate  the fee waiver at any time.
Total fees have been voluntarily reduced for an actual fee of 0.66%.

(2) The Fund's plan allows charges of up to .25% but no fees are currently being
imposed under the plan.

The  Examples are to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the
cost of  investing in other  funds.  They assume that you invest  $10,000 in the
Fund for the  periods  indicated  and then  redeem all your shares at the end of
those periods. They also assume that your investment has a 5 percent return each
year and that the Fund's operating expenses stay the same. Your actual costs may
be higher or lower.

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

                             Expense Examples
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------- ----------------

                      After 1 year                               $78
                      After 3 years                             $243

- ---------------------------------------------------------- ----------------


DESCRIPTION OF THE FUND

This  section of the  Prospectus  provides a more  complete  description  of the
Fund's investment  objectives,  principal  strategies,  and risks. There can, of
course, be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objectives.

<PAGE>



OBJECTIVES

The Fund's investment  objectives are safety of principal and liquidity,  and to
the extent consistent with these objectives,  maximum current income. As a money
market  fund,  the Fund must meet the  requirements  of SEC Rule 2a-7.  The Rule
imposes  strict   requirements  on  the  investment   quality,   maturity,   and
diversification  of  the  Fund's  investments.   Under  Rule  2a-7,  the  Fund's
investments must each have a remaining maturity of no more than 397 days and the
Fund must maintain an average weighted maturity that does not exceed 90 days.

Principal Investment Strategies

The Fund  pursues its  objectives  by  investing  in  high-quality  money market
obligations,  that is those which have a high probability of timely payment. The
Fund may invest in:

     - redeemable,  guaranteed interest-bearing  participation interests ("Trust
     Certificates")  issued by one or more  trusts  created  for the  purpose of
     acquiring  federally  insured  student  loans,  which may comprise up to 80
     percent of the Fund's portfolio;

     - U.S. Treasury bills,  notes and other obligations issued or guaranteed by
     the U.S. Government, its agencies, or instrumentalities; and

     - repurchase agreements collateralized by the types of securities listed.

The Fund will only purchase Trust  Certificates  from Student Loan Trusts formed
for the  purpose  of  purchasing  federally  insured  student  loans.  The Trust
Certificates  will have an original  maturity of not more than 397 days, but are
backed  by  the  unconditional   obligation  of  one  or  more  rated  financial
institutions to repurchase the student loans or the Trust  Certificates from the
trust upon five business days' notice from the Fund. Each financial  institution
providing an unconditional  repurchase  commitment will have one or more ratings
in the highest  category for short-term  securities,  which indicates the issuer
has the greatest capacity for timely payment.

RISK CONSIDERATIONS

The Fund is subject to management  risk. This risk is the  possibility  that the
Fund's managers may make poor choices in selecting  securities and that the Fund
will not perform as well as other  funds.  In  addition,  specific  risks of the
Fund's portfolio include:


INTEREST RATE RISK. Because the Fund invests in short-term securities, a decline
in interest  rates will affect the Fund's yields as these  securities  mature or
are sold and the Fund  purchases new  short-term  securities  with lower yields.
Generally,  an increase in interest rates causes the value of a debt  instrument
to decrease. The change in value for shorter-term  securities is usually smaller
than for securities with longer maturities.

CREDIT RISK. This is the risk that a security's credit rating will be downgraded
or that the issuer of a  security  or a  guarantor  will  default  (fail to make
scheduled  interest  and  principal  payments  or fail to fulfill its promise to
repurchase securities).  The Fund invests in highly rated securities to minimize
credit risk.

OTHER INVESTMENT INFORMATION

U.S.  GOVERNMENT  SECURITIES.  U.S.  Government  securities include  obligations
issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury, such as Treasury bills, notes, bonds,
and  certificates  of  indebtedness,  and  obligations  issued or  guaranteed by
agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government.

TEMPORARY  DEFENSIVE  POSITION.  For temporary defensive purposes in response to
adverse market or other  conditions,  the Fund may make  investments,  including
short-term money market instruments or holding substantial cash reserves,  which
are inconsistent with the Fund's primary investment  strategies.  While the Fund
is investing for temporary  defensive  purposes,  it may not meet its investment
objectives.
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

INVESTMENT ADVISER

The Fund's  Adviser is Investors  Management  Group,  Ltd.  ("IMG"),  2203 Grand
Avenue,  Des Moines,  Iowa 50312.  IMG is a wholly  owned  subsidiary  of AMCORE
Investment Group, N.A. that provides continuous investment management to pension
and  profit-sharing  plans,   insurance  companies,   public  agencies,   banks,
endowments  and charitable  institutions,  other mutual funds,  individuals  and
others. As of  December 31, 1999,  IMG had approximately $4.2 billion in equity,
fixed-income and money market assets under management.

IMG provides investment advisory services and order placement facilities for the
Fund. For these advisory  services,  the Fund has contracted to pay IMG a fee of
0.35 percent as a percentage  of average  daily net assets of the Fund.  IMG has
waived a portion of the fee for an actual fee of 0.25 percent. IMG may reduce or
eliminate the fee waiver at any time.

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

The  following  individuals  serve as  portfolio  managers  for the Fund and are
primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund's portfolio:

    -   Kathryn D. Beyer, CFA
        -    Managing Director
        -    Ms. Beyer is a fixed-income strategist and is a member of IMG's
             Investment Policy Committee.
        -    She has been with IMG since 1993.

    -   Jeffrey D. Lorenzen, CFA
        -    Managing Director
        -    Mr. Lorenzen is a fixed-income strategist, is a member of IMG's
             Investment Policy Committee, and chairperson of the Bond
             Research Committee.
        -    He has been with IMG since 1992.

    -   Elizabeth S. Pierson, CFA
        -    Vice President and Senior Fixed-Income Manager.
        -    Ms. Pierson is a fixed-income strategist and is a member of IMG's
             Investment Policy Committee.
        -    Ms. Pierson became an employee of IMG effective with the
             acquisition of IMG by AMCORE Financial, Inc. in February 1998
             and has been with IMG affiliates since 1984.


<PAGE>

PURCHASE AND SALE OF SHARES

HOW THE FUND VALUES ITS SHARES

The Fund's NAV is  calculated  at 11:00 a.m.  Central  Time each day the Federal
Reserve  Bank  ("Fed")  or New  York  Stock  Exchange  ("Exchange")  is open for
business.

To calculate  NAV, the Fund's  assets are valued and  totaled,  liabilities  are
subtracted,  and the  balance,  called net  assets,  is divided by the number of
shares outstanding. The Fund values its securities at their amortized cost. This
method  involves  valuing  a  security  at its cost and  thereafter  applying  a
constant amortization to maturity of any discount or premium,  regardless of the
effect of fluctuating interest rates on the market value of the investment.

A  purchase  order for shares  received  in good order by the Fund by 11:00 a.m.
Central Time is effected at the net asset value per share calculated as of 11:00
a.m. Central Time, and investors will receive the dividend declared that day.

HOW TO PURCHASE SHARES

You may purchase the Fund's shares through qualified  institutions.  A qualified
institution is an institution that has a business  relationship  with Union Bank
and Trust  Company,  Lincoln,  Nebraska  ("Union Bank") and/or its affiliates as
determined by Union Bank in its sole discretion.

The minimum  initial  investment  amount is $100,000.  To purchase shares of the
Fund,   complete  an  Account   Application,   which  is  available  by  calling
800-798-1819, and mail it to:

                           Vintage Mutual Funds, Inc.
                                2203 Grand Avenue
                              Des Moines, IA 50312

Payment for your initial purchase,  along with subsequent purchases, may be made
by means of a wire,  automated  clearing house (ACH), or a check made payable to
Institutional Reserves Fund. The wire and ACH instructions are as follows:

                           Union Bank & Trust Company
                                Lincoln, Nebraska
                        Trust Department, ABA #104910785
                             Lincoln, Nebraska 68506
                     Account of Institutional Reserves Fund
                        FBO: (Account Registration Name)

If you  are an  existing  Fund  shareholder,  you  may  request  a  purchase  of
additional shares by calling 800-798-1819 or by visiting  www.ipasonline.com  to
access your account to initiate the purchase.

The Fund is required to withhold 31 percent of taxable dividends,  capital gains
distributions,  and redemptions paid to shareholders  that have not provided the
Fund with their certified  taxpayer  identification  number.  To avoid this, you
must provide your correct Tax Identification  Number (Social Security Number for
most individual investors) on your Account Application.

The Fund may  refuse  any order to  purchase  shares.  In  particular,  the Fund
reserves the right to restrict  purchases of shares when they appear to evidence
a pattern  of  frequent  purchases  and sales  made in  response  to  short-term
conditions.

AUTO PURCHASE PLAN

The Auto  Purchase  Plan  enables  you, as a  shareholder  of the Fund,  to make
regular monthly purchases of shares. With your authorization, the Transfer Agent
will automatically purchase shares at NAV on the dates of the specified purchase
and  have it  automatically  withdrawn  from  your  bank  account.  In  order to
participate the required minimum purchase is $500.

To participate in the Auto Purchase Plan, you should call  800-798-1819 for more
information.

HOW TO SELL SHARES

You may "redeem"  your shares  (i.e.,  sell your shares back to the Fund) on any
day the Fed and Exchange  are open,  either  directly or through your  financial
intermediary.  Your sales price will be the  next-determined  NAV after the Fund
receives your sales request in proper form.  Normally,  proceeds will be sent to
you within 3 days. If you recently  purchased your shares by check or electronic
funds  transfer,  your  redemption  payment  may be  delayed  until  the Fund is
reasonably  satisfied  that the  check or  electronic  funds  transfer  has been
collected (which may take up to 10 days).

SELLING SHARES DIRECTLY TO THE FUND

BY MAIL:

Send a signed letter of instruction to:

                           Vintage Mutual Funds, Inc.
                                2203 Grand Avenue
                              Des Moines, IA 50312

For your  protection,  a bank,  a member firm of a national  stock  exchange,  a
credit  union,  a clearing  agency,  a savings  association,  or other  eligible
guarantor institution,  must guarantee signatures.  Additional  documentation is
required for the sale of shares by corporations, intermediaries, fiduciaries and
surviving joint owners. If you have any questions about the procedures,  contact
IMG.

BY TELEPHONE:

You may redeem your shares by  telephone  request  unless you choose not to have
this  option on the  Account  Application.  Call the Fund at  800-798-1819  with
instructions on how you wish to receive your sale proceeds.

BY INTERNET:

You may initiate your redemption by visiting www.ipasonline.com on the Internet.
Call the Fund at 800-798-1819 to obtain authorization and instructions.

AUTO WITHDRAWAL PLAN

The Auto  Withdrawal  Plan enables you, as a  shareholder  of the Fund,  to make
regular monthly  redemptions of shares.  With your  authorization,  the Transfer
Agent will automatically redeem shares at NAV on the dates of the withdrawal and
have it automatically  deposited into your bank account or a check in the amount
specified mailed to you. In order to participate:

         -     the required minimum withdrawal is $500; and
         -     the Fund must maintain a $10,000 minimum balance.

To participate in the Auto  Withdrawal  Plan, you should call  800-798-1819  for
more information.

AUTOMATIC REDEMPTION

The Fund may automatically redeem your shares at NAV if your account drops below
$500.  Before the Fund  exercises its right to redeem these shares,  you will be
given  notice that the value of your shares is less than the minimum  amount and
will be allowed 60 days to make an additional  investment that will increase the
value of your account to at least $500.

DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS, AND TAXES

DIVIDENDS AND CAPITAL GAINS

The Fund  intends to  declare  net  investment  income  daily as a  dividend  to
shareholders at the close of business on the day of  declaration.  The Fund will
generally pay such  dividends  monthly.  The Fund also intends to distribute its
capital gains, if any, at least  annually,  normally in December of each year. A
shareholder  will  automatically  receive all income dividends and capital gains
distributions in additional full and fractional  shares of the Fund at NAV as of
the  ex-dividend  date,  unless the shareholder  elects to receive  dividends or
distributions  in cash.  Such election must be made on the Account  Application;
any  change in such  election  must be made in writing to the Fund at 2203 Grand
Avenue,  Des  Moines,  Iowa  50312 and will  become  effective  with  respect to
dividends  and  distributions  having  record  dates  after its  receipt  by the
Transfer  Agent.  Dividends are paid in cash not later than seven  business days
after a shareholder's complete redemption of his or her shares.

TAX CONSIDERATIONS

All   shareholders   are  required  to  report  the  receipt  of  dividends  and
distributions  on their federal income tax returns,  even if dividends have been
reinvested in additional shares.

Dividends paid out of the Fund's  investment  company taxable income  (including
dividends, taxable interest and net short-term capital gains) will be taxable to
a U.S.  shareholder as ordinary income.  Distributions of net capital gains (the
excess of net long-term  capital gains over net short-term  capital losses),  if
any,  designated by the Fund as capital gain  dividends are taxable as long-term
capital gains,  regardless of the length of time the  shareholder  has held Fund
shares.

A  distribution  will be treated as paid on December 31 of the current  calendar
year if it is declared by the Fund in October, November or December of that year
to  shareholders of record on a date in such a month and paid by the Fund during
January of the following  calendar year. Such  distributions  will be treated as
received by  shareholders  in the calendar year in which the  distributions  are
declared, rather than the calendar year in which the distributions are received.

Each year the Fund will notify  shareholders  of the tax status of dividends and
distributions.

Distributions   from  the  Fund  may  be  subject  to  state  and  local  taxes.
Distributions  of the Fund that are derived  from  interest  on U.S.  Government
securities  may be  exempt  from  state  and  local  taxes  in  certain  states.
Shareholders  should consult their tax advisors regarding the possible exclusion
for state and local income tax purposes of the portion of dividends  paid by the
Fund which is attributable to interest from U.S.  Government  securities and the
particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund,  including the
application of state and local tax laws.


<PAGE>

DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS

SHARE CLASSES

The Fund offers only one class of shares at present,  although it has  authority
to offer multiple classes in the future.

DISTRIBUTION

Shares of the Fund pay no shareholder or servicing fees and are normally offered
directly by the distributor or through qualified institutions.

RULE 12B-1 AND ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICE FEES

The Fund has adopted a plan under SEC Rule 12b-1 and an Administrative  Services
Plan that allows the Fund to pay asset-based  distribution  and service fees for
the distribution and sale of its shares.  Because these fees are paid out of the
Fund's assets on an on-going basis,  over time these fees will increase the cost
of your  investment  and may cost  you more  than  paying  other  types of sales
charges.  The plans allow charges of up to .50 percent but no fees are currently
being imposed under the plans.


<PAGE>


                                     PART B
                      INFORMATION REQUIRED IN A STATEMENT
                           OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

                          Institutional Reserves Fund

                   Government Assets Fund - "S" and "T" Shares

               Liquid Assets Fund - "S", "S2", "T" and "I" Shares

                Municipal Assets Fund - "S", "T" and "I" Shares"

                         Vintage Limited Term Bond Fund

                                Vintage Bond Fund

                               Vintage Income Fund

                           Vintage Municipal Bond Fund

                              Vintage Balanced Fund

                    Vintage Equity Fund - "S" and "T" Shares

                         Vintage Aggressive Growth Fund



         Each an Investment Portfolio of the Vintage Mutual Funds, Inc.

                       Statement of Additional Information

                                  May  3 , 2000

This Statement of Additional Information ("SAI") is not a prospectus, but should
be read in conjunction with the  prospectuses  for the Government  Assets Fund -
"S" and "T" shares  ("Government  Assets"),  the Liquid Assets Fund - "S", "S2",
"T" and "I" shares ("Liquid  Assets"),  the Municipal Assets Fund - "S", "T" and
"I" shares ("Municipal Assets"), the Institutional Reserves Fund ("Institutional
Reserves"),  the Vintage  Limited Term Bond Fund (the "Limited Term Bond Fund"),
the Vintage Bond Fund (the "Bond  Fund"),  the Vintage  Income Fund (the "Income
Fund"), the Vintage Municipal Bond Fund (the "Municipal Bond Fund"), the Vintage
Balanced  Fund (the  "Balanced  Fund"),  the  Vintage  Equity Fund - "S" and "T"
shares  (the  "Equity  Fund"),  and the  Vintage  Aggressive  Growth  Fund  (the
"Aggressive  Growth  Fund") each dated July 29, 1999,  except for  Institutional
Reserves,  which is dated May ,2000 (the "Prospectus"),  hereinafter referred to
collectively  as the "Funds" and singly,  a "Fund".  This SAI is incorporated in
its entirety into the  Prospectus.  Copies of the  Prospectus may be obtained by
writing the Funds at BISYS Fund  Services,  3435 Stelzer  Road,  Columbus,  Ohio
43129 or by calling 1-800-438-6375.


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

GENERAL INFORMATION

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES, POLICIES AND RESTRICTIONS
         Additional Information on Portfolio Instruments
         Investment Restrictions
         Portfolio Turnover

NET ASSET VALUE
         Valuation of the Government Assets, Liquid Assets,
               Municipal Assets, and Institutional Reserves Funds
         Valuation of the Variable NAV Funds

ADDITIONAL PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION
         Matters Affecting Redemption

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY
         Directors and Officers
         Investment Adviser
         Portfolio Transactions
         Banking Laws
         Administrator
         Distributor
         Administrative Services Plan
         Custodian
         Transfer Agency and Fund Accounting Services
         Independent Auditors
         Legal Counsel

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
         Description of Shares
         Shareholder Meetings
         Vote of a Majority of the Outstanding Shares
         Additional Tax Information
         Additional Tax Information Concerning the Municipal Assets
                  and Municipal Bond Funds
         Yields and Total Returns of the Government Assets, Liquid
                  Assets and Municipal Assets Funds
         Yields and Total Returns of the Variable NAV Funds
         Performance Comparisons
         Principal Shareholders
            Miscellaneous

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

APPENDIX A

APPENDIX B

APPENDIX C



<PAGE>


                               GENERAL INFORMATION

         Vintage Mutual Funds,  Inc. (the  "Company") is an open-end  management
investment  company  which  currently  offers it  shares in series  representing
eleven  investment  portfolios:  Government  Assets,  Liquid  Assets,  Municipal
Assets, Institutional Reserves, Limited Term Bond, Bond, Income, Municipal Bond,
Balanced,  Equity,  and  Aggressive  Growth  Funds  (individually  a "Fund"  and
collectively the "Funds").  The Company was organized on November 16, 1994 under
the laws of Maryland.  Shares of some of the Funds may also be issued in classes
with differing  distribution and shareholder servicing arrangements (a "Class").
Subject to the Class level expenses,  each share of a Fund ("shares") represents
an equal  proportionate  interest in a Fund with other  shares of the same Fund,
and is entitled to such dividends and  distributions out of the income earned on
the assets belonging to that Fund,  subject to the class level expenses,  as are
declared at the discretion of the Directors.  Investors  Management  Group, Ltd.
("IMG") acts as the  Company's  investment  adviser and provides  various  other
services to the Funds.  No investment in shares of a Fund should be made without
first reading the Prospectus.  References to the "Variable NAV Funds" shall mean
all of the Funds except the  Government  Assets,  Liquid  Assets,  and Municipal
Assets, and Institutional Reserves Funds.

                INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES, POLICIES AND RESTRICTIONS

Additional Information on Portfolio Instruments

The following policies  supplement the investment  objective and policies of the
Funds as set forth in their respective Prospectuses.

Average Maturity.  The average maturity of the Limited Term Bond, Bond,  Income,
and Municipal  Bond Funds,  as well as the fixed income  portion of the Balanced
Fund,  represents a weighted  average based on the stated maturity dates of each
Fund's fixed income  securities,  except that (i)  variable-rate  securities are
deemed to mature at the next interest rate adjustment date, (ii) debt securities
with put features are deemed to mature at the next put exercise  date, and (iii)
the maturity of  mortgage-backed  and  asset-backed  securities which experience
periodic principal repayments is determined on an "expected life" basis.

Bank  Obligations.  Each Fund, with the exception of the Government  Assets Fund
and Institutional Reserves Fund, may invest in bank obligations such as bankers'
acceptances, certificates of deposit, and time deposits.

Bankers'  acceptances are negotiable drafts or bills of exchange typically drawn
by an importer or exporter to pay for specific merchandise, which are "accepted"
by a bank, meaning, in effect, that the bank  unconditionally  agrees to pay the
face value of the instrument on maturity.  Bankers'  acceptances  invested in by
the Funds will be those guaranteed by domestic and foreign banks having,  at the
time of  investment,  capital,  surplus,  and  undivided  profits  in  excess of
$100,000,000  (as of  the  date  of  their  most  recently  published  financial
statements).

Certificates  of  deposit  are  negotiable  certificates  issued  against  funds
deposited in a commercial bank or a savings and loan  association for a definite
period of time and earning a specified return.  Certificates of deposit and time
deposits  will be those of  domestic  and  foreign  banks and  savings  and loan
associations,  if (a) at the time of investment the depository  institution  has
capital,  surplus,  and undivided  profits in excess of $100,000,000  (as of the
date of its most recently published financial statements),  or (b) the principal
amount of the  instrument  is insured in full by the Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Corporation.

Commercial Paper. Commercial paper consists of unsecured promissory notes issued
by  corporations.  Issues of commercial  paper normally have  maturities of less
than nine months and fixed rates of return.

The Limited  Term Bond,  Bond,  Income,  Municipal  Bond,  Balanced,  Equity and
Aggressive Growth Funds may purchase commercial paper consisting of issues rated
at the time of purchase within the two highest rating categories by a nationally
recognized  statistical rating  organization (an "NRSRO").  These Funds may also
invest in  commercial  paper  that is not rated but is  determined  by IMG under
guidelines established by the Company's Board of Directors,  to be of comparable
quality.

Variable  Amount Master Demand Notes.  Variable  amount master demand notes,  in
which the Limited Term Bond, Bond, Income, Municipal Bond and Balanced Funds may
invest,  are unsecured demand notes that permit the  indebtedness  thereunder to
vary and provide for periodic  readjustments  in the interest rate  according to
the terms of the  instrument.  They are also referred to as variable rate demand
notes.  Because  master demand notes are direct lending  arrangements  between a
Fund  and the  issuer,  they  are not  normally  traded.  Although  there  is no
secondary  market in the notes,  a Fund may  demand  payment  of  principal  and
accrued interest at any time or during specified periods not exceeding one year,
depending upon the instrument involved, and may resell the note at any time to a
third party. IMG will consider the earning power, cash flow, and other liquidity
ratios  of the  issuers  of such  notes  and  will  continuously  monitor  their
financial  status  and  ability  to  meet  payment  on  demand.  In  determining
dollar-weighted average portfolio maturity, a variable amount master demand note
will be  deemed to have a  maturity  equal to the  longer of the  period of time
remaining  until  the  next  interest  rate  adjustment  or the  period  of time
remaining  until the principal  amount can be recovered  from the issuer through
demand.

Illiquid Securities.  Each Fund may invest up to 10 percent of its net assets in
illiquid  securities.  For  purposes of this  restriction,  illiquid  securities
include restricted securities (securities the disposition of which is restricted
under the federal securities laws, such as private placements), other securities
without readily  available market  quotations  (including  options traded in the
over-the-counter   market,   and  interest-only  and   principal-only   stripped
mortgage-backed  securities),  and repurchase  agreements  maturing in more than
seven days.  Risks associated with restricted  securities  include the potential
obligation  to pay all or part of the  registration  expenses  in  order  to see
certain restricted securities.  A considerable period of time may elapse between
the  time of the  decision  to sell a  security  and the  time  the  Fund may be
permitted to sell it under an effective registration statement. If during such a
period,  adverse  conditions  were to  develop,  the  Fund  might  obtain a less
favorable price than that prevailing when it decided to sell.

The Board of Directors has the ultimate  authority to  determine,  to the extent
permissible  under the federal  securities  laws, which securities are liquid or
illiquid for purposes of the 10 percent  limitation.  Certain  securities exempt
from registration or issued in transactions  exempt from registration  under the
Securities  Act of 1933, as amended (the  "Securities  Act"),  may be considered
liquid.  The Board of  Directors  has  delegated  to the Adviser the  day-to-day
determination of the liquidity of a security, although it has retained oversight
and ultimate  responsibility  for such  determinations.  Although no  definitive
liquidity  criteria are used, the Board of Directors has directed the Adviser to
look to such  factors as (i) the nature of the market for a security  (including
the institutional  private resale market),  (ii) the terms of certain securities
or other instruments allowing for the disposition to a third party or the issuer
thereof (e.g., certain repurchase obligations and demand instruments), (iii) the
availability of market quotations,  and (iv) other permissible relevant factors.
Certain securities,  such as repurchase  obligations maturing in more than seven
days  and  other  securities  that are not  readily  marketable,  are  currently
considered illiquid.

Restricted  securities may be sold only in privately negotiated  transactions or
in a public offering with respect to which a registration statement is in effect
under the  Securities  Act.  Where  registration  is  required,  the Fund may be
obligated to pay all or part of the  registration  expenses  and a  considerable
period may elapse between the time of the decision to sell and the time the Fund
may be permitted to sell a security under an effective  registration  statement.
If, during such a period,  adverse market  conditions were to develop,  the Fund
might  obtain a less  favorable  price than  prevailed  when it decided to sell.
Restricted  securities  will be priced at fair value as determined in good faith
by the Board of Directors. If through the appreciation of illiquid securities or
the  depreciation of liquid  securities,  the Fund should be in a position where
more than 10 percent of the value of its net assets  are  invested  in  illiquid
assets,  including restricted  securities which are not readily marketable,  the
Fund will take steps as deemed advisable, if any, to protect liquidity.

Variable  and  Floating  Rate  Securities.  Government  Assets,  Liquid  Assets,
Municipal  Assets,  Institutional  Reserves,  Limited Term Bond,  Bond,  Income,
Municipal  Bond and  Balanced  Funds may  acquire  variable  and  floating  rate
securities,   subject  to  such  Fund's  investment   objective,   policies  and
restrictions.  Variable rate securities provide for automatic establishment of a
new interest  rate at fixed  intervals  (e.g.,  daily,  monthly,  semi-annually,
etc.). Floating rate securities provide for automatic adjustment of the interest
rate whenever some specified  interest rate index changes.  The interest rate on
variable or floating rate securities is ordinarily determined by reference to or
is a percentage of a bank's prime rate, the 90-day U.S.  Treasury bill rate, the
rate of return on commercial paper or bank certificates of deposit,  an index of
short-term interest rates, or some other objective measure.

Variable  or  floating  rate  securities  frequently  include  a demand  feature
entitling the holder to sell the securities to the issuer at par. In many cases,
the demand feature can be exercised at any time on seven days' notice;  in other
cases,  the demand  feature  is  exercisable  at any time on 30 days'  notice or
similar notice at intervals of not more than one year.  Securities with a demand
feature  exercisable  over a period in excess of seven days are considered to be
illiquid. (See "Illiquid Securities" above.) Some securities,  which do not have
variable  or floating  interest  rates,  may be  accompanied  by puts  producing
similar results and price characteristics.

Variable  rate demand notes include  master  demand notes which are  obligations
that  permit the Fund to invest  fluctuating  amounts,  which may  change  daily
without penalty,  pursuant to direct  arrangements  between the Fund, as lender,
and the borrower. The interest rates on these notes fluctuate from time to time.
The issuer of such obligations normally has a corresponding right, after a given
period,  to prepay in its discretion,  the outstanding  principal  amount of the
obligations plus accrued interest upon a specified number of days' notice to the
holders  of such  obligations.  The  interest  rate on a  floating  rate  demand
obligation is based on a known lending rate, such as a bank's prime rate, and is
adjusted  automatically each time such rate is adjusted.  The interest rate on a
variable  rate  demand   obligation  is  adjusted   automatically  at  specified
intervals.  Frequently,  letters of credit or other credit support  arrangements
provided by banks secure such obligations.  Because these obligations are direct
lending  arrangements  between the lender and borrower,  it is not  contemplated
that such  instruments  will  generally  be traded,  and there  generally  is no
established secondary market for these obligations, although they are redeemable
at face value.  Accordingly,  where these obligations are not secured by letters
of credit or other credit  support  arrangements,  the Fund's right to redeem is
dependent  on the  ability of the  borrower  to pay  principal  and  interest on
demand. Such obligations  frequently are not rated by credit rating agencies. If
not so rated, the Fund may invest in them only if the Adviser determines that at
the time of investment the  obligations  are of comparable  quality to the other
obligations  in which the Fund may invest.  The Adviser,  on behalf of the Fund,
will  consider on an ongoing  basis the  creditworthiness  of the issuers of the
floating and variable rate demand obligations owned by the Fund.

U.S. Government Obligations.  The Government Assets Fund will invest exclusively
in  short-term  U.S.  Treasury  bills,  notes  and other  obligations  issued or
guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies or  instrumentalities  subject
to  its  investment  objective  and  policies  (collectively,  "U.S.  Government
Obligations").  The Liquid Assets,  Municipal Assets, and Institutional Reserves
Funds,  as well as the  Variable  NAV Funds may also  invest in U.S.  Government
Obligations.  Obligations of certain agencies and  instrumentalities of the U.S.
Government  are  supported  by the full faith and  credit of the U.S.  Treasury;
others are  supported  by the right of the issuer to borrow  from the  Treasury;
others are supported by the  discretionary  authority of the U.S.  Government to
purchase the agency's  obligations;  and still others are supported  only by the
credit  of  the  instrumentality.  No  assurance  can be  given  that  the  U.S.
Government would provide financial support to U.S. Government-sponsored agencies
or  instrumentalities  if it were not  obligated  to do so by law.  A Fund  will
invest in the  obligations of such agencies or  instrumentalities  only when IMG
believes that the credit risk with respect thereto is minimal.

Stripped Treasury Securities.  The Variable NAV Funds may invest in certain U.S.
Government  Obligations referred to as "Stripped Treasury  Securities." Stripped
Treasury  Securities  are U.S.  Treasury  securities  that have been stripped of
their unmatured  interest coupons (which typically provide for interest payments
semi-annually), interest coupons that have been stripped from such U.S. Treasury
securities, and receipts and certificates for such stripped debt obligations and
stripped  coupons.  Stripped  bonds  and  stripped  coupons  are  sold at a deep
discount  because  the  buyer of those  securities  receives  only the  right to
receive a future  fixed  payment on the security and does not receive any rights
to periodic interest payments on the security.

Stripped  Treasury  Securities will include coupons that have been stripped from
U.S.  Treasury  bonds,  which may be held  through  the Federal  Reserve  Bank's
book-entry system called "Separate Trading of Registered  Interest and Principal
of Securities" ("STRIPS") or through a program entitled "Coupon Under Book-Entry
Safekeeping" ("CUBES").

The U.S.  Government does not issue Stripped Treasury Securities  directly.  The
STRIPS program, which is ongoing, is designed to facilitate the secondary market
in the  stripping  of  selected  U.S.  Treasury  notes and bonds  into  separate
Interest  and  principal  components.  Under  the  program,  the  U.S.  Treasury
continues to sell its notes and bonds through its customary  auction process.  A
purchaser  of those  specified  notes and bonds who has  access to a  book-entry
account at a Federal Reserve bank, however,  may separate the Treasury notes and
bonds into interest and principal  components.  The selected Treasury securities
thereafter  may be maintained in the book-entry  system  operated by the Federal
Reserve in a manner that  permits the  separate  trading  and  ownership  of the
interest and principal payments.

Cubes, like STRIPS,  are direct  obligations of the U.S.  Government.  CUBES are
coupons that have previously been physically  stripped from U.S.  Treasury notes
and bonds,  but which were deposited with the Federal Reserve Bank's  book-entry
system and are now  carried  and  transferable  in  book-entry  form only.  Only
stripped U.S. Treasury coupons maturing on or after January 15, 1988, which were
stripped  prior to January 5, 1987,  were eligible for  conversion to book-entry
form under the CUBES program.

By agreement,  the underlying  debt  obligations  will be held separate from the
general assets of the custodian and nominal holder of such securities,  and will
not be subject to any right,  charge,  security  interest,  lien or claim of any
kind in favor of or against the  custodian  or any person  claiming  through the
custodian,  and the  custodian  will be  responsible  for  applying all payments
received  on those  underlying  debt  obligations  to the  related  receipts  or
certificates   without   making  any  deductions   other  than   applicable  tax
withholding.  The custodian is required to maintain insurance for the protection
of holders of receipts or  certificates  in  customary  amounts  against  losses
resulting from the custody  arrangement due to dishonest or fraudulent action by
the custodian's employees. The holders of receipts or certificates,  as the real
parties in interest, are entitled to the rights and privileges of the underlying
debt  obligations,  including  the right,  in the event of default in payment of
principal or interest to proceed  individually against the issuer without acting
in  concert  with  other  holders  of  those  receipts  or  certificates  or the
custodian.

Foreign Investments.  The Limited Term Bond, Bond, Income, Balanced,  Equity and
Aggressive Growth Funds may, subject to their respective  investment  objectives
and policies,  invest in certain  obligations or securities of foreign  issuers.
Permissible  investments  include American  Depository Receipts ("ADRs") for the
Balanced,  Equity  and  Aggressive  Growth  Funds  and  Yankee  Obligations  (as
described in the Prospectus) for the Limited Term Bond, Bond,  Income,  Balanced
and Aggressive Growth Funds. Investment in securities issued by foreign branches
of U.S.  banks,  foreign  banks,  or other foreign  issuers,  including ADRs may
subject such Funds to  investment  risks that differ in some respects from those
related to  investment  in  obligations  of U.S.  domestic  issuers.  Such risks
include future adverse  political and economic  developments,  possible seizure,
nationalization,   or  expropriation  of  foreign  investments,  less  stringent
disclosure  requirements,  the possible  establishment  of exchange  controls or
taxation  at the  source  or other  taxes,  and the  adoption  of other  foreign
governmental restrictions.

Additional  risks include less  publicly  available  information,  the risk that
companies may not be subject to the accounting, auditing and financial reporting
standards and requirements of U.S.  companies,  the risk that foreign securities
markets  may have less  volume and  therefore  many  securities  traded in these
markets may be less liquid and their prices more volatile than U.S.  securities,
and the risk that custodian and brokerage  costs may be higher.  Foreign issuers
of securities  or  obligations  are often  subject to  accounting  treatment and
engage in business practices different from those respecting domestic issuers of
similar  securities or obligations.  Foreign  branches of U.S. banks and foreign
banks  may  be  subject  to  less  stringent  reserve  requirements  than  those
applicable to domestic branches of U.S. banks.

Futures  Contracts.  The Funds may invest in futures  contracts  and  options on
futures  contracts to the extent  permitted  by the  Commodity  Futures  Trading
Commission ("CFTC") and the Commission and thus will engage in such transactions
solely for bona fide  hedging  purposes to manage risk  associated  with various
portfolio  securities  and  not for  speculative  purposes.  Such  transactions,
including stock or bond index futures  contracts,  or options thereon,  act as a
hedge to protect a Fund from  fluctuations in the value of its securities caused
by anticipated changes in interest rate or market conditions without necessarily
buying or selling the securities.  Hedging is a specialized investment technique
that entails skills different from other investment management.  A stock or bond
index futures contract is an agreement in which one party agrees to take or make
delivery  of an amount of cash  equal to a  specified  dollar  amount  times the
difference  between the index value (which assigns relative values to the common
stock or bonds  included  in the index) at the close of the last  trading day of
the  contract  and the price at which  the  agreement  is  originally  made.  No
physical  delivery of the underlying stock or bond in the index is contemplated.
Similarly, it may be in the best interest of a Fund to purchase or sell interest
rate  futures  contracts,  or  options  thereon,  which  provide  for the future
delivery of specified securities.

The  purchase  and sale of futures  contracts  or related  options will not be a
primary  investment  technique of the Funds. The Funds will not purchase or sell
futures  contracts (or related options thereon) if,  immediately after purchase,
the aggregate  initial  margin  deposits and premiums paid by a Fund on its open
futures and options  positions,  exceeds 5% of the liquidation value of the Fund
after taking into account any unrealized  profits and  unrealized  losses on any
such futures or related options contracts into which it has entered.

To enter into a futures contract, an amount of cash and cash equivalents,  equal
to the market  value of the futures  contracts,  is  deposited  in a  segregated
account with the Fund's  Custodian  and/or in a margin  account with a broker to
collateralize  the position  and thereby  ensure that the use of such futures is
unleveraged.  Positions  in  futures  contracts  may be  closed  out  only on an
exchange that provides a secondary market for such futures.  However,  there can
be no assurance  that a liquid  secondary  market will exist for any  particular
futures  contract at any specific time.  Thus, it may not be possible to close a
futures position. In the event of adverse price movements, a Fund would continue
to be required to make daily cash payments to maintain its required  margin.  In
such  situations,  if a Fund  had  insufficient  cash,  it  might  have  to sell
portfolio  securities to meet daily margin  requirements at a time when it would
be  disadvantageous  to do so. In  addition,  a Fund might be  required  to make
delivery of the instruments underlying futures contracts it holds. The inability
to close options and futures  positions  also could have an adverse  impact on a
Fund's ability to hedge or manage risks effectively.

Successful use of futures by a Fund is also subject to the Adviser's  ability to
predict  movements  correctly  in the  direction  of  the  market.  There  is an
imperfect correlation between movements in the price of the future and movements
in the price of the securities  that are the subject of the hedge.  In addition,
the price of futures  may not  correlate  perfectly  with  movement  in the cash
market  due to  certain  market  distortions.  Due to the  possibility  of price
distortion  in the  futures  market  and  because of the  imperfect  correlation
between the  movements in the cash market and movements in the price of futures,
a correct  forecast of general  market trends or interest rate  movements by the
Adviser may still not result in a successful  hedging  transaction  over a short
time frame.

The trading of futures  contracts is also subject to the risk of trading  halts,
suspension,   exchange  or  clearing  house   equipment   failures,   government
intervention,  insolvency  of a  brokerage  firm  or  clearing  house  or  other
disruption of normal trading activity, which could at times make it difficult or
impossible to liquidate  existing position or to recover excess variation margin
payments.

Call Options. The Bond,  Balanced,  Equity and Aggressive Growth Funds may write
(sell)  "covered"  call  options  and  purchase  options  to close  out  options
previously written by them. Such options must be listed on a National Securities
Exchange and issued by the Options Clearing Corporation.  The purpose of writing
covered call options is to generate  additional  premium income for a Fund. This
premium income will serve to enhance the Fund's total return and will reduce the
effect of any price decline of the security involved in the option. Covered call
options will generally be written on securities which, in IMG's opinion, are not
expected to make any major  price  moves in the near future but which,  over the
long term, are deemed to be attractive investments for a Fund.

A call option  gives the holder  (buyer) the "right to purchase" a security at a
specified  price  (the  exercise  price) at any time  until a certain  date (the
expiration  date).  So long as the  obligation  of the  writer of a call  option
continues,  he may be assigned an exercise notice by the  broker-dealer  through
whom such  option was sold,  requiring  him to deliver the  underlying  security
against  payment of the exercise  price.  This  obligation  terminates  upon the
expiration of the call option,  or such earlier time at which the writer effects
a closing  purchase  transaction  by  repurchasing  an option  identical to that
previously sold. To secure his obligation to deliver the underlying  security in
the case of a call  option,  a writer is  required  to  deposit  in  escrow  the
underlying  security or other assets in accordance with the rules of the Options
Clearing Corporation.  A Fund will write only covered call options. (In order to
comply with the  requirements of the securities  laws in several states,  a Fund
will not write a covered call option if, as a result, the aggregate market value
of all portfolio  securities covering all call options exceeds 15% of the market
value of its net assets.)

Fund securities on which call options may be written will be purchased solely on
the  basis of  investment  considerations  consistent  with a Fund's  investment
objective.  The writing of covered  call  options is a  conservative  investment
technique believed to involve relatively little risk (in contrast to the writing
of naked or  uncovered  options,  which the Funds will not do),  but  capable of
enhancing a Fund's total return.  When writing a covered call option, a Fund, in
return  for the  premium,  gives  up the  opportunity  for  profit  from a price
increase in the underlying  security above the exercise  price,  but retains the
risk of loss  should  the price of the  security  decline.  Unlike  one who owns
securities  not subject to an option,  a Fund has no control over when it may be
required to sell the underlying securities, since it may be assigned an exercise
notice at any time prior to the expiration of its  obligation as a writer.  If a
call option  which a Fund has written  expires,  the Fund will realize a gain in
the amount of the premium;  however, such gain may be offset by a decline in the
market value of the underlying  security  during the option period.  If the call
option is  exercised,  the Fund will realize a gain or loss from the sale of the
underlying  security.  The security  covering the call will be  maintained  in a
segregated  account of a Fund's Custodian.  The Funds do not consider a security
covered by a call to be  "pledged"  as that term is used in each Fund's  policy,
which limits the pledging or mortgaging of its assets.  The premium  received is
the market  value of an option.  The premium a Fund will  receive from writing a
call option will reflect,  among other things,  the current  market price of the
underlying  security,  the  relationship  of the  exercise  price to such market
price,  the  historical  price  volatility of the underlying  security,  and the
length of the option  period.  Once the decision to write a call option has been
made, IMG in determining whether a particular call option should be written on a
particular security, will consider the reasonableness of the anticipated premium
and the likelihood  that a liquid  secondary  market will exist for such option.
The premium received by a Fund for writing covered call options will be recorded
as a liability in the Fund's statement of assets and liabilities. This liability
will be adjusted daily to the option's  current market value,  which will be the
latest  sale price at the time at which the net asset  value per share of a Fund
is computed (close of the New York Stock  Exchange),  or, in the absence of such
sale, the latest asked price. The liability will be extinguished upon expiration
of the option, the purchase of an identical option in a closing transaction,  or
delivery of the underlying security upon the exercise of the option.

Closing  transactions  will be  effected  in order  to  realize  a profit  on an
outstanding call option, to prevent an underlying security from being called, or
to permit the sale of the underlying security. Furthermore,  effecting a closing
transaction  will permit a Fund to write  another call option on the  underlying
security with either a different exercise price or expiration date or both. If a
Fund desires to sell a particular  security  from its  portfolio on which it has
written a call option, it will seek to effect a closing transaction prior to, or
concurrently  with, the sale of the security.  There is, of course, no assurance
that a Fund will be able to effect  such  closing  transactions  at a  favorable
price.  If a Fund cannot  enter into such a  transaction,  it may be required to
hold a  security  that it might  otherwise  have  sold,  in which  case it would
continue  to be at market  risk on the  security.  This  could  result in higher
transaction  costs. The Funds will pay transaction  costs in connection with the
writing of options to close out previously  written  options.  Such  transaction
costs are  normally  higher  than those  applicable  to  purchases  and sales of
portfolio securities.

Call options written by a Fund will normally have expiration  dates of less than
nine  months from the date  written.  The  exercise  price of the options may be
below, equal to, or above the current market values of the underlying securities
at the time the options are  written.  From time to time, a Fund may purchase an
underlying security for delivery in accordance with an exercise notice of a call
option assigned to it, rather than delivering such security from its portfolio.
In such cases, additional costs will be incurred.

A Fund will realize a profit or loss from a closing purchase  transaction if the
cost of the  transaction  is less or more  than the  premium  received  from the
writing of the option.  Because  increases  in the market price of a call option
will generally reflect increases in the market price of the underlying security,
any loss  resulting  from the repurchase of a call option is likely to be offset
in whole or in part by  appreciation  of the  underlying  security  owned by the
Fund.

Put  Options.  The  Municipal  Bond Fund may  acquire  "puts"  with  respect  to
Municipal  Securities  held in its  portfolio  and the Limited Term Bond,  Bond,
Income and Balanced  Funds may acquire  "puts" with  respect to debt  securities
held in  their  portfolios.  A put is a right  to sell  or  redeem  a  specified
security (or securities) at a certain time or within a certain period of time at
a specified  exercise  price.  The put may be an  independent  feature or may be
combined  with a reset  feature  that  is  designed  to  reduce  downward  price
volatility  as  interest  rates rise by  enabling  the holder to  liquidate  the
investment prior to maturity.

The amount  payable to a Fund upon its  exercise of a "put" is normally  (i) the
Fund's  acquisition  cost of the  securities  subject to the put  (excluding any
accrued  interest  which the Fund paid on the  acquisition),  less any amortized
market premium or plus any amortized  market or original  issue discount  during
the period the Fund owned the securities,  plus (ii) all interest accrued on the
securities since the last interest payment date during that period.

Puts may be acquired by a Fund to  facilitate  the  liquidity  of the  portfolio
assets.  Puts may also be used to facilitate  that  reinvestment  of assets at a
rate of return more favorable than that of the  underlying  security.  Puts may,
under certain circumstances,  also be used to shorten the maturity of underlying
variable  rate or floating  rate  securities  for  purposes of  calculating  the
remaining maturity of those securities and the dollar-weighted average portfolio
maturity of a Fund's assets.

The Limited Term Bond, Bond, Income,  Municipal Bond and Balanced Funds will, if
necessary or  advisable,  pay for puts either  separately in cash or by paying a
higher price for  portfolio  securities  which are acquired  subject to the puts
(thus  reducing  the  yield  to  maturity  otherwise   available  for  the  same
securities).

When-Issued  Securities.  Each  of  the  Funds  may  purchase  securities  on  a
when-issued or  delayed-delivery  basis.  When-issued  securities are securities
purchased for delivery  beyond the normal  settlement date at a stated price and
yield and thereby involve a risk that the yield obtained in the transaction will
be less than those  available in the market when  delivery  takes place.  A Fund
will  generally not pay for such  securities  or start earning  interest on them
until  they  are  received.  When a Fund  agrees  to  purchase  securities  on a
when-issued  basis,  the  Custodian  will set  aside  cash or  liquid  portfolio
securities  equal to the  amount  of the  commitment  in a  segregated  account.
Normally,  the  Custodian  will set aside  portfolio  securities  to satisfy the
purchase commitment,  and in such a case, the Fund may be required  subsequently
to place  additional  assets in the separate account in order to assure that the
value of the account  remains equal to the amount of the Fund's  commitment.  It
may be expected  that the Fund's net assets will  fluctuate to a greater  degree
when it sets aside portfolio  securities to cover such purchase commitments than
when it sets  aside  cash.  In  addition,  because a Fund will set aside cash or
liquid  portfolio  securities to satisfy its purchase  commitments in the manner
described  above, the Fund's liquidity and the ability of IMG to manage it might
be affected in the event its commitments to purchase when-issued securities ever
exceeded 25% of the value of its total assets.

When a Fund  engages  in when  issued  transactions,  it relies on the seller to
consummate  the  trade.  Failure  of the  seller to do so may result in the Fund
incurring  a loss or  missing  the  opportunity  to  obtain  a price  considered
advantageous.  The Funds will engage in when issued delivery  transactions  only
for the purpose of acquiring  portfolio  securities  consistent  with the Funds'
investment objectives and policies, not for investment leverage.

Each of the Funds' commitment to purchase when-issued securities will not exceed
25%, of their total assets absent unusual market  conditions.  Each of the Funds
does not intend to purchase when-issued  securities for speculative purposes but
only in furtherance of its investment objectives.

Mortgage-Related  Securities.  The Limited Term Bond, Bond,  Income and Balanced
Funds may, consistent with their respective  investment objectives and policies,
invest  in  mortgage-related   securities  issued  or  guaranteed  by  the  U.S.
Government or its agencies or  instrumentalities.  Mortgage-related  securities,
for purposes of the Prospectus and this SAI,  represent  pools of mortgage loans
assembled  for sale to investors by various  governmental  agencies  such as the
Government National Mortgage  Association and  government-related  organizations
such as the Federal  National  Mortgage  Association  and the Federal  Home Loan
Mortgage Corporation,  as well as by nongovernmental  issuers such as commercial
banks,  savings and loan  institutions,  mortgage  bankers and private  mortgage
insurance companies. Although certain mortgage-related securities are guaranteed
by a third  party  or  otherwise  similarly  secured,  the  market  value of the
security,  which  may  fluctuate,  is not so  secured.  If a  Fund  purchases  a
mortgage-related  security at a premium,  that portion may be lost if there is a
decline in the market value of the security  whether  resulting  from changes in
interest rates or prepayments in the  underlying  mortgage  collateral.  As with
other interest-bearing  securities,  the prices of such securities are inversely
affected  by  changes  in  interest  rates.  However,  though  the  value  of  a
mortgage-related  security may decline when interest rates rise, the converse is
not necessarily true, since in periods of declining interest rates the mortgages
underlying  the  securities  are prone to  prepayment,  thereby  shortening  the
average life of the security and shortening the period of time over which income
at the higher rate is received.  Conversely, when interest rates are rising, the
rate of prepayment  tends to decrease,  thereby  lengthening the average life of
the security and  lengthening  the period of time over which income at the lower
rate is received.  For these and other reasons,  a  mortgage-related  security's
average  maturity may be shortened or  lengthened  as a result of interest  rate
fluctuations  and,  therefore,  it is not  possible  to predict  accurately  the
security's return to the Fund. In addition, regular payments received in respect
of mortgage-related securities include both interest and principal. No assurance
can be given  as to the  return a Fund  will  receive  when  these  amounts  are
reinvested.

There  are  a  number  of   important   differences   among  the   agencies  and
instrumentalities of the U.S. Government that issue mortgage-related  securities
and among the securities that they issue.  Mortgage-related securities issued by
the Government  National  Mortgage  Association  ("GNMA")  include GNMA Mortgage
Pass-Through  Certificates (also known as "Ginnie Maes") which are guaranteed as
to the timely  payment of principal  and interest by GNMA and such  guarantee is
backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. GNMA is a wholly owned
U.S.  Government   corporation  within  the  Department  of  Housing  and  Urban
Development.  GNMA  certificates  also are supported by the authority of GNMA to
borrow  Funds  from the U.S.  Treasury  to make  payments  under its  guarantee.
Mortgage-related  securities issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association
("FNMA") include FNMA Guaranteed Mortgage Pass-Through  Certificates (also known
as  "Fannie  Maes")  which are solely  the  obligations  of the FNMA and are not
backed by or  entitled  to the full faith and credit of the United  States.  The
FNMA  is  a   government-sponsored   organization   owned  entirely  by  private
stockholders.  Fannie Maes are  guaranteed as to timely payment of the principal
and  interest by FNMA.  Mortgage-related  securities  issued by the Federal Home
Loan  Mortgage  Corporation  ("FHLMC")  include  FHLMC  Mortgage   Participation
Certificates  (also known as "Freddie Macs" or "PCs").  The FHLMC is a corporate
instrumentality  of the United States,  created  pursuant to an Act of Congress,
which is owned  entirely  by  Federal  Home  Loan  Banks.  Freddie  Macs are not
guaranteed  by the United  States or by any  Federal  Home Loan Banks and do not
constitute a debt or obligation of the United States or of any Federal Home Loan
Bank.  Freddie Macs entitle the holder to timely  payment of interest,  which is
guaranteed by the FHLMC.  The FHLMC  guarantees  either  ultimate  collection or
timely payment of all principal payments on the underlying  mortgage loans. When
the FHLMC does not guarantee  timely  payment of principal,  FHLMC may remit the
amount due on account of its  guarantee of ultimate  payment of principal at any
time after  default on an  underlying  mortgage,  but in no event later than one
year after it becomes payable.

The  Limited  Term Bond,  Bond,  Income and  Balanced  Funds may also  invest in
mortgage-related   securities  which  are  collateralized  mortgage  obligations
("CMOs") structured on pools of mortgage  pass-through  certificates or mortgage
loans.  CMOs will be purchased  only if they meet the rating  requirements  with
respect  to  each  of  the  Funds'   investments  in  debt  securities  of  U.S.
corporations.  The CMOs in which  these  Funds may invest  represent  securities
issued by a private  corporation or a U.S. Government  instrumentality  that are
backed by a portfolio of mortgages or  mortgage-backed  securities held under an
indenture.  The issuer's  obligation to make interest and principal  payments is
secured by the underlying portfolio of mortgages or mortgage-backed  securities.
CMOs are  issued  with a number  of  classes  or  series  which  have  different
maturities  and which may represent  interests in some or all of the interest or
principal  on the  underlying  collateral  or a  combination  thereof.  CMOs  of
different classes are generally  retired in sequence as the underlying  mortgage
loans in the  mortgage  pool  are  repaid.  In the  event  of  sufficient  early
prepayments  on such  mortgages,  the  class or  series of a CMO first to mature
generally will be retired prior to its maturity. Thus, the early retirement of a
particular class or series of a CMO held by a Fund would have the same effect as
the prepayment of mortgages underlying a mortgage-backed  pass-through security.
Mortgage-related  securities  will be  purchased  only if they  meet the  rating
requirements  set  forth  for each  Fund with  respect  to  investments  in debt
securities  of U.S.  corporations  or, if  unrated,  which IMG deems to  present
attractive opportunities and are of comparable quality.

The Limited Term Bond,  Bond,  Income and Balanced Funds may invest a portion of
their  assets  in  stripped   mortgage-backed   securities  ("SMBS")  which  are
derivative    multiclass    mortgage    securities   issued   by   agencies   or
instrumentalities  of  the  U.S.  government,  or  by  private  originators,  or
investors in mortgage loans,  including savings and loan institutions,  mortgage
banks, commercial banks and investment banks.

SMBS are usually structured with two classes that receive different  proportions
of the interest and principal  distributions  from a pool of Mortgage  Assets. A
common type of SMBS will have one class  receiving some of the interest and most
of the principal  from the Mortgage  Assets,  while the other class will receive
most of the interest and the  remainder  of the  principal.  In the most extreme
case,  one class will  receive  all of the  interest  while the other class will
receive the entire  principal.  If the  underlying  Mortgage  Assets  experience
greater than  anticipated  prepayments of principal,  the Fund may fail to fully
recoup its initial investment in these securities. The market value of the class
consisting  primarily or entirely of principal  payments  generally is unusually
volatile in response to changes in interest rates.

Other Asset-Backed Securities.  The Limited Term Bond, Bond, Income and Balanced
Funds  may also  invest  in  interests  in pools of  receivables,  such as motor
vehicle  installment  purchase  obligations (known as Certificates of Automobile
Receivables or CARSSM) and credit card  receivables  (known as  Certificates  of
Amortizing Revolving Debts or CARDSSM).  Such securities are generally issued as
pass-through  certificates,   which  represent  undivided  fractional  ownership
interests in the underlying  pools of assets.  Such  securities may also be debt
instruments that are also known as collateralized  obligations and are generally
issued as the debt of a special purpose entity  organized solely for the purpose
of owning such assets and issuing such debt.

Such  securities  are not issued or  guaranteed  by the U.S.  Government  or its
agencies or instrumentalities; however, the payment of principal and interest on
such  obligations may be guaranteed up to certain amounts and for a certain time
period by a letter of credit issued by a financial  institution  (such as a bank
or  insurance  company)  unaffiliated  with  the  issuers  of  such  securities.
Non-mortgage backed securities will be purchased by a Fund only if they meet the
rating  requirements set forth for each Fund with respect to investments in debt
securities of U.S. corporations.

Like mortgages  underlying  mortgage-backed  securities,  underlying  automobile
sales contracts or credit card receivables are subject to prepayment,  which may
reduce  the  overall  return to  certificate  holders.  Nevertheless,  principal
repayment  rates tend not to vary much with  interest  rates and the  short-term
nature of the  underlying  car  loans or other  receivables  tend to dampen  the
impact of any  change in the  prepayment  level.  Certificate  holders  may also
experience  delays in payment on the  certificates  if the full  amounts  due on
underlying  sales contracts or receivables are not realized by the trust because
of  unanticipated  legal or  administrative  costs or enforcing the contracts or
because  of  depreciation  or damage  to the  collateral  (usually  automobiles)
securing certain contracts,  or other factors. If consistent with its investment
objective and policies,  each Fund may invest in other  asset-backed  securities
that may be developed in the future.

Issuers of mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities often issue one or more
classes of which one  (the "Residual") is in the nature of  equity.  The Funds
will not invest in any Residual.

Securities  Of Other  Investment  Companies.  All Funds may invest in securities
issued by other investment  companies.  Each Fund currently intends to limit its
investments so that, as determined  immediately  after a securities  purchase is
made:  (a) not more than 5% of the value of its total assets will be invested in
the securities of any one investment company; (b) not more than 10% of the value
of its  total  assets  will  be  invested  in the  aggregate  in  securities  of
investment  companies as a group; (c) not more than 3% of the outstanding voting
stock of any one investment  company will be owned by any of the Funds;  and (d)
not more than 10% of the outstanding  voting stock of any one investment company
will be owned  in the  aggregate  by the  Funds.  As a  shareholder  of  another
investment  company, a Fund would bear, along with other  shareholders,  its pro
rata portion of that company's  expenses,  including  advisory fees.  Investment
companies  in which a Fund may  invest may also  impose a sales or  distribution
charge in  connection  with the purchase or redemption of their shares and other
types of  commissions  or charges.  These  expenses  would be in addition to the
advisory and other expenses that the Fund bears directly in connection  with its
own operations.  Such charges will be payable by the Funds and, therefore,  will
be borne directly by shareholders.

Each Fund, except the Government  Assets,  Liquid Assets,  Municipal Assets, and
Institutional  Reserves  Funds,  may  invest in the  Government  Assets,  Liquid
Assets,  Municipal Assets, and Institutional Reserves Funds. As a shareholder of
another investment  company,  a Fund would bear, along with other  shareholders,
its pro rata portion of that company's expenses,  including advisory fees. These
expenses  would be in addition to the advisory and other  expenses that the Fund
bears  directly in  connection  with its own  operations.  In order to avoid the
imposition  of  additional  fees as a  result  of  investing  in  shares  of the
Government Assets, Liquid Assets,  Municipal Assets, and Institutional  Reserves
Funds, IMG will waive any portion of their advisory and administrative fees that
are attributable to investments therein by another Fund. Investment companies in
which a Fund may  invest  may also  impose a sales  or  distribution  charge  in
connection  with the purchase or  redemption  of their shares and other types of
commissions  or  charges.  Such  charges  will  be  payable  by the  Funds  and,
therefore, will be borne directly by shareholders.

Repurchase Agreements. Securities held by each Fund may be subject to repurchase
agreements.  Under the terms of a  repurchase  agreement,  a Fund would  acquire
securities  from member banks of the Federal Deposit  Insurance  Corporation and
registered broker-dealers which IMG deems creditworthy under guidelines approved
by the  Company's  Board of  Directors,  subject to the  seller's  agreement  to
repurchase  such  securities  at a  mutually  agreed-upon  date and  price.  The
repurchase  price would generally equal the price paid by the Fund plus interest
negotiated on the basis of current  short-term rates,  which may be more or less
than the rate on the  underlying  portfolio  securities.  Securities  subject to
repurchase  agreements  must be of the same type and quality  although,  for the
Government Assets,  Liquid Assets and Municipal Assets Funds, not subject to the
same maturity requirements,  as those in which the Fund may invest directly. The
seller under a repurchase agreement will be required to maintain continually the
value  of  collateral  held  pursuant  to the  agreement  at not  less  than the
repurchase price (including accrued interest).  If the seller were to default on
its repurchase obligation or become insolvent,  the Fund holding such obligation
would  suffer  a  loss  to the  extent  that  the  proceeds  from a sale  of the
underlying  portfolio  securities were less than the repurchase  price under the
agreement,  or to the extent that the disposition of such securities by the Fund
were delayed pending court action.  Additionally,  there is no controlling legal
precedent  confirming that a Fund would be entitled,  as against a claim by such
seller or its  receiver  or trustee  in  bankruptcy,  to retain  the  underlying
securities,  although the Board of Directors of the Company believes that, under
the regular  procedures  normally  in effect for custody of a Fund's  securities
subject to  repurchase  agreements  and under federal laws, a court of competent
jurisdiction  would rule in favor of the Company if presented with the question.
Securities  subject  to  repurchase  agreements  will be  held  by  that  Fund's
custodian  or another  qualified  custodian  or in the Federal  Reserve/Treasury
book-entry  system.  Repurchase  agreements are considered to be loans by a Fund
under the 1940 Act. A Fund may not enter  into  repurchase  agreements  if, as a
result,  more than 10 percent  of the Fund's net asset  value at the time of the
transaction would be invested in the aggregate in repurchase agreements maturing
in more than seven days and other securities which are not readily marketable.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements. Each Fund may borrow funds for temporary purposes
by entering into reverse  repurchase  agreements in accordance  with that Fund's
investment  restrictions.  Pursuant  to  such  agreements,  a  Fund  would  sell
portfolio securities to financial institutions such as banks and broker-dealers,
and agree to repurchase the securities at a mutually agreed-upon date and price.
At the time a Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement,  it will place in
a segregated  custodial  account  assets such as U.S.  Government  securities or
other liquid,  high grade debt securities  consistent with the Fund's investment
restrictions  having a value equal to the repurchase  price  (including  accrued
interest),  and will subsequently continually monitor the account to ensure that
such equivalent value is maintained at all times. Reverse repurchase  agreements
involve  the risk that the  market  value of the  securities  sold by a Fund may
decline  below  the  price  at  which  a Fund is  obligated  to  repurchase  the
securities.  Reverse repurchase  agreements are considered to be borrowings by a
Fund under the 1940 Act.

Securities Lending. Each of the Funds may seek to increase its income by lending
Fund  securities.  Such loans will  usually be made only to member  banks of the
Federal Reserve System and to member firms (and subsidiaries thereof) of the New
York Stock Exchange  ("NYSE") and will be secured  continuously by collateral in
cash, cash equivalents,  or U.S. government  securities  maintained on a current
basis at an amount at least equal to the market value of the securities  loaned.
Investment of the collateral underlying the Fund's securities lending activities
will be limited to short-term, liquid debt securities. The Fund has the right to
call a loan and obtain the securities  loaned at any time on customary  industry
settlement  notice  (which  will  usually  not exceed  three  days).  During the
existence of a loan,  the Fund will  continue to receive the  equivalent  of the
interest or dividends paid by the issuer on the securities  loaned and will also
receive  compensation based on investment of the collateral.  The Fund will not,
however,  have the right to vote any securities  having voting rights during the
existence of the loan,  but will call the loan in  anticipation  of an important
vote to be taken among holders of the securities or of the giving or withholding
of their consent on a material matter  affecting the  investment.  As with other
extensions  of  credit,  there  are risks of delay in  recovery  or even loss of
rights in the  collateral  should the borrower fail  financially.  However,  the
loans would be made only to firms  deemed to be of good  standing,  and when the
consideration  that could be earned currently from securities loans of this type
justifies the attendant risk. The value of the securities loaned will not exceed
one-third of the value of any Fund's total assets.  Fees earned by the Municipal
Bond Fund from lending its securities will constitute taxable income to the Fund
which, when distributed to shareholders,  will likewise  generally be treated as
taxable income.

Municipal  Securities.  Under normal market conditions,  at least 80% of the net
assets of the  Municipal  Assets and  Municipal  Bond Funds will be  invested in
Municipal  Securities,  the interest on which is exempt from the regular federal
income tax and not  treated as a  preference  item for  purposes  of the federal
alternative minimum tax imposed on non-corporate taxpayers.

Municipal Securities include debt obligations issued by governmental entities to
obtain Funds for various public  purposes,  such as the  construction  of a wide
range of public  facilities,  the  refunding  of  outstanding  obligations,  the
payment of  general  operating  expenses,  and the  extension  of loans to other
public institutions and facilities. Private activity bonds that are issued by or
on behalf of public authorities to finance various privately-operated facilities
are included  within the term Municipal  Securities if the interest paid thereon
is exempt from regular federal  individual  income taxes and is not treated as a
preference item for purposes of the federal alternative minimum tax.

Other types of Municipal  Securities  which the  Municipal  Assets and Municipal
Bond  Funds  may  purchase  are  short-term   General   Obligation   Notes,  Tax
Anticipation  Notes,  Bond  Anticipation  Notes,   Revenue  Anticipation  Notes,
Tax-Exempt  Commercial Paper,  Project Notes,  Construction Loan Notes and other
forms of  short-term  tax-exempt  loans.  Such  instruments  are  issued  with a
short-term maturity in anticipation of the receipt of tax funds, the proceeds of
bond placements or other revenues. The Municipal Assets and Municipal Bond Funds
will not purchase municipal lease obligations.

Project Notes are issued by a state or local housing  agency and are sold by the
Department of Housing and Urban  Development.  While the issuing  agency has the
primary  obligation with respect to its Project Notes,  they are also secured by
the full faith and  credit of the  United  States  through  agreements  with the
issuing authority which provide that, if required,  the federal  government will
lend the issuer an amount equal to the  principal of and interest on the Project
Notes.

The two principal  classifications  of Municipal  Securities consist of "general
obligation" and "revenue" issues.  The Municipal Assets and Municipal Bond Funds
may also acquire "moral obligation" issues, which are normally issued by special
purpose  authorities.  There  are,  of  course,  variations  in the  quality  of
Municipal  Securities,  both  within a  particular  classification  and  between
classifications, and the yields on Municipal Securities depend upon a variety of
factors,  including general money market conditions,  the financial condition of
the issuer,  general  conditions  of the  municipal  bond market,  the size of a
particular offering, the maturity of the obligation and the rating of the issue.
The ratings of Moody's  and S&P  represent  their  opinions as to the quality of
Municipal Securities. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are general
and are not  absolute  standards  of  quality,  and  securities  with  the  same
maturity,  interest rate and rating may have different yields,  while securities
of the same maturity and interest rate with different  ratings may have the same
yield.  Subsequent to purchase, an issue of Municipal Securities may cease to be
rated or its  rating  may be  reduced  below the  minimum  rating  required  for
purchase by the  Municipal  Assets and Municipal  Bond Funds.  IMG will consider
such an event  in  determining  whether  the Fund  should  continue  to hold the
obligation.

An issuer's  obligations for Municipal  Securities are subject to the provisions
of bankruptcy,  insolvency,  and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of
creditors,  such as the federal  bankruptcy code, and laws, if any, which may be
enacted by  Congress  or state  legislatures  extending  the time for payment of
principal  or  interest,  or  both,  or  imposing  other  constraints  upon  the
enforcement of such  obligations or upon the ability of  municipalities  to levy
taxes.  Litigation or other conditions may materially adversely affect the power
or ability of an issuer to meet its  obligations  for the payment of interest on
and principal of its Municipal Securities.



Low-Rated and Comparable Unrated Fixed Income Securities. The Limited Term Bond,
Bond,   Income,   Municipal   Bond  and  Balanced   Funds  may  invest  only  in
Below-Investment-Grade  Securities of the fifth highest  category or if unrated,
found  by  the  Adviser  to be  of  comparable  quality.  Below-Investment-Grade
Securities (hereinafter referred to as "junk bonds" or "low-rated and comparable
unrated  securities")  include (i) bonds rated below the fourth  highest  rating
category  by  a  nationally  recognized   statistical  rating  organization  (an
"NRSRO"); and (ii) unrated debt securities of comparable quality.

Low-rated and comparable  unrated  securities,  while generally  offering higher
yields than investment-grade securities with similar maturities, involve greater
risks, including the possibility of default or bankruptcy.  They are regarded as
predominantly  speculative with respect to the issuer's capacity to pay interest
and repay  principal.  The special risk  considerations  in connection with such
investments are discussed below.

Each of the Limited Term Bond, Bond, Income,  Municipal Bond, and Balanced Funds
may invest up to 25% of its total  assets in  fixed-income  securities  that are
rated  within the fifth  highest  rated  category  at the time of purchase or if
unrated,  found by the Adviser to be of comparable  quality.  To the extent each
Fund invests in these lower rated securities,  the achievement of its investment
objective may be more dependent on the Adviser's own credit analysis than in the
case of a fund investing in higher  quality bonds.  While the Adviser will refer
to ratings issued by  established  ratings  agencies,  it is not a policy of the
Company to rely  exclusively on ratings issued by these agencies,  but rather to
supplement such ratings with the Adviser's own independent and ongoing review of
credit quality.

Effect of Interest  Rates and Economic  Changes.  The low-rated  and  comparable
unrated  securities  market is relatively new, and its growth  paralleled a long
economic expansion. As a result, it is not clear how this market may withstand a
prolonged  recession or economic  downturn.  Such a prolonged  economic downturn
could  severely  disrupt the market for and  adversely  affect the value of such
securities.

All interest-bearing  securities typically experience appreciation when interest
rates decline and  depreciation  when interest  rates rise. The market values of
low-rated and comparable unrated securities tend to reflect individual corporate
developments  to a greater extent than do higher-rated  securities,  which react
primarily to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates.  Low-rated and
comparable  unrated  securities  also  tend to be  more  sensitive  to  economic
conditions than are higher-rated securities. As a result, they generally involve
more credit  risk than  securities  in the  higher-rated  categories.  During an
economic  downturn  or a  sustained  period of  rising  interest  rates,  highly
leveraged issuers of low-rated and comparable  unrated securities may experience
financial  stress and may not have  sufficient  revenues  to meet their  payment
obligations.  The issuer's  ability to service its debt  obligations may also be
adversely affected by specific corporate developments, the issuer's inability to
meet specific projected business forecasts,  or the unavailability of additional
financing.  The  risk of loss due to  default  by an  issuer  of  low-rated  and
comparable unrated  securities is significantly  greater than that of issuers of
higher-rated  securities because such securities are generally unsecured and are
often subordinated to other creditors. Further, if the issuer of a low-rated and
comparable unrated security defaulted,  the Fund might incur additional expenses
to seek  recovery.  Periods  of  economic  uncertainty  and  changes  would also
generally  result in increased  volatility in the market prices of low-rated and
comparable unrated securities and thus in the Fund's net asset value.

As  previously  stated,  the value of such a security  will decrease in a rising
interest rate market and accordingly, so will the Fund's net asset value. If the
Fund experiences  unexpected net redemptions in such a market,  it may be forced
to liquidate a portion of its Fund securities without regard to their investment
merits. Due to the limited liquidity of high-yield  securities (discussed below)
the Fund may be forced to liquidate these securities at a substantial  discount.
Any such  liquidation  would  reduce the Fund's  asset base over which  expenses
could be allocated and could result in a reduced rate of return for the Fund.

Payment  Expectations.  Low-rated and comparable  unrated  securities  typically
contain redemption, call or prepayment provisions that permit the issuer of such
securities  containing  such  provisions  to redeem,  at their  discretion,  the
securities.  During periods of declining  interest rates,  issuers of high-yield
securities are likely to redeem or prepay the securities and refinance them with
debt  securities  with a lower interest rate. To the extent an issuer is able to
refinance the securities, or otherwise redeem them, the Fund may have to replace
the securities  with a  lower-yielding  security,  which would result in a lower
return for the Fund.

Credit Ratings.  Credit ratings issued by  credit-rating  agencies  evaluate the
safety of principal  and  interest  payments of rated  securities.  They do not,
however,  evaluate  the market value risk of low-rated  and  comparable  unrated
securities  and,  therefore,  may  not  fully  reflect  the  true  risks  of  an
investment.  In  addition,  credit  rating  agencies  may or may not make timely
changes in a rating to reflect changes in the economy or in the condition of the
issuer  that  affect  the market  value of the  security.  Consequently,  credit
ratings  are  used  only  as a  preliminary  indicator  of  investment  quality.
Investments  in  low-rated  and  comparable  unrated  securities  will  be  more
dependent  on the credit  analysis  than would be the case with  investments  in
investment-grade  debt  securities.  The Adviser employs its own credit research
and  analysis,  which  includes a study of  existing  debt,  capital  structure,
ability  to service  debt and to pay  dividends,  the  issuer's  sensitivity  to
economic  conditions,  its operating history, and the current trend of earnings.
The  Adviser  continually  monitors  the  investments  owned  by the  Funds  and
carefully  evaluates whether to dispose of or to retain low-rated and comparable
unrated securities whose credit ratings or credit quality may have changed.

Liquidity  and  Valuation.  The Fund may have  difficulty  disposing  of certain
low-rated and comparable  unrated securities because there may be a thin trading
market  for  such  securities.  Because  not all  dealers  maintain  markets  in
low-rated and comparable  unrated  securities,  there is no  established  retail
secondary  market for many of these  securities.  The Fund anticipates that such
securities  could be sold only to a limited  number of dealers or  institutional
investors.  To the extent a secondary trading market does exist, it is generally
not as liquid as the secondary market for higher-rated securities.  As a result,
the  Fund's  asset  value  and the  Fund's  ability  to  dispose  of  particular
securities,  when necessary to meet the Fund's liquidity needs or in response to
a specific  economic  event,  may be  impacted.  The lack of a liquid  secondary
market for certain  securities  may also make it more  difficult for the Fund to
obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing the Fund's securities.
Market  quotations  are generally  available on many  low-rated  and  comparable
unrated securities only from a limited number of dealers and may not necessarily
represent  firm bids of such dealers or prices for actual sales.  During periods
of thin trading,  the spread  between bid and asked prices is likely to increase
significantly. In addition, adverse publicity and investor perceptions,  whether
or not based on fundamental  analysis,  may decrease the values and liquidity of
low-rated  and  comparable  unrated  securities,  especially  in a thinly traded
market.

New and Proposed  Legislation.  Legislation  has been adopted and,  from time to
time,  proposals have been discussed regarding new legislation designed to limit
the use of  certain  low-rated  and  comparable  unrated  securities  by certain
issuers.  An example of  legislation  is a recent  law that  requires  federally
insured  savings  and loan  associations  to divest  their  investment  in these
securities  over time. New  legislation  could further reduce the market because
such securities,  generally,  could negatively affect the financial condition of
the issuers of high-yield  securities,  and could adversely affect the market in
general.  It is not  currently  possible to  determine  the impact of the recent
legislation  on this  market.  However,  it is  anticipated  that if  additional
legislation is enacted or proposed, it could have a material effect on the value
of low-rated and comparable  unrated securities and the existence of a secondary
trading market for the securities.

Liquidity And Servicing  Agreements.  IMG's  responsibilities as Adviser include
the  solicitation  and approval of commercial  banks selected as  "Participating
Banks" from which a Fund may  purchase  participation  interests  in  short-term
loans  subject  to  Liquidity  and  Servicing  Agreements  or  which  may  issue
irrevocable  letters  of  credit to back the  demand  repayment  commitments  of
borrowers. A careful review of the financial condition and loan loss record of a
prospective  bank will be undertaken  prior to the bank being  approved to enter
into a Liquidity and Servicing  Agreement  and, once approved,  a  Participating
Bank's  financial  condition  and loan loss  record  will be  reviewed  at least
annually thereafter.

The principal  criteria which the Adviser will consider in approving,  rejecting
or terminating  Liquidity and Servicing Agreements with Participating Banks will
include a bank's (a) ratio of capital to deposits; (b) ratio of loan charge offs
to  average  loans  outstanding;  (c) ratio of loan loss  reserves  to net loans
outstanding;  and (d) ratio of capital to total assets.  Ordinarily, the Adviser
will  recommend that a Fund not enter into or continue a Liquidity and Servicing
Agreement  with any bank whose ratios (as  described  above) are less  favorable
than an A1/P1 rating.  The Adviser will also consider a bank's  classified  loan
experience,  historical  and current  earnings  and growth  trends,  quality and
liquidity of investments  and stability of management and ownership.  Typically,
the Adviser will utilize a variety of  information  sources;  including,  annual
audited financial statements,  unaudited interim financial statements, quarterly
reports of  condition  and income  filed with  regulatory  agencies and periodic
examination  reports (if  available)  and  reports of  federally  insured  banks
concerning past-due-loans, renegotiated loans and other loan problems.

Student Loan Trusts.  The Liquid  Assets and  Institutional  Reserves  Funds are
authorized to purchase Student Loan Trust Certificates ("Certificates") from one
or more Student  Loan Trusts.  The Funds will only  purchase  Certificates  from
Student  Loan Trusts  formed for the  purpose of  purchasing  federally  insured
student  loans.  Student  Loan Trusts are funded by the issuance and sale to the
Funds of Certificates  which have an original  maturity of no more than 397 days
and which may be  redeemed by the Funds upon not more than five  business  days'
written  notice  to the  issuing  Student  Loan  Trust.  The  Funds are under no
obligation to purchase Certificates issued by any Student Loan Trust.

The Funds'  election to purchase  Certificates  will be based upon the amount of
funds available for investment,  the investment  yield borne by the Certificates
compared with yields available on other short-term  liquid  investments and upon
the aggregate amount of Certificates  owned by the Funds which may not exceed 80
percent  of a Fund's  assets.  The  yield to the Funds on  Certificates  will be
commensurate  with  current  net  yields on  federally  insured  student  loans.
Presently,  net of servicing and trust fees, such loans yield  approximately the
91-day U.S. Treasury Bill rate plus 0.55 percent.  Such fees will be paid out of
the  Student  Loan  Trust  assets  and no other  fees will be paid  directly  or
indirectly by the Funds.

In addition to student loan guarantees and interest subsidies by various federal
and state bodies (see Appendix C) the  liquidity  and value of the  Certificates
are  guaranteed  by various  financial  institutions.  These  institutions  (the
"guarantors")  have agreed to purchase  student loans or  Certificates  from the
Student Loan Trusts upon five days' written  notice from the Student Loan Trust,
when  called  upon  to do so by  the  Funds.  Each  guarantor  must  maintain  a
short-term rating of the highest category from a NRSRO, and if the guarantor has
short-term  ratings from more than one NRSRO, all ratings must be in the highest
category.  See Appendix A for a description  of securities  ratings.  Appendix C
contains a detailed summary of the Higher Education Act, the Student Loan Reform
Act of 1993 and other laws,  regulations  and programs  describing  the kinds of
loans that may be purchased by the Student Loan Trusts.


At December 31, 1999,  assets of the Liquid  Assets Fund included a Student Loan
Certificate  in the amount of  $5,000,000,  which was equal to 3 percent of Fund
net assets.  This Certificate has an original maturity of not more than 364 days
and may be redeemed by the Fund upon not more than  five-business  days' written
notice to the Student  Loan Trust.  Proceeds  from the  issuance of Student Loan
Certificates  have been used by the  Student  Loan Trust to  purchase  federally
insured  student  loans which are subject to  agreements  to purchase such loans
from the Student Loan Trust on not more than five business days' written notice.
In the event a guarantor was unable to honor its purchase commitment it would be
necessary  for the  Student  Loan Trust to seek other  purchasers  of the loans.
Because such loans are federally  insured and bear a variable  interest rate the
Funds believe that a ready market for them exists.

Guaranteed  Loan Trusts.  The Liquid Assets Fund may purchase FmHA  Certificates
from one or more  guaranteed  loan trusts  created for the purpose of  acquiring
participation  interests  in the  guaranteed  portion of FmHA  guaranteed  loans
("FmHA Trusts").  Interest and principal payments of the FmHA Loans would accrue
to the benefit of the Fund net of certain FmHA Trust fees and other fees payable
to  certain  parties  for  servicing  the  FmHA  Loans  and  arising  out of the
participation of the guaranteed portion of the FmHA Loans. Each FmHA Certificate
will provide certain  identifying  information  regarding the specific FmHA Loan
acquired including the effective rate and reset provision. Each FmHA Certificate
will also be redeemable upon not more than five business days' written notice by
the Fund to the  Trustee  for an  amount  equal  to the  unpaid  balance  of the
participated  portion of the FmHA Loan and accrued  interest  due  thereon.  The
redemption feature of the FmHA Certificates is backed by unconditional  purchase
commitments between the Trustee, and Participating Banks which require the banks
to  purchase  such  loans at par less a  processing  fee upon no more  than five
business days prior written notice. Such purchase  commitments are unconditional
and are  operative  whether  the  FmHA  Loans  are in  default  or  experiencing
difficulties.  The unconditional purchase commitments by the Participating Banks
are intended to provide  liquidity for the FmHA Loans held by the FmHA Trust and
beneficially owned by the Fund. Insofar as the unconditional  commitment creates
this liquidity,  for purposes of Rule 2a-7 and the diversification  requirements
thereunder,  the  unconditional  commitments are limited in amounts necessary to
keep one  Participating  Bank from  being  obligated  to  purchase  more than 25
percent of the total  assets held by the Fund (as of the date of purchase of the
FmHA Certificate), and 10 percent as to each additional Participating Bank.

The sole purpose of the trust  arrangement is to provide a convenient  structure
for  servicing the FmHA Loans and to eliminate the premium risk that could arise
if the Fund invested  directly in the FmHA Loans and  prepayment  were to occur.
The Board of Directors  believes that the  arrangement  presents  minimal credit
risk and that the arrangement is a permissible investment.  For purposes of Rule
2a-7, the Fund does not consider the FmHA Loans or the  certificates  evidencing
ownership as illiquid and considers the arrangement with the participating banks
as standby unconditional put commitments.

FmHA  guaranteed  loans  are  originated  by  financial   institutions,   mostly
commercial  banks, as a direct loan to the borrower.  The FmHA guaranteed  loans
acquired by the Fund will all have variable  rates of interest  which will reset
no less  frequently than  semi-annually  and upon the adjustment of the interest
rate the value of the securities will be approximately equal to par. The FmHA, a
division of the U.S. Department of Agriculture,  is an independent agency of the
United  States  Government  and has the  authority  to grant the  United  States
Government's  full faith and credit  guarantee on loans originated by commercial
lenders.  Through the Rural  Development  Act of 1972, the FmHA  guaranteed loan
program  was  enacted  by  Congress  to help meet the  financing  needs of small
businesses, farms and community facilities in rural areas. Guarantees are issued
on loans obtained by those persons who meet FmHA criteria.  Typically  borrowers
eligible for FmHA loans face a degree of financial  stress which  prevents  them
from qualifying for  non-guaranteed  credit based on the standards of commercial
lenders.  The lender submits  applications for loan guarantees to the local FmHA
county officer for approval. Local officials review the application to determine
whether the borrower,  lender and proposed loan meet program requirements.  Loan
terms are negotiated with the lender and the borrowers,  but the terms must fall
within FmHA  guidelines.  The FmHA will  guarantee up to 90 percent of the total
loan  depending  upon the loan's  soundness.  Under the FmHA Loan  program,  the
guaranteed  portion of FmHA loans may be  participated,  sold by the originating
bank and  traded in the  secondary  market.  The Fund  will  only  invest in the
guaranteed  portions  of FmHA  Loans  that are so  participated.  While the most
current government figures indicate the outstanding  balance on guaranteed loans
to be over $4 billion,  it is  estimated  that  approximately  20 percent of the
total outstanding balance of guaranteed loans have actually been participated in
the secondary market.

The  FmHA   guaranty   guarantees   the  repayment  of  principal  and  interest
unconditionally and accrues to the benefit of the person owning the participated
portion of the guaranteed  FmHA loan.  When the FmHA loans are sold the guaranty
is assigned to the  purchaser and is  unconditional  and  irrevocable.  All FmHA
loans purchased by the Trust will be valued by the Fund at par.

The trustee will communicate to the Fund's Investment Adviser the status of loan
payments and delinquencies.  In addition,  Participating  Banks,  subject to the
unconditional  commitments  to purchase  the  participated  FmHA Loans,  will be
subject to  on-going  credit  review by the Fund's  Investment  Adviser.  To the
extent that any of the banks deteriorate in credit quality from the standard set
by regional  banks with the  highest  credit  ratings by NRSRO's the  Investment
Adviser  will take  action to  replace  such  banks  with  another  bank with an
appropriate credit rating or if unrated,  with a comparable credit quality based
on the Investment Adviser's analysis.

Tax-Exempt  Debt  Obligations  Used By The Municipal  Assets Fund. The Municipal
Assets Fund invests in tax-exempt debt obligations issued by state and municipal
governmental   units  and  public  authorities  within  the  United  States  and
participation  interests therein. With few exceptions,  such obligations will be
non-rated and of limited  marketability.  However, they will be backed by demand
repurchase  commitments of the issuers thereof and  irrevocable  bank letters of
credit  or   guarantees   (collectively   referred   to  herein  as   "Liquidity
Agreements").  The Liquidity Agreements will permit the holder of the securities
to demand payment of the unpaid  principal  balance plus accrued interest upon a
specified  number of days  notice  either  from the  issuer or by  drawing on an
irrevocable  bank letter of credit or guarantee.  The issuer of the security may
have a  corresponding  right to prepay the  principal and accrued  interest.  In
addition,  all  obligations  with  maturities  longer than one year from date of
purchase will, by their terms,  bear rates of interest that are adjusted  upward
or downward no less frequently than  semiannually by means of a formula intended
to reflect market changes in interest rates.

The time period  covered by Liquidity  Agreements  may be shorter than the final
maturity of the obligations covered thereby. At or before the expiration of such
Liquidity Agreements,  the Fund will seek to obtain either extensions thereof or
replace them with new  agreements  and if unable to do so the Fund will exercise
its rights under existing  Liquidity  Agreements to require that the obligations
be purchased.  Thus, at no time will the Fund's investments  include obligations
with maturities  longer than one year unless the obligations bear interest rates
subject to periodic  adjustment at least semiannually and are subject to sale on
seven calendar days notice under existing Liquidity Agreements.

The only banks (the  "Participating  Banks")  which  will be  permitted  to sell
participations  in fixed and variable rate tax-exempt debt obligations of United
States  governmental  units to the Fund (or to  provide  irrevocable  letters of
credit or guarantees to back the demand repurchase commitments of the issuers of
such   obligations)  will  be  United  States  banks  which  have  entered  into
irrevocable  written  agreements with respect thereto and have agreed to furnish
to the Fund  whatever  financial  information  may be requested  for purposes of
evaluating the Participating  Banks financial  condition and capacity to fulfill
its  obligations  to the Fund and to  perform  such  servicing  duties as may be
mutually agreed to by the parties.

The Fund's  investments  may include  participation  interests,  purchased  from
Participating  Banks,  in fixed and variable rate  tax-exempt  debt  obligations
(including  industrial  development  bonds  hereinafter  described) owned by the
banks.  A  participation  interest  gives the Fund an undivided  interest in the
tax-exempt  obligation in the proportion that the Fund's participation  interest
bears to the total  principal  amount  of the  obligation  and  carries a demand
repurchase  feature.  An  irrevocable  letter  of  credit  or  guarantee  of the
Participating Bank that issued the participation backs each  participation.  The
Fund has the  right to  liquidate  the  participation,  in whole or in part,  by
drawing on the letter of credit or  guarantee  of the  Participating  Bank which
issued the participation. The Fund has the right to liquidate the participation,
in whole or in part,  by drawing on the letter of credit on demand,  after seven
calendar days' notice, for all or any part of the principal amount of the Fund's
participation, plus accrued interest.

The Fund intends to exercise its rights under  Liquidity  Agreements  only:  (1)
upon default in the terms of the tax-exempt debt  obligations  covered  thereby;
(2) to provide  the Fund with  needed  liquidity  to cover  redemptions  of Fund
shares; or (3) to insure that the value of the Fund's investment  portfolio does
not vary materially from the amortized cost thereof. Participating Banks have no
contractual  obligation to offer participations to the Fund, and the Fund is not
obligated  to  purchase  or  resell  any  participations   offered  or  sold  by
Participating  Banks.  The Liquidity  Agreements  govern the  obligations of the
parties as to securities or participations actually purchased by the Fund.

The financial condition and investment and loan loss record of all banks seeking
to sell participations in fixed and variable rate tax-exempt debt obligations to
the Fund (or to  provide  letters  of credit or  guarantees  to back the  demand
repurchase  commitments  of the issuers of such  obligations)  will be carefully
evaluated  by the Adviser,  based upon  guidelines  established  by the Board of
Directors,  prior to the execution of a Liquidity  Agreement by a  Participating
Bank and periodically thereafter. Purchased obligations will bear interest at or
above current  market rates and the rates borne by obligations  with  maturities
longer  than one year  will be  adjustable  at least  semi-annually  to  reflect
changes  in  market  rates  subsequent  to  issuance  of the  securities.  It is
anticipated that the tax-exempt debt obligations purchased or participated in by
the Fund will be those  traditionally  acquired by United  States  banks.  These
include both general obligation and revenue bonds issued for a variety of public
purposes  such as the  construction  of a wide  range  of  facilities  including
schools,  streets, water and sewer works,  highways,  bridges, and housing. Also
included are bonds issued to refund outstanding obligations, to obtain funds for
general  operating  purposes  and to  lend  to  other  public  institutions  and
facilities.  Certain  types of  industrial  development  bonds  issued by public
bodies to finance the  construction of industrial and commercial  facilities and
equipment are also  purchased.  Revenue  generating  facilities  such as parking
garages,  airports,  sports and  convention  complexes  and water  supply,  gas,
electricity,  and sewage  treatment  and disposal  systems are financed  through
issuance of tax-exempt debt obligations as well.

Tax-exempt debt obligations are normally  categorized as "general obligation" or
"revenue" issues. General obligations are secured by a pledge of the full taxing
power of the issuer while  revenue  obligations  are payable only from  revenues
generated  by a  facility  or  facilities,  a  specified  source of tax or other
revenues or, in the case of industrial  development  bonds, from lease rental or
loan payments made by a commercial or industrial user of the facilities. Revenue
obligations do not generally carry the pledge of the credit of the issuer.

Short-term  tax-exempt debt  obligations  usually mature in less than two years,
are  typically  general  obligations  of the  issuer  and most  often  issued in
anticipation  of  receipts to be realized  from tax  collections  or the sale of
long-term  bonds.  Project  Notes are issued by local  agencies  under a program
administered  by the United States  Department of Housing and Urban  Development
and are secured by the full faith and credit of the United States.

From  time to time the Fund may  invest  25  percent  or more of its  assets  in
tax-exempt debt obligations, or participations therein,  sufficiently similar in
character  that  an  economic,  business  or  political  development  or  change
affecting one such  security  would also affect the other  securities.  Examples
might be securities  whose  principal and interest  payments are dependent  upon
revenues  derived from similar projects or whose issuers are located in the same
state. In addition,  investments in tax-exempt  debt  obligations of issuers may
from time to time become  concentrated  within a single state,  and the Fund may
also invest 25 percent or more of its assets in industrial  development bonds or
participations therein.

For entering  into a Liquidity  Agreement,  a  Participating  Bank will retain a
service  and  letter  of  credit  fee in an  amount  equal to the  excess of the
interest paid on the tax-exempt  obligations above the negotiated yield at which
the  instruments  were  purchased  by the  Fund.  Such fees may be  adjusted  if
adjustments  are made in the interest rate paid on the  tax-exempt  obligations.
Each Participating Bank executing a Liquidity  Agreement must be approved by the
Board of Directors of the Fund prior to, or at the next quarterly  Board meeting
following, such executions. See "Liquidity and Servicing Agreements" above for a
discussion  of the criteria to be used in  selecting  Participating  Banks.  The
Board of Directors will review all Participating Banks and Liquidity  Agreements
quarterly  in an effort to assure  continued  liquidity  and high quality in the
Fund's portfolio.

                             Investment Restrictions

The following are fundamental  investment  restrictions of the Funds,  which may
not be changed without a shareholder  vote. Under these  restrictions a Fund may
not:

1.       Underwrite  securities  issued by other  persons,  except to the extent
         that a Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter under certain securities
         laws in the disposition of "restricted securities";

2.       Purchase or sell  commodities or commodities  contracts,  except to the
         extent disclosed in the current Prospectus of the Funds;

3.       Purchase or sell real estate  (although  investments by the Equity Fund
         and the Income Fund in marketable  securities  of companies  engaged in
         such activities are not prohibited by this restriction);

4.       Borrow  money  or issue  senior  securities,  except  that the Fund may
         borrow  from  banks or enter into  reverse  repurchase  agreements  for
         temporary  purposes in amounts up to 10% (25% for the Bond Fund) of the
         value of its total assets at the time of such  borrowing;  or mortgage,
         pledge,  or hypothecate any assets,  except in connection with any such
         borrowing  and in  amounts  not in excess of the  lesser of the  dollar
         amounts  borrowed or 10% of the value of the Fund's total assets at the
         time of its  borrowing.  The Fund will not  purchase  securities  while
         borrowings (including reverse repurchase agreements) in excess of 5% of
         its total assets are outstanding; and

5.       Make loans,  except that the Fund may purchase or hold debt securities,
         lend portfolio  securities in accordance with its investment  objective
         and policies, and may enter into repurchase agreements.

Each of the Limited Term Bond, Bond, Income,  Municipal Bond, Balanced,  Equity,
and Aggressive Growth Funds will not:

1.       Purchase securities of any one issuer, other than obligations issued or
         guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities,
         if,  immediately  after  such  purchase,  with  respect  to  75% of its
         portfolio,  more than 5% of the  value of the total  assets of the Fund
         would be invested in such issuer,  or the Fund would hold more than 10%
         of any  class  of  securities  of the  issuer  or more  than 10% of the
         outstanding voting securities of the issuer.

Each of the Limited Term Bond, Income,  Balanced,  Equity, and Aggressive Growth
Funds will not:

1.       Purchase any securities which would cause more than 25% of the value of
         the Fund's total assets at the time of purchase to be invested in
         securities of one or more issuers conducting their principal business
         activities in the same industry, provided that (a)there is no
         limitation with respect to obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S.
         Government or its agencies or instrumentalities and repurchase
         agreements secured by obligations of the U.S. Government or its
         agencies or instrumentalities; (b)wholly-owned finance companies will
         be considered to be in the industries of their parents if their
         activities are primarily related to financing the activities of their
         parents; and (c)utilities will be divided according to their services.
         For example, gas, gas transmission, electric and gas, electric, and
         telephone will each be considered a separate industry.

The Municipal Bond Fund will not:

1.       Purchase any securities which would cause more than 25% of the value of
         the Fund's total assets at the time of purchase to be invested in
         securities of one or more issuers conducting their principal business
         activities in the same industry, provided that (a)there is no
         limitation with respect to obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S.
         Government or its agencies or instrumentalities and repurchase
         agreements secured by obligations of the U.S. Government or its
         agencies or instrumentalities; (b)there is no limitation with respect
         to Municipal Securities, which, for purposes of this limitation only,
         do not include private activity bonds that are backed only by the
         assets and revenues of a non-governmental user; (c)wholly-owned finance
         companies will be considered to be in the industries of their parents
         if their activities are primarily related to financing the activities
         of their parents; and (d) utilities will be divided according to their
         services.  For example, gas, gas transmission, electric and gas,
         electric, and telephone will each be considered a separate industry.

2.       Write or sell puts, calls,  straddles,  spreads or combinations thereof
         except  that  the Fund may  acquire  puts  with  respect  to  Municipal
         Obligations in its portfolio and sell those puts in conjunction  with a
         sale of those Municipal Obligations.

The  Bond  Fund  has  also   adopted  the   following   fundamental   investment
restrictions. The Bond Fund may not:

1.       Borrow money except for  temporary or emergency  purposes  (but not for
         the purpose of purchasing  investments) and then, only in an amount not
         to exceed 25  percent of the value of the Fund's net assets at the time
         the borrowing is incurred;  provided,  however, that the Fund may enter
         into transactions in options, futures and options on futures. The Fund
         will not purchase  securities when  borrowings  exceed 5 percent of its
         total assets. If the Fund borrows money, its share price may be subject
         to greater fluctuation until the borrowing is paid off. To this extent,
         purchasing  securities  when  borrowings are outstanding may involve an
         element of leverage.

2.       Make loans, except that the Fund may (i) purchase and hold debt
         obligations in accordance with investment objectives and policies, (ii)
         enter  into  repurchase  agreements,  and (iii)  lend  Fund  securities
         against  collateral   (consisting  of  cash  or  securities  issued  or
         guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities)
         equal at all  times to not less  than 100  percent  of the value of the
         securities  loaned provided no such loan may be made if as a result the
         aggregate of such loans of the Fund's securities  exceeds 30 percent of
         the value of the Fund's total assets.

3.       Issue senior  securities,  bonds,  or debentures,  or  concentrate  its
         investments in anyone industry.

4.       Invest in the  securities  of a company for the  purpose of  exercising
         control or management.

5.       Sell securities  short (except where the Fund holds or has the right to
         obtain at no added cost a long  position  in the  securities  sold that
         equals or exceeds the securities sold short) or purchase any securities
         on margin,  except  that it may obtain such  short-term  credits as are
         necessary for the clearance of transactions.  The deposit or payment of
         margin in connection with transactions in options and financial futures
         contracts is not considered the purchase of securities on margin.

6.       Concentrate  investments in any industry.  However, the Fund may invest
         up to 25 percent of the value of its total assets in any one industry.

The Liquid  Assets and the  Institutional  Reserves  Funds have also adopted the
following   fundamental   investment   restrictions.   The  Liquid   Assets  and
Institutional Reserves Funds may not:

1.            Invest  more  than 80  percent  of its  total  assets in (a) as to
              Liquid  Assets,  loans and/or loan  participations  purchased from
              Participating   Banks,   Student  Loan  Certificates  and/or  FmHA
              Certificates;  and (b) as to Institutional Reserves,  Student Loan
              Certificates;

2.            Pursuant  to Rule 2a-7  invest  more than 25  percent of its total
              assets in loan  participations  purchased  from,  loans  backed by
              letters  of  credit  issued  by,  or  Student  Loan   Certificates
              guaranteed  by, one  Participating  Bank and 10  percent  for each
              Participating  Bank  thereafter  (determined  as of  the  date  of
              purchase);

3.       Invest with a view to exercising control or influencing management;

4.       Invest  more  than ten  percent  of the  value of its  total  assets in
         securities of other investment  companies,  except in connection with a
         merger,  acquisition,   consolidation  or  reorganization,  subject  to
         Section 12(d)(1) of the Investment Company Act of 1940;

5.       Purchase  any  securities  on  margin,   except  for  the  clearing  of
         occasional purchases or sales of portfolio securities;

6.       Make short sales of  securities  or maintain a short  position or write
         purchase or sell puts (excluding  repayment and guarantee  arrangements
         on loan  participations  purchased from  Participating  Banks),  calls,
         straddles, spreads or combinations thereof;


7.       Mortgage, pledge,  hypothecate,  or in any manner transfer, as security
         for  indebtedness,  any  securities  owned by the Fund except as may be
         necessary in connection with borrowings  outlined in (8) above and then
         securities  mortgaged,  hypothecated  or  pledge  may not  exceed  five
         percent of the Funds' total assets taken at market value;

8.      Invest in securities  with legal or contractual  restrictions on resale
         (except for repurchase agreements, loans, loan participations purchased
         from Participating Banks and Student Loan and FmHA Certificates) or for
         which no ready market exists;

9.      Purchase loan  participations  other than from banks which have entered
         into a  Liquidity  and  Servicing  Agreement  and which  have a record,
         together  with  predecessors,  of at least  five  years  of  continuous
         operation;

10.      Enter into  repurchase  agreements if, as a result  thereof,  more than
         five percent of the Fund's  total assets  (taken at market value at the
         time of such  investment)  would be  subject to  repurchase  agreements
         maturing in more than seven calendar days; and

11.      Purchase  loan  participations  from  any  Participating  Bank  if five
         percent or more of the securities of such Bank are owned by the Adviser
         or by  directors  and  officers of the Fund or the  Adviser,  or if any
         director  or  officer  of the Fund or the  Adviser  owns  more than 1/2
         percent of the voting securities of such Participating Bank.

The Municipal Assets Fund has also adopted the following fundamental  investment
restrictions. The Municipal Assets Fund may not:

1.       Invest more than 80 percent of its total assets in tax-exempt fixed and
         variable rate debt  obligations (or  participation  interests  therein)
         issued by state and local  governmental  units within the United States
         which are backed by Liquidity Agreements;

2.       Pursuant to Rule 2a-7  invest more than 25 percent of its total  assets
         in tax-exempt obligations or participation interests therein subject to
         Liquidity  Agreements issued by one  Participating  Bank and 10 percent
         for each Participating Bank thereafter;

3.       Invest with a view to exercising control or influencing management;

4.       Invest  more  than ten  percent  of the  value of its  total  assets in
         securities of other investment  companies,  except in connection with a
         merger,  acquisition,   consolidation  or  reorganization,  subject  to
         Section 12(d)(1) of the Investment Company Act of 1940;

5.       Purchase  any  securities  on  margin,   except  for  the  clearing  of
         occasional purchases or sales of portfolio securities;

6.       Make short sales of securities  or maintain a short  position or write,
         purchase, or sell puts (excluding Liquidity Agreements covering certain
         tax-exempt  obligations  purchased  by  the  Fund),  calls,  straddles,
         spreads or combinations thereof;

7.       Make loans to other persons, provided the Fund may make investments and
         enter into repurchase agreements;

8.       Borrow  money,  except to meet  extraordinary  or  emergency  needs for
         funds, and then only from banks in amounts not exceeding ten percent of
         its total assets, nor purchase securities at any time borrowings exceed
         five percent of its total assets;

9.       Mortgage, pledge,  hypothecate,  or in any manner transfer, as security
         for  indebtedness,  any  securities  owned by the Fund except as may be
         necessary in connection with borrowings  outlined in (8) above and then
         securities  mortgaged,  hypothecated  or pledged  may not  exceed  five
         percent of the Fund's total assets taken at market value;

10.      Invest in securities  with legal or contractual  restrictions on resale
         (except  for   tax-exempt   debt   obligations   subject  to  Liquidity
         Agreements) or for which no ready market exists;

11.      Enter into a  Liquidity  Agreement  with any bank unless such bank is a
         United States bank which has a record,  together with its predecessors,
         of at least five years of continuous operation;

12.      Enter into  repurchase  agreements if, as a result  thereof,  more than
         five percent of the Fund's  total assets  (taken at market value at the
         time of such  investment)  would be  subject to  repurchase  agreements
         maturing in more than seven calendar days; and

13.      Enter into Liquidity  Agreements  with any  Participating  Bank if five
         percent or more of the securities of such Bank are owned by the Adviser
         or by  directors  and  officers of the Fund or the  Adviser,  or if any
         director  or  officer  of the Fund or the  Adviser  owns  more than 1/2
         percent of the voting securities of such Participating Bank.

14.      Issue senior  securities  or  concentrate  its  investments  in any one
         industry.

The following additional investment  restrictions are not fundamental and may be
changed with  respect to a particular  Fund without the vote of amajority of the
outstanding shares of that Fund. A Fund may not:

1.       Enter into  repurchase  agreements  with  maturities in excess of seven
         days if such investments,  together with other instruments in that Fund
         that are not readily marketable or are otherwise  illiquid,  exceed 10%
         of that Fund's net assets.

2.       Purchase  securities  on margin,  except for use of  short-term  credit
         necessary for clearance of purchases of portfolio securities;

3.       Engage in any short sales;

4.       Purchase participation or direct interests in oil, gas or other mineral
         exploration or development programs (although investments by the Equity
         Fund and the Income Fund in marketable  securities of companies engaged
         in such activities are not prohibited in this restriction);

5.       Purchase  securities  of  other  investment  companies,  except  (a) in
         connection with a merger, consolidation, acquisition or reorganization,
         and (b) a Fund may  invest  in other  investment  companies,  including
         other  Funds  for  which  IMG  acts as  adviser,  as  specified  in the
         Prospectus  subject to such  restrictions as may be imposed by the 1940
         Act or any state laws.

6.       Invest more than 5% of total assets in puts, calls, straddles,  spreads
         or any combination thereof.

7.       With respect to the Limited Term Bond, Bond, Income,  Balanced,  Equity
         and  Aggressive  Growth  Funds,  invest more than 5% of total assets in
         securities  of issuers  which  together  with any  predecessors  have a
         record of less than three years continuous operation.

If any  percentage  restriction  described  above  is  satisfied  at the time of
investment,  a later  increase or decrease in such  percentage  resulting from a
change in asset value will not constitute a violation of such restriction.

Portfolio Turnover

The portfolio  turnover rate for each of the Funds is calculated by dividing the
lesser of a Fund's  purchases or sales of portfolio  securities  for the year by
the monthly average value of the portfolio securities.  The calculation excludes
all securities  whose remaining  maturities at the time of acquisition  were one
year or less.

Portfolio  turnover  for any of the Funds may vary  greatly from year to year as
well as within a particular  year. High turnover rates will generally  result in
higher  transaction costs to a Fund.  Portfolio  turnover will not be a limiting
factor in making investment decisions.

Because  the  Government   Assets,   Liquid  Assets,   Municipal   Assets,   and
Institutional  Reserves  Funds  intend to invest  entirely  in  securities  with
maturities  of less  than 397 days and  because  the  Commission  requires  such
securities to be excluded from the  calculation of the portfolio  turnover rate,
the portfolio  turnover with respect to each of the  Government  Assets,  Liquid
Assets,  Municipal Assets,  and  Institutional  Reserves Funds is expected to be
zero percent for regulatory purposes.

                                 NET ASSET VALUE

The net asset value of each Fund is  determined  and the shares of each Fund are
priced as of the Valuation Times applicable to such Fund on each Business Day of
the Company.  A "Business Day"  constitutes  any day on which the New York Stock
Exchange (the "NYSE") is open for trading or the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago
is open, and any other day except days on which there are not sufficient changes
in the value of the Fund's portfolio  securities that the Fund's net asset value
might be  materially  affected  and days during which no shares are tendered for
redemption and no orders to purchase shares are received.  Currently, either the
NYSE or Federal  Reserve  Bank of Chicago are closed on New Year's  Day,  Martin
Luther King, Jr. Day, President's Day, Good Friday,  Memorial Day,  Independence
Day, Labor Day, Columbus Day, Veteran's Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

Valuation  of  the  Government   Assets,   Liquid  Assets,   Municipal   Assets,
Institutional Reserves Funds

The Government Assets, Liquid Assets,  Municipal Assets,  Institutional Reserves
Funds have elected to use the  amortized  cost method of  valuation  pursuant to
Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act.  This  involves  valuing an instrument at its cost
initially and  thereafter  assuming a constant  amortization  to maturity of any
discount or premium,  regardless of the impact of fluctuating  interest rates on
the market  value of the  instrument.  This method may result in periods  during
which value,  as determined by amortized cost, is higher or lower than the price
these Funds would receive if they sold the  instrument.  The value of securities
in these  Government  Assets,  Liquid Assets and  Municipal  Assets Funds can be
expected to vary inversely with changes in prevailing interest rates.

Pursuant to Rule 2a-7, the Government Assets,  Liquid Assets,  Municipal Assets,
and  Institutional  Reserves  Funds  will  maintain  a  dollar-weighted  average
portfolio  maturity  appropriate to the Fund's objective of maintaining a stable
net asset value per share,  provided that the Fund will not purchase  securities
with a remaining  maturity of more than 397 days (thirteen  months)  (securities
subject to  repurchase  agreements  may bear longer  maturities)  nor maintain a
dollar-weighted  average portfolio maturity which exceeds 90 days. The Company's
Board of  Directors  has also  undertaken  to  establish  procedures  reasonably
designed,  taking into account  current  market  conditions  and the  investment
objective of the Fund,  to  stabilize  the net asset value per share of the Fund
for purposes of sales and redemptions at $1.00.  These procedures include review
by the Directors,  at such intervals as they deem appropriate,  to determine the
extent, if any, to which the net asset value per Share of the Fund calculated by
using available  market  quotations  deviates from $1.00 per Share. In the event
such  deviation  exceeds  one-half of one percent,  Rule 2a-7  requires that the
Board of Directors  promptly  consider what action, if any, should be initiated.
If the Directors  believe that the extent of any deviation from the Fund's $1.00
amortized  cost price per Share may result in material  dilution or other unfair
results to new or existing investors, they will take such steps as they consider
appropriate to eliminate or reduce,  to the extent reasonably  practicable,  any
such  dilution or unfair  results.  These steps may  include  selling  portfolio
instruments  prior to  maturity,  shortening  the  average  portfolio  maturity,
withholding or reducing dividends,  reducing the number of the Government Assets
and   Institutional   Reserves  Funds'   outstanding   shares  without  monetary
consideration,  or  utilizing  a net asset value per share  determined  by using
available market quotations.

Valuation of the Variable NAV Funds

Portfolio  securities  for which market  quotations  are readily  available  are
valued based upon their current  available  bid prices in the  principal  market
(closing  sales  prices if the  principal  market is an  exchange) in which such
securities are normally traded.  Unlisted securities for which market quotations
are readily  available  will be valued at the current  quoted bid prices.  Other
securities and assets for which quotations are not readily available,  including
restricted  securities and  securities  purchased in private  transactions,  are
valued at their fair value in IMG's best judgment  under the  supervision of the
Company's Board of Directors.

Among the factors that will be considered,  if they apply, in valuing  portfolio
securities held by the Variable NAV Funds are the existence of restrictions upon
the sale of the security by the Fund,  the absence of a market for the security,
the extent of any discount in acquiring the security,  the estimated time during
which the security will not be freely marketable, the expenses of registering or
otherwise qualifying the security for public sale,  underwriting  commissions if
underwriting  would  be  required  to  effect  a sale,  the  current  yields  on
comparable  securities for debt obligations  traded  independently of any equity
equivalent,  changes in the financial condition and prospects of the issuer, and
any other  factors  affecting  fair  value.  In making  valuations,  opinions of
counsel  may be relied  upon as to  whether  or not  securities  are  restricted
securities and as to the legal requirements for public sale.

The  Company may use a pricing  service to value  certain  portfolio  securities
where the prices  provided are believed to reflect the fair market value of such
securities.  A pricing  service would  normally  consider such factors as yield,
risk,  quality,  maturity,  type  of  issue,  trading  characteristics,  special
circumstances  and other factors it deems relevant in determining  valuations of
normal  institutional  trading  units  of debt  securities  and  would  not rely
exclusively  on quoted prices.  The methods used by the pricing  service and the
valuations  so  established  will be reviewed  by the Company  under the general
supervision  of the Company's  Board of Directors.  The Adviser may from time to
time use one or more of several pricing services available.

                 ADDITIONAL PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION

Information Regarding Purchases

Shares in each of the  Company's  Funds are sold on a continuous  basis by BISYS
Fund Services Limited Partnership, (the "Distributor") which has agreed to use
appropriate  efforts to solicit all purchase  orders.  In addition to purchasing
shares  directly from the  Distributor,  shares may be purchased,  in accordance
with procedures established by the Distributor,  through broker/dealers,  banks,
investment  advisory  firms and  other  financial  institutions  ("Participating
Organizations")  which may include  affiliates of AMCORE  Financial,  Inc.,  the
owner of IMG.  Customers  purchasing  shares of the Funds may include  officers,
directors,  or employees  of AMCORE or its  affiliates.  Share of  Institutional
Reserves may be purchased only by financial  institutions  which have a business
relationship with Union Bank and Trust company, Lincoln, Nebraska ("Union Bank")
and/or its affiliates, as determined by Union Bank in its sole discretion.

Purchases  of shares  in a Fund  will be  effected  only on a  Business  Day (as
defined in "NET ASSET  VALUE").  The public  offering  price of the Variable NAV
Funds  will be the net  asset  value  per  share  (see  "NET  ASSET  VALUE")  as
determined  on the  Business Day the order is received by the  Distributor,  but
only if the Distributor receives the order by the Valuation Time. Otherwise, the
price will be determined  as of the Valuation  Time on the next Business Day. In
the case of an order for the purchase of shares placed  through a  Participating
Organization,  it is the  responsibility  of the  Participating  Organization to
transmit the order to the Distributor promptly.

Upon receipt by the  Distributor of an order to purchase  shares,  shares of the
Government Assets, Liquid Assets,  Municipal Assets, and Institutional  Reserves
Funds are purchased at the next  determined  net asset value per share (see "NET
ASSET VALUE").  An order to purchase shares of any of these Funds will be deemed
to have been  received by the  Distributor  only when federal funds with respect
thereto are available to the Funds' custodian for investment.  Federal funds are
monies credited to a bank's account with a Federal Reserve Bank.  Payment for an
order to purchase  shares of the Government  Assets,  Liquid  Assets,  Municipal
Assets,  or  Institutional  Reserves Fund which is  transmitted by federal funds
wire will be available the same day for investment by the Funds'  custodian,  if
received prior to 3:00 p.m. Central Time that day. Payments transmitted by other
means (such as by check drawn on a member of the Federal  Reserve  System)  will
normally be converted  into federal funds within two banking days after receipt.
The  Government  Assets,  Liquid Assets,  Municipal  Assets,  and  Institutional
Reserves Funds each strongly recommend that investors of substantial amounts use
federal funds to purchase shares.

An  order  received  prior  to a  Valuation  Time  on any  Business  Day for the
Government Assets,  Liquid Assets,  Municipal Assets, or Institutional  Reserves
Fund will be executed at the net asset value determined as of the next Valuation
Time on the date of receipt.  An order  received after the Valuation Time on any
Business Day will be executed at the net asset value  determined  as of the next
Valuation  Time on the next Business Day.  Shares  purchased  before 11:00 a.m.,
Central Time, begin earning dividends on the same Business Day. Shares purchased
after 11:00 a.m.,  Central Time,  begin  earning  dividends on the next Business
Day. All Shares of the Government Assets,  Liquid Assets,  Municipal Assets, and
Institutional  Reserves Funds continue to earn dividends  through the day before
their redemption.

Every  shareholder of record will receive a confirmation of each  transaction in
his or her  account,  which will also show the total  number of shares of a Fund
owned by the shareholder. Sending confirmations for purchases and redemptions of
shares held by a  Participating  Organization  on behalf of its Customer will be
the responsibility of the Participating  Organization.  Shareholders may rely on
these statements in lieu of certificates.  Certificates  representing  shares of
the Funds will not be issued.

Shares of a Fund sold to the Participating  Organizations acting in a fiduciary,
advisory,  custodial,  or other  similar  capacity on behalf of  customers  will
normally be held of record by the Participating  Organizations.  With respect to
shares  sold,  it is the  responsibility  of the  holder of  record to  transmit
purchase or redemption  orders to the  Distributor  and to deliver funds for the
purchase  thereof by the Fund's  custodian  within the  settlement  requirements
defined in the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934.  If  payment is not  received
within the  prescribed  time periods or a check timely  received does not clear,
the purchase will be canceled and the investor could be liable for any losses or
fees  incurred.  Any questions  regarding  current  settlement  requirements  or
electronic  payment  instructions  should  be  directed  to the  Funds  at (800)
438-6375.

Participating  Organizations  provide varying  arrangements for their clients to
purchase and redeem Fund shares.  Some may establish  higher minimum  investment
requirements than set forth above. They may arrange with their clients for other
investment or  administrative  services.  Such  Participating  Organizations may
independently  establish and charge additional amounts to their clients for such
services, which charges would reduce the client's yield or return. Participating
Organizations  may also hold Fund Shares  positions in nominee or street name as
agent  for and on behalf  of their  customers.  In such  instances,  the  Fund's
transfer agent will have no information with respect to or control over accounts
of specific shareholders.  Such shareholders may obtain access to their accounts
and   information   about   their   accounts   only  from  their   Participating
Organizations.  In the  alternative,  a Participating  Organization may elect to
establish  its  customers'  accounts of record with the  transfer  agent for the
Funds.  Participating  Organizations may aggregate their customers' purchases to
satisfy the  required  minimums.  Some of the  Participating  Organizations  may
receive compensation from the Fund's Shareholder Service Agent for recordkeeping
and other  expenses  related to these  nominee  accounts.  In addition,  certain
privileges  with  respect  to the  purchase  and  redemption  of  Shares  or the
reinvestment  of  dividends  may not be  available  through  such  Participating
Organizations.  Some  Participating  Organizations  may participate in a program
allowing them access to their clients' accounts for servicing including, without
limitation,  transfers of  registration  and  dividend  payee  changes;  and may
perform functions such as generation of confirmation statements and disbursement
of cash  dividends.  The  Prospectus  should  be read in  connection  with  such
Participating   Organizations'  material  regarding  their  fees  and  services.
Shareholders should also consider that certain Participating Organizations might
offer services that may not be available directly from the Fund.

Depending upon the terms of the particular  Customer  account,  a  Participating
Organization  may  charge a  Customer  account  fees for  services  provided  in
connection with investments in a Fund. Information concerning these services and
any charges will be provided by the Participating  Organization.  The Prospectus
should be read in  conjunction  with any such  information  so  received  from a
Participating Organization.

The Distributor,  at its expense, with voluntary assistance from IMG in its sole
discretion,  may also provide  other  compensation  to  broker/dealers  that are
Participating  Organizations ("Dealers") in connection with sales of shares of a
Fund.  Compensation  may include  financial  assistance to Dealers in connection
with conferences,  sales or training programs for their employees,  seminars for
the public,  advertising campaigns regarding one or more of the Funds, and other
Dealer-sponsored  special events.  In some instances,  this  compensation may be
made available only to certain  Dealers whose  representatives  have sold or are
expected to sell a significant amount of shares.  Compensation will also include
payment for travel  expenses,  including  lodging,  incurred in connection  with
trips taken by invited registered  representatives and members of their families
to locations  within or outside of the United States for meetings or seminars of
a  business  nature.  Compensation  will also  include  the  following  types of
non-cash  compensation  offered  through  sales  contests:  (1) vacation  trips,
including the provision of travel  arrangements and lodging at luxury resorts at
exotic  locations;  (2)  tickets for  entertainment  events  (such as  concerts,
cruises and sporting  events) and (3) merchandise  (such as clothing,  trophies,
clocks  and  pens).  Dealers  may not use sales of shares  to  qualify  for this
compensation  to the extent such may be  prohibited  by the laws of any state or
any  self-regulatory  agency,  such as the National  Association  of  Securities
Dealers,  Inc. None of the aforementioned  compensation is paid for by the Funds
or their shareholders.

Individual Retirement Account ("IRA")

An IRA enables  individuals,  even if they participate in an  employer-sponsored
retirement plan, to establish their own retirement  program.  IRA  contributions
may be tax-deductible and earnings are tax-deferred. Under the Tax Reform Act of
1986, the tax deductibility of IRA contributions is restricted or eliminated for
individuals who participate in certain  employer  pension plans and whose annual
income exceeds certain limits.  Existing IRAs and future contributions up to the
IRA maximums,  whether  deductible or not,  still earn income on a  tax-deferred
basis. All IRA distribution requests must be made in writing to the Distributor.
Any  additional  deposits  to an IRA must  distinguish  the type and year of the
contribution.

For more  information on an IRA call the Funds at (800) 438-6375.  Investment in
shares  of the  Municipal  Bond  Fund or  Municipal  Assets  Fund  would  not be
appropriate  for any IRA.  Shareholders  are advised to consult a tax Adviser on
IRA contribution and withdrawal requirements and restrictions.

Auto Invest Plan

The Auto Invest Plan enables  Shareholders  of the Funds to make regular monthly
or quarterly  purchases of shares through  automatic  deductions from their bank
accounts (which must be with a domestic member of the Automatic Clearing House).
With  Shareholder  authorization,  the  Transfer  Agent  will  deduct the amount
specified  from the  Shareholder's  bank account,  which will  automatically  be
invested in Shares at the public  offering  price on the dates of the deduction.
The required  minimum initial  investment when opening an account using the Auto
Invest Plan is $250; the minimum amount for subsequent  investments in a Fund is
$25.  Investments  may be made on the 5th or 20th of each month,  on the 5th and
20th of each month, or on the 20th of each quarter (Mar., June, Sept., Dec.). To
participate  in  the  Auto  Invest  Plan,   Shareholders   should  complete  the
appropriate section of the account application, which can be acquired by calling
(800) 438-6375.  For a Shareholder to change the Auto Invest  instructions,  the
request must be made in writing to the Distributor.

The Funds  offer an  exchange  program  whereby  shareholders  are  entitled  to
exchange  their shares for shares of the other  Funds.  Such  exchanges  will be
executed on the basis of the relative net asset values of the shares  exchanged.
The  shares  exchanged  must have a current  value that  equals or  exceeds  the
minimum  investment  that is required  (either the minimum  amount  required for
initial or subsequent  investments as the case may be) for the Fund whose shares
are being  acquired.  Share exchanges will only be permitted where the Shares to
be  acquired  may  legally  be sold in the  investor's  state  of  residence.  A
shareholder may make an exchange  request by calling the Funds at (800) 438-6375
or by providing  written  instructions  to the Funds. An investor should consult
the Funds  for  further  information  regarding  exchanges.  During  periods  of
significant  economic or market change,  telephone exchanges may be difficult to
complete.  If a  shareholder  is unable to  contact  the Funds by  telephone,  a
Shareholder  may also mail the  exchange  request  to the  Funds at the  address
listed in the  Prospectus.  If the Distributor  receives an exchange  request in
good order by the Valuation Time, on any Business Day, the exchange usually will
occur on that day. Any  shareholder who wishes to make an exchange should obtain
and  review  the  current  prospectus  of the Fund in which he or she  wishes to
invest before making the exchange.

Matters Affecting Redemption

To the greatest extent possible, the Company will attempt to honor requests from
shareholders  for (a) same day payments upon  redemption  of Government  Assets,
Liquid Assets,  Municipal Assets,  or Institutional  Reserves Fund shares if the
request for redemption is received by the Distributor  before 11:00 a.m. Central
Time on a Business Day or, if the request for redemption is received after 11:00
a.m.  Central Time,  to honor  requests for payment on the next Business Day, or
(b) next day payments  upon  redemption of the Variable NAV Funds if received by
the  Distributor  before the Valuation  Time on a Business Day or if the request
for  redemption  is received  after the Valuation  Time,  to honor  requests for
payment within two Business Days, unless it would be disadvantageous to the Fund
or the shareholders of the Fund to sell or liquidate portfolio  securities in an
amount sufficient to satisfy requests for payments in that manner.

All or part of a Customer's  shares may be required to be redeemed in accordance
with  instructions  and  limitations  pertaining to his or her account held by a
Bank. For example, if a Customer has agreed to maintain a minimum balance in his
or her account,  and the balance in that account falls below that  minimum,  the
Customer  may be obliged to redeem,  or the Bank may redeem for and on behalf of
the Customer,  all or part of the Customer's  Shares to the extent  necessary to
maintain the required minimum  balance.  There may be no notice period affording
Shareholders an opportunity to increase the account balance in order to avoid an
involuntary redemption under these circumstances.

The Transfer  Agent may require a signature  guarantee by an eligible  guarantor
institution.   For  purposes  of  this  policy,  the  term  "eligible  guarantor
institution" shall include banks, brokers,  dealers,  credit unions,  securities
exchanges and associations,  clearing agencies and savings associations as those
terms are defined in Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The
Transfer  Agent  reserves the right to reject any signature  guarantee if (1) it
has reason to believe that the  signature  is not genuine,  (2) it has reason to
believe that the transaction  would otherwise be improper,  or (3) the guarantor
institution  is a broker  or  dealer  that is  neither  a member  of a  clearing
corporation  nor  maintains  net  capital of at least  $100,000.  The  signature
guarantee  requirement will be waived if all of the following  conditions apply:
(1) the redemption check is payable to the  shareholder(s) of record and (2) the
redemption check is mailed to the shareholder(s) at the address of record or the
proceeds  are either  mailed or wired to a commercial  bank  account  previously
designated on the Account Application.  There is no charge for having redemption
requests mailed to a designated bank account.

For a wire redemption,  the then-current  wire redemption charge may be deducted
from the  proceeds of a wire  redemption.  This  charge,  if applied,  will vary
depending  on the  receiving  institution  for each wire  redemption.  It is not
necessary for Shareholders to confirm telephone redemption requests in writing.

If the Company  receives a redemption  order but a  shareholder  has not clearly
indicated the amount of money or number of shares  involved,  the Company cannot
execute  the  order.  In such  cases,  the  Company  will  request  the  missing
information and process the order on the day such information is received.

The Company may suspend the right of  redemption or postpone the date of payment
for shares  during any period  when (a)  trading on the New York Stock  Exchange
(the  "Exchange")  is  restricted  by applicable  rules and  regulations  of the
Commission,  (b) the  Exchange  is closed for other than  customary  weekend and
holiday closings,  (c) the Commission has by order permitted such suspension for
the  protection of security  holders of the Company,  or (d) the  Commission has
determined  that an  emergency  exists as a result of which (i)  disposal by the
Company of securities owned by it is not reasonably practical, or (ii) it is not
reasonably  practical  for the  Company to  determine  the fair value of its net
assets.

The Company may redeem shares of each of the Funds  involuntarily  if redemption
appears  appropriate in light of the Company's  responsibilities  under the 1940
Act. See "NET ASSET VALUE" in this SAI.




<PAGE>




                            MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

Directors and Officers

Overall  responsibility  for  management  of the Company rests with its Board of
Directors,  which is elected by the  shareholders of the Company.  The Directors
elect  the  officers  of  the  Company  to  supervise  actively  its  day-to-day
operations.

Directors and Officers, together with information as to their principal business
occupations during the last five years, and other information are shown below.

Patricia M. Bonavia, age 49, Vice President
         President, AMCORE Investment Services, Inc.

Mary Dotterer, age 37, Secretary
              Compliance Officer,  Investors Management Group from June, 1999 to
              present;  Staff  Accountant,  Securities and Exchange  Commission,
              from   1997-1999;    Investigator,   Federal   Deposit   Insurance
              Corporation, from 1990-1996.

Jay Evans, age 56, Vice President
         President and Chief Investment Officer, Investors Management Group.

Annalu Farber, age 50, Director
         Sole Proprietor, Tyler Associates, a strategic planning,  reengineering
         and  organizational  change  consulting  firm,  from  1996 to  present;
         Executive  V.P.  & Sr.  Trust  Executive,  Key  Trust  Company  of  the
         Northwest, from 1993 to 1996.

William J. Howard, age 53, Director
         Attorney  at Law,  William J.  Howard Law Firm,  from 1998 to  present,
         Attorney, Brassfield, Cowen & Howard from 1973 to 1998.

Debra Johnson, age 38, Director
         Vice President and CFO, Business  Publications  Corporation/Iowa  Title
         Company, a publishing and abstracting service company.

Fred Lorber, age 75, Director
         Retired Consultant at B. F. & Q., a textile manufacturing and
         distribution company, from 1996 to present; President, B. F. & Q. and
         predecessors, from 1984 to 1996.

Mark A. McClurg, age 46, Vice President
         Vice President and Senior Managing Director, Investors Management
         Group.

*David W. Miles, age 42, Director and President
         Treasurer and Senior Managing Director, Investors Management Group.

Amy M. Mitchell, age 30, Treasurer
         Director of Operations, Investors Management Group.

Edward J. Stanek, age 52, Director
         Commissioner and CEO, Iowa Lottery, a government operated lottery.

*John G. Taft, age 44, Director
          President & CEO, Voyageur Asset Management LLC, from 1991 to present.
          President, CEO and Director, Dougherty Summit Securities LLC, from
          1997 to 2000.

Steven Zumbach,  age 49, Chairman and Director
          Attorney at Belin, Lamson, Zumbach, Flynn Law Firm.

*Interested Director


The address for Mr.  Miles,  Mr.  McClurg,  Mr.  Evans,  Ms.  Mitchell,  and Ms.
Dotterer is 2203 Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50312-5338.

As of the date hereof,  Officers and Directors beneficially owned no more than 1
percent of the shares of common stock of the Fund.

Directors and Officers of the Fund who are officers,  directors,  employees,  or
stockholders  of the Adviser do not receive any  remuneration  from the Fund for
serving as Directors or  Officers.  Those  Directors of the Funds who are not so
affiliated  with the Adviser  receive an annual  retainer  fee and $500 for each
Board of  Directors  meeting  attended,  plus  reimbursement  for  out-of-pocket
expenses in attending meetings.

                               COMPENSATION TABLE


Name of Person           Position                   Aggregate Compensation
                                                       From Registrant(11 Funds)
Annalu Farber            Director                           $16,300
William J. Howard        Director                           $15,800
Debra Johnson            Director                           $15,800
Fred Lorber              Director                           $15,800
Edward J. Stanek         Director                           $15,800
John G. Taft             Director                           $16,300
Steven Zumbach     Chairman & Lead Director                 $17,800
David Miles              Director                           $  0


Investment Adviser

Investment advisory services are provided by IMG, Des Moines,  Iowa, pursuant to
an Investment  Advisory Agreement dated as of February 13, 1998 (the "Investment
Advisory Agreement").  On February 17, 1998, AMCORE Financial,  Inc. ("AMCORE"),
acquired IMG.  AMCORE,  headquartered in Rockford,  IL, is a financial  services
company with banking assets of $4 billion and 11 banks operating in 68 locations
in  Illinois  and  Wisconsin.  AMCORE  has  four  financial  services  companies
including AMCORE Investment Group, which provides trust and brokerage  services,
and through its wholly owned  subsidiary,  IMG,  offers  capital  management and
mutual  fund  administrative  services  and is the  investment  adviser  for the
Vintage Mutual Funds.

Under the  Investment  Advisory  Agreement,  the  Adviser  has agreed to provide
investment  advisory  services for the Funds. For the services provided pursuant
to the Investment Advisory Agreement,  each of the Funds pays IMG a fee computed
daily and paid  monthly,  at an annual rate,  calculated  as a percentage of the
average daily net assets of that Fund, of 0.40% for the Government  Assets Fund,
of 0.35% for the Liquid Assets,  Municipal Assets,  and  Institutional  Reserves
Funds,  of 0.50% for the Limited Term Bond, of 0.55% for the Bond Fund, of 0.60%
for the Income  Fund,  of 0.50% for the  Municipal  Bond Fund,  of 0.75% for the
Balanced and Equity Funds,  and 0.95% for the  Aggressive  Growth Fund.  For the
Government  Assets,  Limited Term Bond and  Municipal  Bond Funds,  the fees are
stated net of waivers. In addition,  IMG may periodically waive all or a portion
of its  advisory  fee with respect to any Fund to increase the net income of the
Fund available for distribution as dividends.

The total  investment  advisory fees paid for the Funds referenced below for the
fiscal year ended March 31, 1999:
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                              <C>
Government Assets Fund                                                                               $544,173
Liquid Assets Fund                                                                                   $463,497
Municipal Assets Fund                                                                                $141,640
Limited Term Bond Fund                                                                               $308,131
Bond Fund                                                                                            $ 99,692
Income Fund                                                                                          $569,326
Municipal Bond Fund                                                                                  $246,964
Balanced Fund                                                                                        $518,744
Equity Fund                                                                                       $3,608,411
Aggressive Growth Fund                                                                            $1,019,527

The total investment advisory fees waived for the Funds referenced below for the
fiscal year ended March 31, 1999:

Government Assets Fund                                                                               $52,738
Municipal Bond Fund                                                                                  $51,228

The total  investment  advisory fees paid for the funds referenced below for the
fiscal year ended March 31, 1998, are as follows:

Government Assets Fund                                                                               $614,671
Limited Term Bond Fund                                                                               $295,198
Income Fund                                                                                          $597,102
Municipal Bond Fund                                                                                  $280,923
Balanced Fund                                                                                        $337,619
Equity Fund                                                                                       $2,918,334
Aggressive Growth Fund                                                                               $722,762

The total  investment  advisory fees paid by the respective Funds for the period
from July 1, 1997, to March 31, 1998, are as follows:

Liquid Assets Fund                                                                                   $181,329
Municipal Assets Fund                                                                                $ 62,948


The total investment advisory fees paid by the Bond Fund for the period from May
1, 1997, to March 31, 1998, are $21,275.

The total  investment  advisory  fees  earned by the  previous  adviser,  AMCORE
Capital Management,  Inc., ("AMCORE"), for the fiscal years ended March 31, 1996
and March 31, 1997, by the respective predecessor Funds are as follows:

PREDECESSOR FUNDS
For Fiscal Years Ended March 31                1996                   1997
AMCORE Vintage U.S. Government Fund           $307,937               $602,877
AMCORE Vintage Fixed Total Return Fund 1      $243,794               $306,666
AMCORE Vintage Fixed Income Fund              $471,823               $528,149
AMCORE Vintage Intermediate Tax-Free Fund     $116,481               $259,581
AMCORE Vintage Balanced Fund 2                $101,842               $139,017
AMCORE Vintage Equity Fund                  $1,328,833             $1,837,312
AMCORE Vintage Aggressive Growth Fund 3        $81,829               $356,135

The total  investment  advisory fees waived or assumed by the previous  adviser,
AMCORE Capital Management,  Inc.,  ("AMCORE"),  for the fiscal years ended March
31, 1996 and March 31, 1997, by the respective predecessor Funds are as follows:

PREDECESSOR FUND
For Fiscal Years Ended March 31                 1996                   1997
AMCORE Vintage U.S. Government Fund           $253,524                  $0
AMCORE Vintage Fixed Total Return Fund 1         $0                     $0
AMCORE Vintage Fixed Income Fund                 $0                     $0
AMCORE Vintage Intermediate Tax-Free Fund      $95,510                  $0
AMCORE Vintage Balanced Fund 2                   $0                     $0
AMCORE Vintage Equity Fund                       $0                     $0
AMCORE Vintage Aggressive Growth Fund 3          $0                     $0

1 From  commencement  of  operations  on June 15,  1995 2 From  commencement  of
operations  on June 1, 1995 3 From  commencement  of operations on September 29,
1995

The total  investment  advisory  fees  earned  by  Investors  Management  Group,
("IMG"),  for the fiscal  years  ended June 30, 1996 and June 30,  1997,  by the
respective predecessor Funds are as follows:

PREDECESSOR FUND
For Fiscal Years Ended June 30                  1996                    1997
Liquid Assets Fund                           $444,793                $428,125
Municipal Assets Fund                        $ 43,217                $ 51,871

The total  investment  advisory  fees waived or assumed by Investors  Management
Group,  ("IMG"),  for the fiscal years ended June 30, 1996 and June 30, 1997, by
the respective predecessor Funds are as follows:

PREDECESSOR FUND
For Fiscal Years Ended June 30                1996                      1997
Liquid Assets Fund                             $0                        $0
Municipal Assets Fund                          $0                      $31,087                      $31,087
</TABLE>

The total  investment  advisory  fees  earned  by  Investors  Management  Group,
("IMG"),  for the fiscal years ended April 30, 1996 and April 30,  1997,  by the
respective predecessor Funds are as follows:

PREDECESSOR FUND
For Fiscal Years Ended April 30               1996                      1997
IMG Bond Fund 1                               $15,625                 $23,870

1 From commencement of operations on July 7, 1995

Unless sooner  terminated,  the Investment  Advisory  Agreement will continue in
effect as to each Fund until February 2000 and from year to year thereafter,  if
such  continuance  is  approved  at least  annually  by the  Company's  Board of
Directors  or by vote of a majority of the  outstanding  shares of the  relevant
Fund,  and a majority of the  Directors  who are not  parties to the  Investment
Advisory  Agreement  or  interested  persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any
party to the Investment  Advisory Agreement by votes cast in person at a meeting
called for such purpose. The Investment Advisory Agreement is terminable as to a
Fund at any time on 60 days' written notice without penalty by the Directors, by
vote of a  majority  of the  outstanding  shares of that  Fund,  or by IMG.  The
Investment Advisory Agreement also terminates  automatically in the event of any
assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act.

The Investment  Advisory Agreement provides that IMG shall not be liable for any
error  of  judgment  or  mistake  of law or for any loss  suffered  by a Fund in
connection with the performance of the Investment Advisory  Agreement,  except a
loss  resulting  from a breach of fiduciary  duty with respect to the receipt of
compensation  for services or a loss  resulting  from willful  misfeasance,  bad
faith, or gross  negligence on the part of IMG in the performance of its duties,
or from reckless disregard by IMG of its duties and obligations thereunder.

Portfolio Transactions

Pursuant to the Investment  Advisory Agreement,  IMG determines,  subject to the
general  supervision  of the Board of Directors of the Company and in accordance
with each Fund's investment objective and restrictions,  which securities are to
be purchased and sold by a Fund, and which brokers are to be eligible to execute
such Fund's portfolio transactions.  Purchases and sales of portfolio securities
with respect to the Funds usually are principal  transactions in which portfolio
securities  are  normally   purchased  directly  from  the  issuer  or  from  an
underwriter or market maker for the securities.  Purchases from  underwriters of
portfolio  securities  generally  include a commission or concession paid by the
issuer to the  underwriter,  and purchases from dealers serving as market makers
may include the spread  between the bid and asked price.  Transactions  on stock
exchanges involve the payment of negotiated brokerage commissions.  Transactions
in  the  over-the-counter  market  are  generally  principal  transactions  with
dealers. With respect to the over-the-counter  market, IMG, where possible, will
deal directly with dealers who make a market in the securities  involved  except
in those circumstances where better price and execution are available elsewhere.

The Company,  on behalf of the Funds,  will not execute  portfolio  transactions
through,  acquire  portfolio  securities issued by, make savings deposits in, or
enter into repurchase or reverse  repurchase  agreements with AMCORE  Investment
Group, N.A. the Distributor,  or their affiliates,  and will not give preference
to  AMCORE  Investment  Group,   N.A.   correspondents   with  respect  to  such
transactions,  securities,  savings deposits, repurchase agreements, and reverse
repurchase agreements.

Investment  decisions  for each Fund are made  independently  from those for the
other Funds or any other investment  company or account managed by IMG. Any such
other Fund, investment company or account may also invest in the same securities
as the  Company  on behalf of the  Funds.  When a  purchase  or sale of the same
security is made at substantially  the same time on behalf of more than one Fund
or a Fund and another  investment  company or account,  the transaction  will be
averaged as to price,  and available  investments will be allocated as to amount
in a manner  which IMG  believes to be  equitable  to the Fund(s) and such other
investment company or account. In some instances,  this investment procedure may
adversely  affect  the  price  paid or  received  by a Fund  or the  size of the
position  obtained by a Fund. To the extent  permitted by law, IMG may aggregate
the  securities  to be sold or  purchased  for a Fund  with  those to be sold or
purchased for the other Funds or for other  investment  companies or accounts in
order  to  obtain  best  execution.  As  provided  by  the  Investment  Advisory
Agreement,  in making  investment  recommendations  for the Funds,  IMG will not
inquire or take into consideration  whether an issuer of securities proposed for
purchase  or sale by the  Funds  is a  customer  of  AMCORE  its  parent  or its
subsidiaries  or  affiliates  and, in dealing with its  customers,  AMCORE,  its
parent, subsidiaries, and affiliates will not inquire or take into consideration
whether securities of such customers are held by the Funds.

The policy of each of the Funds,  regarding purchases and sale of securities for
its  portfolio,  is that primary  consideration  be given to obtaining  the most
favorable  prices  and  efficient  execution  of  transactions.  In  seeking  to
implement the Fund's policies,  IMG effects  transactions with those brokers and
dealers whom IMG believes  provide the most favorable  prices and are capable of
providing  efficient  executions.  If IMG believes such price and executions are
obtainable  from more than one broker or dealer,  it may give  consideration  to
placing  portfolio  transactions with those brokers and dealers who also furnish
research and other  services to the Fund or IMG. Such services may include,  but
are not  limited  to, any one or more of the  following:  information  as to the
availability  of  securities  for  purchase  or  sale;  statistical  or  factual
information or opinions pertaining to investments; wire services; and appraisals
or evaluations of portfolio securities. Such information may be useful to IMG in
serving  both  the  Funds  and  other  clients  and   conversely,   supplemental
information obtained by the placement of business of other clients may be useful
to IMG in carrying out its obligations to the Funds.

Subject to applicable limitations of the federal securities laws, broker-dealers
may receive commissions for agency transactions that are in excess of the amount
of commission  charged by other  broker-dealers in recognition of their research
or  execution  services.  In  order  to  cause  the  Funds  to pay  such  higher
commissions,  IMG  must  determine  in good  faith  that  such  commissions  are
reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage  and/or  research  services
provided  by such  executing  broker-dealers,  viewed  in terms of a  particular
transaction  or IMG's overall  responsibilities  to the Funds.  In reaching this
determination,  IMG will not  attempt  to place a specific  dollar  value on the
brokerage and/or research services provided, or to determine what portion of the
compensation should be related to those services.

Total  brokerage  commissions  paid by the respective  Funds for the fiscal year
ended March 31, 1999, are as follows:

Balanced Fund                                $ 47,689
Equity Fund                                  $540,289
Aggressive Growth Fund                       $136,494

Total  brokerage  commissions  paid by the respective  Funds for the fiscal year
ended March 31, 1998, are as follows:

Balanced Fund                                $ 46,209
Equity Fund                                  $485,253
Aggressive Growth Fund                       $123,967


Total brokerage  commissions  paid for the fiscal years ended March 31, 1996 and
March 31, 1997, by the respective predecessor Funds are as follows:

PREDECESSOR FUND
For Fiscal Years Ended March 31                1996                    1997
AMCORE Vintage Balanced Fund                 $  9,625               $ 28,496
AMCORE Vintage Equity Fund                   $214,078               $290,166
AMCORE Vintage Aggressive Growth Fund        $ 28,295               $ 83,370

None of such  commissions  were paid to any  affiliate  of the Funds,  AMCORE or
AMCORE Investment Group, N.A.

Banking Laws

IMG, AMCORE  Investment Group N.A. and their brokerage  affiliates  believe that
they  possess  the  legal  authority  to  perform  the  services  for the  Funds
contemplated by the Prospectus, this SAI, and the Rule 12b-1 Agreement described
below without  violation of  applicable  statutes and  regulations.  Counsel has
advised IMG, AMCORE  Investment Group N.A. and their brokerage  affiliates that,
while the  question  is not free from doubt,  such laws should not prevent  IMG,
AMCORE  Investment Group N.A. and their brokerage  affiliates from providing the
services required of it under the Rule 12b-1 Agreement. Future changes in either
federal or state statutes and regulations relating to the permissible activities
of banks or bank holding  companies and the  subsidiaries or affiliates of those
entities,   as  well  as  further  judicial  or   administrative   decisions  or
interpretations of present and future statutes and regulations, could prevent or
restrict IMG, AMCORE  Investment  Group N.A. or their brokerage  affiliates from
continuing to perform such services for the Funds.  Depending upon the nature of
any changes in the services  which could be provided by IMG,  AMCORE  Investment
Group N.A. or their  brokerage  affiliates the Board of Directors of the Company
would review the Funds'  relationship  with IMG or AMCORE  Investment Group N.A.
and consider taking all action necessary in the circumstances.

Should  future  legislative,  judicial,  or  administrative  action  prohibit or
restrict the proposed activities of IMG, AMCORE Investment Group, N.A. and their
brokerage affiliates and/or its affiliated and correspondent banks in connection
with Customer purchases of shares of the Funds, those banks might be required to
alter materially or discontinue the services offered by them to Customers. It is
not anticipated,  however, that any change in the Company's method of operations
would affect its net asset value per share or result in financial  losses to any
Customer.

Administrator

IMG serves as  administrator  (the  "Administrator")  to the Funds pursuant to a
Management   and   Administration   Agreement   dated   October  30,  1997  (the
"Administration  Agreement").  The  Administrator  assists  in  supervising  all
operations  of each Fund (other than those  performed  by the Adviser  under the
Investment Advisory Agreement,  the Custodian under the Custodian Agreement,  by
the  Transfer  Agent  under  the  Transfer  Agency  Agreement  and by  the  Fund
Accountant under the Fund Accounting Agreement.)

Under the  Administration  Agreement,  the  Administrator has agreed to maintain
office  facilities;  furnish  statistical and research data,  clerical,  certain
bookkeeping  services and stationery and office  supplies;  prepare the periodic
reports to the  Commission  on Form  N-SAR or any  replacement  forms  therefor;
compile data for,  prepare for execution by the Funds and file all of the Funds'
federal and state tax returns and required tax filings other than those required
to be made by the  Funds'  Custodian  and  Transfer  Agent;  prepare  compliance
filings  pursuant  to state  securities  laws with the  advice of the  Company's
counsel; assist to the extent requested by the Funds with the Fund's preparation
of its  Annual and  Semi-Annual  Reports to  shareholders  and its  Registration
Statement;  compile data for,  prepare and file timely Notices to the Commission
required  pursuant  to Rule  24f-2  under the 1940 Act;  keep and  maintain  the
financial  accounts  and records of each Fund,  including  calculation  of daily
expense accruals;  and generally assists in all aspects of the Funds' operations
other than those performed by IMG under the Investment  Advisory  Agreement,  by
the  Custodian  under the  Custodian  Agreement,  by the  Distributor  under the
Distribution  Agreement,  by  the  Transfer  Agent  under  the  Transfer  Agency
Agreement and by the Fund Accountant under the Fund Accounting Agreement.  Under
the Administration  Agreement, the Administrator may delegate all or any part of
its responsibilities thereunder.

The   Administrator   receives  a  fee  from  each  Fund  for  its  services  as
Administrator  and expenses  assumed pursuant to the  Administration  Agreement,
equal to the lesser of (1) a fee calculated daily and paid periodically, at the
annual  rate equal to 0.21% of the  average  daily net assets of the  Government
Assets,  Liquid Assets,  Municipal Assets,  and Institutional  Reserves Fund and
0.26% of the average daily net assets for all other Vintage  Mutual Funds or (2)
such  other  fee as may be  agreed  upon  in  writing  by the  Company  and  the
Administrator.  The Administrator may periodically waive all or a portion of its
fee with  respect to any Fund in order to increase the net income of one or more
of the Funds available for distribution as dividends.

Unless sooner terminated as provided therein, the Administration  Agreement will
continue  in effect  until  December  31,  2000.  The  Administration  Agreement
thereafter shall be renewed  automatically for successive  annual terms,  unless
written  notice  not to renew is given by the  non-renewing  party to the  other
party at least 60 days prior to the  expiration of the  then-current  term.  The
Administration  Agreement is terminable  with respect to a particular  Fund only
upon mutual  agreement of the parties to the  Administration  Agreement  and for
cause (as defined in the Administration  Agreement) by the party alleging cause,
on not less than 60 days' notice by the  Company's  Board of Directors or by the
Administrator.

The Administration Agreement provides that the Administrator shall not be liable
for any error of judgment  or mistake of law or any loss  suffered by any of the
Funds in  connection  with the  matters  to which the  Administration  Agreement
relates,  except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance,  bad faith, or gross
negligence in the performance of its duties,  or from the reckless  disregard by
the Administrator of its obligations and duties thereunder.

Distributor

BISYS Fund  Services  Limited  Partnership  serves as  distributor  to the Funds
pursuant  to  the   Distribution   Agreement   dated  February  13,  1998,  (the
"Distribution   Agreement").   Unless  otherwise  terminated,  the  Distribution
Agreement  will continue in effect until April 9, 2000, if such  continuance  is
approved at least  annually  (i) by the  Company's  Board of Directors or by the
vote of a majority of the  outstanding  shares of the Funds and (ii) by the vote
of a  majority  of the  Directors  of the  Company  who are not  parties  to the
Distribution Agreement or interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any
party to the Distribution Agreement,  cast in person at a meeting called for the
purpose of voting on such approval. The Distribution Agreement may be terminated
in the event of any assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act.

In its capacity as Distributor, BISYS Fund Services Limited Partnership solicits
orders for the sale of  shares,  advertises  and pays the costs of  advertising,
office space and the  personnel  involved in such  activities.  The  Distributor
receives no compensation under the Distribution  Agreement with the Company, but
may receive  compensation  under the Distribution  and Shareholder  Service Plan
described below.

The  Distributor  received  $30,080 in  commissions on the AMCORE Vintage Equity
Fund,  predecessor to the Equity Fund, for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1995,
of which it retained $5,751 after dealer reallowances.  The Distributor received
no commissions on sales of the AMCORE Vintage Fixed Income Fund,  predecessor to
the Income Fund, or the AMCORE Vintage Intermediate  Tax-Free Fund,  predecessor
to the Municipal  Bond Fund for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1995.  The Funds
are no longer  sold  subject to  commissions  and the  Distributor  received  no
commissions for the fiscal years ended March 31, 1997, March 31, 1998, and March
31, 1999.

The Company has adopted a Distribution and Shareholder Service Plan (the "Plan")
pursuant to Rule 12b-1  under the 1940 Act under which the Funds are  authorized
to pay the Distributor for payments it makes to Participating Organizations.

As  authorized  by  the  Plan,  the  Distributor  will  enter  into  Shareholder
Agreements with Participating  Organizations,  including AMCORE Financial, Inc.,
or its affiliates,  pursuant to which the Participating  Organization  agrees to
provide certain  administrative  and shareholder  support services in connection
with shares of a Fund purchased and held by the  Participating  Organization for
the  accounts  of its  Customers  and  shares  of a Fund  purchased  and held by
Customers  of the  Participating  Organization,  including,  but not limited to,
processing  automatic  investments  of  Participating   Organization's  Customer
account cash balances in shares of a Fund and  establishing  and maintaining the
systems, accounts and records necessary to accomplish this service, establishing
and  maintaining   Customer  accounts  and  records,   processing  purchase  and
redemption  transactions for Customers,  answering  routine  Customer  questions
concerning  the Funds and  providing  such office  space,  equipment,  telephone
facilities  and personnel as is necessary  and  appropriate  to accomplish  such
matters. In consideration of such services,  the Participating  Organization may
receive a monthly fee,  computed at an annual rate of the average  aggregate net
asset  value of the  shares  of the Fund held  during  the  period  in  Customer
accounts for which the  Participating  Organization has provided  services under
this Agreement.  The Distributor  will be compensated by a Fund up to the amount
of any  payments  it makes to  Participating  Organization  under the Rule 12b-1
Agreement.  The maximum fee is 0.50% on "S" shares of Liquid Assets and 0.25% on
all other Classes and Funds.  Currently,  such fees are limited to 0.40% for "S"
shares of Liquid Assets,  0.15% for "S2" Shares of Liquid Assets,  0.15% for "S"
shares of Municipal  Assets and 0.00% for all other Classes and Funds.  However,
IMG as Adviser and  Administrator to the Company may in its sole discretion make
payments to the Distributor to supplement  shareholder  fees paid by the Company
up  to  the  maximum  fee  approved  by  the  Plan  without  further  notice  to
shareholders and at no cost to the Company.

As required by Rule 12b-1,  the Plan was  approved by the  shareholders  of each
Class of shares of a Fund and by the Board of Directors, including a majority of
the Directors who are not interested persons of the Funds and who have no direct
or indirect  financial  interest in the operation of the Plan (the  "Independent
Directors").  The Plan may be  terminated  with  respect  to a Fund by vote of a
majority  of  the  Independent  Directors,  or by  vote  of a  majority  of  the
outstanding  shares of the Fund. The Directors review quarterly a written report
of such costs and the purposes for which such costs have been incurred. The Plan
may be amended by vote of the Directors  including a majority of the Independent
Directors,  cast in person at a meeting  called for that purpose.  However,  any
change in the Plan that would  materially  increase the  distribution  cost to a
Fund  requires  shareholder  approval.  For so  long as the  Plan is in  effect,
selection and nomination of the Independent  Directors shall be committed to the
discretion of such disinterested persons.

All agreements with any person relating to the implementation of the Plan may be
terminated,  with  respect  to a Fund,  at any time on 60 days'  written  notice
without  payment  of any  penalty,  by vote  of a  majority  of the  Independent
Directors or by vote of a majority of the  outstanding  shares of the Fund.  The
Plan will continue in effect for successive one-year periods, provided that each
such  continuance is specifically  approved (i) by the vote of a majority of the
Independent Directors, and (ii) by the vote of a majority of the entire Board of
Directors  cast in person at a meeting  called  for that  purpose.  The Board of
Directors  has a  duty  to  request  and  evaluate  such  information  as may be
reasonably  necessary  for it to make an informed  determination  of whether the
Plan should be implemented or continued.  In addition the Directors in approving
the Plan must determine that there is a reasonable likelihood that the Plan will
benefit each Fund and its shareholders.

The Board of  Directors  of the  Company  believes  that the Plan is in the best
interests  of each of the Funds to which it  applies  since it  encourages  Fund
growth. As a Fund grows in size, certain expenses,  and therefore total expenses
per Share, may be reduced and overall performance per Share may be improved.

For the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999, Government Assets,  Limited Term Bond,
Income,  Municipal Bond,  Balanced,  Equity and Aggressive  Growth Funds paid no
distribution  fees.  For the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999, the Liquid Assets
Fund paid distribution fees in the amount of $330,103;  and the Municipal Assets
Fund paid  distribution  fees in the amount of $10,993.  Distribution fees cover
payments made by the Distributor to Participating Organizations.

Administrative Services Plan

The Company has adopted an  Administrative  Services Plan (the "Services  Plan")
pursuant to which each Fund is authorized to pay compensation to banks and other
financial institutions (each a "Participating Organization"),  which may include
AMCORE Financial,  Inc., its correspondent and affiliated banks,  which agree to
provide  certain  ministerial,   recordkeeping  and/or  administrative   support
services for their customers or account holders (collectively,  "customers") who
are the beneficial or record owner of shares of that Fund. In consideration  for
such services, a Participating Organization receives a fee from a Fund, computed
daily and paid  monthly,  at an annual rate of up to 0.25% of the average  daily
net asset value of shares of that Fund owned  beneficially  or of record by such
Participating  Organization's customers for whom the Participating  Organization
provides such services.

The  servicing  agreements  adopted  under the  Services  Plan  (the  "Servicing
Agreements") require the Participating Organizations receiving such compensation
to perform certain  ministerial,  recordkeeping  and/or  administrative  support
services with respect to the beneficial or record owners of shares of the Funds,
such as processing dividend and distribution payments from the Fund on behalf of
customers, providing periodic statements to customers showing their positions in
the  shares  of the  Fund,  providing  sub-accounting  with  respect  to  shares
beneficially owned by such customers and providing customers with a service that
invests the assets of their  accounts in shares of the Fund pursuant to specific
or pre-authorized instructions.

As  authorized  by the Services  Plan,  the Company has entered  into  Servicing
Agreements with Participating  Organizations pursuant to which the Participating
Organizations has agreed to provide certain  administrative  support services in
connection  with  shares of the Funds  owned of  record or  beneficially  by its
customers. Such administrative support services may include, but are not limited
to, (i) processing  dividend and distribution  payments from a Fund on behalf of
customers,  (ii) providing  periodic  statements to its customers  showing their
positions in the shares;  (iii)  arranging  for bank wires;  (iv)  responding to
routine customer inquiries  relating to services  performed by the Adviser;  (v)
providing  sub-accounting  with respect to the shares  beneficially owned by the
Participating   Organization's   customers  or  the  information  necessary  for
sub-accounting;  (vi) if required by law, forwarding shareholder  communications
from a Fund  (such as  proxies,  shareholder  reports,  annual  and  semi-annual
financial  statements  and  dividend,  distribution  and  tax  notices)  to  its
customers;  (vii) aggregating and processing purchase,  exchange, and redemption
requests  from  customers  and placing net purchase,  exchange,  and  redemption
orders for customers; and (viii) providing customers with a service that invests
the assets of their account in the shares pursuant to specific or pre-authorized
instructions.  In consideration of such services, the Company, on behalf of each
Fund, has agreed to pay each Participating  Organization a monthly fee, computed
at an annual rate of 0.25% of the average aggregate net asset value of shares of
that  Fund  held  during  the  period by  customers  for whom the  Participating
Organization has provided  services under the Servicing  Agreement.  At present,
the Company pays servicing fees on the Classes or Funds as follows: 0.25%
annually  on the  shares  of  Institutional  Reserves,  "S"  shares  of  Equity,
Government  Assets,  Liquid Assets and Municipal Assets Funds, and 0.15% each on
the "T" shares of the Liquid Assets and Municipal Assets Funds. The Company pays
no servicing fees on the other Vintage Funds or Classes offered by a Prospectus,
although  it  may  begin  to  do  so at  any  time  without  further  notice  to
shareholders.  IMG, as Adviser and  Administrator,  may supplement the Servicing
Fees paid by the Company to the Participating Organization up to the maximum fee
approved by the Services Plan without further notice to  shareholders  and at no
cost to the Company.

Custodian

Union Bank and Trust Company serves as custodian for Institutional  Reserves and
Bankers Trust  Company,  New York,  New York,  serves as custodian for the other
Funds (together,  the "Custodian")  pursuant to the Custodian  Agreement between
the Company and the  Custodian  (the  "Custodian  Agreement").  The  Custodian's
responsibilities  include  safeguarding  and  controlling  each  Fund's cash and
securities,  handling the receipt and  delivery of  securities,  and  collecting
interest on each Fund's investments.  In consideration of such services, each of
the Funds pays the  Custodian  an annual fee plus fixed fees charged for certain
portfolio transactions and out-of-pocket expenses.

Unless sooner terminated,  the Custodian Agreement will continue in effect until
terminated  by either party upon 60 days'  advance  written  notice to the other
party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Custodian Agreement, with respect to a
Fund,  must be approved at least annually by the Company's Board of Directors or
by vote of a majority of the outstanding  shares of that Fund, and a majority of
the  Directors  who are not parties to the  Custodian  Agreement  or  interested
persons  (as  defined in the 1940 Act) of any party to the  Custodian  Agreement
("Disinterested  Persons") by votes cast in person at a meeting  called for such
purpose.

Transfer Agency and Fund Accounting Services

IMG also  serves as the  Funds'  transfer  agent (the  "Transfer  Agent") to "S"
shares of the Government Assets Fund, "S", "S2" and "I" shares of the Liquid
Assets Fund, "S" and "I" shares of the Municipal  Assets Fund, and all shares of
the  Institutional  Reserves Fund pursuant to a Transfer Agency  Agreement dated
October 30, 1997. BISYS Fund Services,  Inc., 3435 Stelzer Road, Columbus,  Ohio
43219  serves as  transfer  agent (the  "Transfer  Agent")  for all other  Funds
pursuant to a Transfer Agency Agreement dated October 30, 1997. Pursuant to such
Agreements,  the Transfer  Agent,  among other  things,  performs the  following
services  in  connection  with  each  of  the  Funds'  shareholders  of  record:
maintenance  of  shareholder  records  for each of the  Fund's  shareholders  of
record;  processing  shareholder  purchase  and  redemption  orders;  processing
transfers  and  exchanges  of shares of the Funds on the  shareholder  files and
records;  processing dividend payments and reinvestments;  and assistance in the
mailing  of  shareholder  reports  and proxy  solicitation  materials.  For such
services the Transfer Agent  receives a fee based on the number of  shareholders
of record and out-of-pocket expenses.

In addition, IMG provides certain fund accounting services to the Funds pursuant
to a Fund Accounting  Agreement dated February 13, 1998. IMG receives a fee from
each Fund for such services equal to a fee computed daily and paid  periodically
at an annual rate of 0.03% of that Fund's  average daily net assets.  Under such
Agreement,  IMG  maintains  the  accounting  books and  records  for each  Fund,
including  journals  containing  an itemized  daily record of all  purchases and
sales of portfolio  securities,  all receipts and  disbursements of cash and all
other debits and credits,  general and auxiliary  ledgers  reflecting all asset,
liability,  reserve,  capital,  income and expense accounts,  including interest
accrued and interest  received,  and other required  separate  ledger  accounts;
maintains  a monthly  trial  balance of all ledger  accounts;  performs  certain
accounting services for the Fund,  including  calculation of the net asset value
per Share,  calculation of the dividend and capital gain distributions,  if any,
and of yield,  reconciliation of cash movements with the Custodian,  affirmation
to the Custodian of all portfolio trades and cash settlements,  verification and
reconciliation with the Custodian of all daily trade activity;  provides certain
reports;  obtains  dealer  quotations,  prices from a pricing  service or matrix
prices on all portfolio securities in order to mark the portfolio to the market;
and prepares an interim  balance  sheet,  statement  of income and expense,  and
statement of changes in net assets for each Fund.

Independent Auditors

PricewaterhouseCoopers,  LLP 1177  Avenue of the  Americas,  New York,  New York
10036, has been selected as independent  auditors for the Company for the fiscal
year ended March 31,  2000.  PricewaterhouseCoopers,  LLP will perform an annual
audit of the Funds'  financial  statements and provide other services related to
filings with respect to securities regulations. Reports of their activities will
be provided to the Company's Board of Directors.

Legal Counsel

Cline, Williams, Wright, Johnson & Oldfather, 19th Floor, 233 S. 13th, Lincoln,
Nebraska 68508, is counsel to the Company.




                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Description of Shares

The Company is a Maryland  corporation,  organized  on November  16,  1994.  The
Company's  Articles of Incorporation  are on file with the Secretary of State of
Maryland.  The  Articles of  Incorporation  authorize  the Board of Directors to
issue 100,000,000,000  shares, with a par value of $0.001 per share. The Company
consists of several funds  organized as separate  series of shares.  Some series
are further divided presently in up to four additional  "classes" of shares that
bear  different  class  level  fees.  Additional  classes  of a  series  may  be
authorized in the future. At present, only the Government Assets, Liquid Assets,
Municipal  Assets,  and Vintage  Equity  Funds are  offered  with  classes.  The
establishment  of classes of shares was approved by the Board of Directors under
the provisions of a plan adopted  pursuant to Rule 18f-3,  which Plan sets forth
the basis for  allocating  certain  expenses  among the classes of the Company's
shares.  Under Rule 18f-3 and the plan the  Company is  permitted  to  establish
separate classes that allow for different  arrangement for shareholder services,
distribution  of shares and other  services and to pay different  amounts of the
expenses.

As used in the Prospectus and in the SAI, "assets belonging to a Fund" means the
consideration  received by the Fund upon the  issuance or sale of shares in that
Fund, together with all income, earnings, profits, and proceeds derived from the
investment  thereof,   including  any  proceeds  from  the  sale,  exchange,  or
liquidation  of such  investments,  and any funds or  amounts  derived  from any
reinvestment of such proceeds, and any general assets of the Company not readily
identified  as belonging to a particular  Fund that are allocated to the Fund by
the  Company's  Board of  Directors.  The Board of Directors  may allocate  such
general assets in any manner it deems fair and equitable.  Determinations by the
Board of Directors of the Company as to the timing of the  allocation of general
liabilities  and  expenses  and as to the  timing and  allocable  portion of any
general  assets  with  respect  to the Fund are  conclusive.  All  consideration
received  by the  Funds for  shares of one of the Funds and all  assets in which
such consideration is invested,  belong to that Fund (subject only to the rights
of  creditors  of the  Fund)  and will be  subject  to the  liabilities  related
thereto. The income and expenses attributable to one Fund are treated separately
from those of the other Funds.

Shares have no  subscription  or preemptive  rights and only such  conversion or
exchange  rights as the Board of  Directors  may grant in its  discretion.  When
issued for payment as  described  in this SAI, the shares will be fully paid and
nonassessable.  In the event of a  liquidation  or  dissolution  of the Company,
shareholders  of a Fund  are  entitled  to  receive  the  assets  available  for
distribution  belonging to that Fund, and a  proportionate  distribution,  based
upon the relative  asset values of the respective  Funds,  of any general assets
not belonging to any particular Fund which are available for  distribution.  All
shares are held in uncertificated  form and will be evidenced by the appropriate
notation on the books of the Transfer Agent.

Rule 18f-2 under the 1940 Act provides that any matter  required to be submitted
to the holders of the  outstanding  voting  securities of an investment  company
such as the  Company  shall not be deemed to have been  effectively  acted  upon
unless approved by the holders of a majority of the  outstanding  shares of each
Fund affected by the matter. For purposes of determining whether the approval of
a majority of the  outstanding  shares of a Fund will be required in  connection
with a matter,  a Fund will be deemed to be  affected  by a matter  unless it is
clear that the interests of each Fund in the matter are  identical,  or that the
matter does not affect any interest of the Fund.  Under Rule 18f-2, the approval
of an investment  advisory agreement or any change in investment policy would be
effectively  acted upon with respect to a Fund only if approved by a majority of
the outstanding shares of such Fund.  Approval of changes to the Rule 12b-1 Plan
applicable  to a  Fund,  or to a  Class  of  shares  of a  Fund  would  only  be
effectively  acted  upon with  respect  to the Fund or to a Class of shares of a
Fund, if approved by a majority of the outstanding  shares of such Fund or Class
of  shares.   However,  Rule  18f-2  also  provides  that  the  ratification  of
independent  public   accountants,   the  approval  of  principal   underwriting
contracts,  and the  election  of  Directors  may be  effectively  acted upon by
shareholders  of the Company  voting  without  regard to series.  (Do we need to
discuss the eligible purchases of Institutional Reserves here?)
SHARE CLASSES:

 SHARE CLASS                               CLASS DESCRIPTION

"S" and "S2"                 These shares  are   normally   offered   through
                             financial institutions providing automatic "Sweep"
                             investment  programs  to  their  customers.   These
                             shares   bear    separate    distribution    and/or
                             shareholder    servicing    fees.     Participating
                             organizations selling or servicing these shares may
                             receive different  compensation with respect to one
                             class over  another.   The Liquid Assets Fund,
                             Municipal Assets Fund and Government Assets Fund
                             offer Class S shares  while only the Liquid Assets
                             Fund offers Class S2 shares.

"S" Shares of the Equity     These shares  are  offered  to  all  shareholders,
Fund                         except those who  qualify  for "T"  shares of the
                             Equity Fund.

"T" Shares of the Equity     These shares  are  offered  solely  to  fiduciary
Fund                         accounts of  AMCORE  Investment  Group, N.A. over
                             which AMCORE   Investment  Group, N.A.  exercises
                             investment discretion.

"T"                          These shares  offer a  check writing privilege and
                             are also offered  through  trust organizations or
                             others providing  shareholder  services  such  as
                             establishing and maintaining custodial accounts and
                             records  for  their  customers  who  invest  in "T"
                             shares, assisting customers in processing purchase,
                             exchange and redemption  requests and responding to
                             customers'  inquiries concerning their investments,
                             though  they may also be used in "sweep"  programs.
                             These  shares  bear  separate  distribution  and/or
                             shareholder    servicing    fees.     Participating
                             organizations selling or servicing these shares may
                             receive different  compensation with respect to one
                             class over another.

"I"                          These shares pay no  shareholder  or servicing fees
                             and  so  are  normally   offered  directly  by  the
                             distributor   or   through   trust    organizations
                             providing   fiduciary   account   services  for  an
                             additional fee.

OTHER                        EQUITY "S" SHARES.  Depending upon the terms of the
                             Particular Customer account, a Participating
                             Organization may charge a Customer account fees for
                             services provided in connection with investments in
                             a Fund.  Information concerning these services and
                             any charges will be provided  by the Participating
                             Organization.  This prospectus should be read in
                             conjunction with any such information provided  by
                             the Participating Organization.

Shares are normally offered to individual and institutional  investors acting on
their own behalf or on behalf of their  customers and bear a pro rata portion of
all operating  expenses paid by each Fund. Shares of Institutional  Reserves are
offered only to financial  institutions which have a business  relationship with
Union Bank, and/or its affiliates.

Shareholder Meetings

The Maryland Corporation Law permits registered  investment companies to operate
without an annual meeting of shareholders  under specified  circumstances  if an
annual  meeting  is not  required  by the 1940  Act.  The Fund has  adopted  the
appropriate  Bylaw  provisions and may not hold an annual meeting in any year in
which the election of  Directors is not required to be acted on by  shareholders
under the 1940 Act.

There normally will be no meetings of  shareholders  for the purpose of electing
Directors  unless and until such time as less than a majority  of the  Directors
holding  office have been elected by  shareholders  at which time the  Directors
then in office will call a shareholders'  meeting for the election of Directors.
The Bylaws also contain procedures for removal of Directors by shareholders.  At
any meeting of shareholders,  duly called and at which a quorum is present,  the
shareholders  may, by the  affirmative  vote of the holders of a majority of the
votes entitled to be cast thereon,  remove any Director or Directors from office
and may elect a successor or successors to fill any resulting  vacancies for the
unexpired terms of removed Directors.

Upon the written  request of the holders of shares  entitled to not less than 10
percent of all the votes  entitled to be cast at such meeting,  the Secretary of
the Funds shall promptly call a special meeting of shareholders  for the purpose
of voting  upon the  question  of removal of any  Director.  Whenever 10 or more
shareholders of record who have been such for at least six months  preceding the
date of  application,  and who hold in the aggregate  either shares having a net
asset value of at least  $25,000 or at least 1 percent of the total  outstanding
shares, whichever is less, shall apply to the Secretary in writing, stating that
they  wish to  communicate  with  other  shareholders  with a view to  obtaining
signatures to a request for a meeting as described  above and  accompanied  by a
form of  communication  and request  which they wish to transmit,  the Secretary
shall within five business  days after such  application  either:  (1) afford to
such applicants  access to a list of the names and addresses of all shareholders
of  record;  or (2)  inform  such  applicants  as to the  approximate  number of
shareholders of record and the approximate  cost of mailing to them the proposed
communication and form of request.

If the Secretary elects to follow the course specified in clause (2) of the last
sentence of the preceding paragraph, the Secretary,  upon the written request of
such applicants, accompanied by a tender or the material to be mailed and of the
reasonable  expenses of mailing,  shall, with reasonable  promptness,  mail such
material to all  shareholders  of record at their  addresses  as recorded on the
books unless within five  business  days after such tender the  Secretary  shall
mail to such  applicants and file with the  Securities and Exchange  Commission,
together with a copy of the material to be mailed, a written statement signed by
at least a  majority  of the  Board of  Directors  to the  effect  that in their
opinion  either such  material  contains  untrue  statements of fact or omits to
state facts necessary to make the statements  contained  therein not misleading,
or would be in violation of  applicable  law, and  specifying  the basis of such
opinion.

After  opportunity  for hearing  upon the  objections  specified  in the written
statement so filed, the Securities and Exchange  Commission may, and if demanded
by the Board of Directors  or by such  applicants  shall,  enter an order either
sustaining one or more of such objections or refusing to sustain any of them. If
the Securities and Exchange  Commission shall enter an order refusing to sustain
any of such  objections,  or if, after the entry of an order  sustaining  one or
more of such  objections,  the  Securities and Exchange  Commission  shall find,
after notice and opportunity for hearing,  that all objections so sustained have
been met, and shall enter an order so declaring, the Secretary shall mail copies
of such material to all shareholders with reasonable  promptness after the entry
of such order and the renewal of such tender.

Vote of a Majority of the Outstanding Shares

Shareholders  are  entitled  to  one  vote  for  each  full  share  held  and  a
proportionate  fractional vote for any fractional  shares held, and will vote in
the aggregate and not by series or Class except as otherwise  expressly required
by law. For example,  shareholders  of each Fund will vote in the aggregate with
other  shareholders of the Company with respect to the election of Directors and
ratification of the selection of independent auditors. However,  shareholders of
a  particular  Fund will vote as a Fund,  and not in the  aggregate  with  other
shareholders of the Company,  for purposes of approval of that Fund's investment
advisory  agreement,  Plan and Services Plan,  except that  shareholders  of the
Government  Assets,  the Liquid Assets,  and Municipal Assets Funds will vote by
Class on matters relating to that Fund's Plan and Services Plan.

As used in the Prospectus and the SAI, a "vote of a majority of the  outstanding
shares" of a Fund means the affirmative  vote, at a meeting of shareholders duly
called,  of the lesser of (a) 67% or more of the votes of  shareholders  of that
Fund  present  at a meeting  at which the  holders of more than 50% of the votes
attributable to shareholders of record of that Fund are represented in person or
by  proxy,  or (b) the  holders  of more  than 50% of the  outstanding  votes of
shareholders of that Fund.

Additional Tax Information

TAXATION OF THE FUNDS.  Each Fund intends to qualify annually and to elect to be
treated as a regulated  investment  company  under the Internal  Revenue Code of
1986, as amended (the "Code").

To qualify as a  regulated  investment  company,  each Fund  must,  among  other
things,  (a) derive in each  taxable  year at least 90% of its gross income from
dividends, interest, and gains from the sale of securities, invest in securities
within certain statutory  limits,  and distribute at least 90% of its net income
each taxable year. Each Fund intends to distribute to its shareholders, at least
annually,  substantially  all of its investment  company  taxable income and net
capital gains.  There are tax uncertainties  with respect to whether  increasing
rate securities  will be treated as having an original issue discount.  If it is
determined that the increasing  rate securities have original issue discount,  a
holder will be required to include as income in each taxable  year,  in addition
to interest  paid on the security  for that year,  an amount equal to the sum of
the daily  portions of original  issue  discount for each day during the taxable
year that such holder holds the security.  There may be tax  uncertainties  with
respect to whether an extension of maturity on an  increasing  rate note will be
treated as a taxable  exchange.  In the event it is determined that an extension
of maturity is a taxable  exchange,  a holder will  recognize a taxable  gain or
loss,  which will be a  short-term  capital gain or loss if the holder holds the
security as a capital  asset,  to the extent that the value of the security with
an extended  maturity  differs  from the adjusted  basis of the security  deemed
exchanged therefor.

FOREIGN TAXES. Investment income on certain foreign securities may be subject to
foreign  withholding  or other  taxes  that  could  reduce  the  return on these
securities.  Tax  treaties  between  the United  States and  foreign  countries,
however,  may reduce or  eliminate  the amount of foreign  taxes to which a Fund
would be subject.  However,  if a Fund  invests in the stock of certain  foreign
corporations that constitute a Passive Foreign Investment Company ("PFIC"), then
federal  income  taxes  may  be  imposed  on a Fund  upon  disposition  of  PFIC
investments.

SHAREHOLDERS'  TAX STATUS.  Shareholders  are  subject to federal  income tax on
dividends and capital gains received as cash or additional shares. The dividends
received deduction for corporations will apply to ordinary income  distributions
to the extent the  distribution  represents  amounts that would  qualify for the
dividends   received  deduction  to  the  Funds  if  those  Funds  were  regular
corporations,  and to the extent  designated  by those  Funds as so  qualifying.
These  dividends,  and any  short-term  capital  gains are  taxable as  ordinary
income.

CAPITAL GAINS.  Capital gains,  when  experienced by a Fund,  could result in an
increase in dividends.  Capital  losses could result in a decrease in dividends.
When a Fund realizes net long-term  capital gains,  it will  distribute  them at
least once every 12 months.

BACKUP  WITHHOLDING.  Each Fund may be required to withhold U.S.  federal income
tax at the rate of 31% of all  reportable  dividends  (which  does  not  include
exempt-interest   dividends)  and  capital  gain   distributions   (as  well  as
redemptions  for all  Funds  except  the  Government  Assets  Fund)  payable  to
shareholders   who  fail  to  provide  the  Fund  with  their  correct  taxpayer
identification  number  or to make  required  certifications,  or who have  been
notified  by the IRS that  they are  subject  to backup  withholding.  Corporate
shareholders and certain other shareholders  specified in the Code generally are
exempt from such backup  withholding.  Backup  withholding  is not an additional
tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited against the shareholder's U.S. federal
income tax liability.

Additional Tax Information Concerning the Municipal Assets and Municipal Bond
Funds

The Municipal  Assets and Municipal Bond Funds each intends to qualify under the
Code to pay "exempt-interest  dividends" to its shareholders.  Each Fund will be
so qualified  if, at the close of each quarter of its taxable year, at least 50%
of the value of its total assets  consists of  securities  on which the interest
payments  are exempt  from the  regular  federal  income tax. To the extent that
dividends distributed by each Fund to its shareholders are derived from interest
income exempt from federal  income tax and are  designated  as  "exempt-interest
dividends" by the Fund,  they will be  excludable  from the gross incomes of the
shareholders  for regular  federal  income tax  purposes.  Each Fund will inform
shareholders  annually as to the portion of the distributions from the Fund that
constituted "exempt-interest dividends."

Shareholders  are advised to consult  their own tax advisers with respect to the
particular tax consequences to them of an investment in a Fund.

The  foregoing  is  only  a  summary  of  some  of  the  important  federal  tax
considerations  generally affecting purchasers of shares of the Municipal Assets
and Municipal Bond Funds.  No attempt is made to present a detailed  explanation
of the  income  tax  treatment  of  either  Fund or its  shareholders,  and this
discussion   is  not  intended  as  a  substitute   for  careful  tax  planning.
Accordingly,  potential  purchasers  of  shares  of  the  Municipal  Assets  and
Municipal  Bond  Funds are urged to consult  their tax  advisers  with  specific
reference to their own tax situation.

Yields and Total Returns of the Government Assets, Liquid Assets, Municipal
Assets, and Institutional Reserves Funds

The "current yield' of the Government Assets,  Liquid Assets,  Municipal Assets,
and Institutional Reserves Funds for a seven-day period (the "base period") will
be  computed by  determining  the net change in value  (calculated  as set forth
below) of a hypothetical  account having a balance of one share at the beginning
of the  period,  dividing  the net change in  account  value by the value of the
account at the  beginning  of the base period to obtain the base period  return,
and  multiplying the base period return by 365/7 with the resulting yield figure
carried to the  nearest  hundredth  of one  percent.  Net  changes in value of a
hypothetical  account will include the value of additional shares purchased with
dividends  from the original  share and dividends  declared on both the original
share and any such  additional  shares,  but will not include  realized gains or
losses or unrealized  appreciation  or  depreciation  on portfolio  investments.
Yield may also be calculated on a compound basis (the  "effective  yield") which
assumes  that net income is  reinvested  in Fund  shares at the same rate as net
income is earned for the base period.

The  current  yield and  effective  yield of the Funds will vary in  response to
fluctuations  in interest rates and in the expenses of the Fund. For comparative
purposes  the current  and  effective  yields  should be compared to current and
effective yields offered by competing  financial  institutions for the same base
period and calculated by the methods described on the next page.

Current  yields and effective  yields for the  seven-day  period ended March 31,
1999 were as follows for the Government Assets Fund:
                          Current                                  Seven-day
                           Yield                                     Yield
T Shares                   4.15%                                     4.24%

Current  yields and effective  yields for the  seven-day  period ended March 31,
1999 were as follows for the Liquid Assets Fund:

                          Current                                  Seven-day
                           Yield                                     Yield
S shares                   3.75%                                     3.82%
S2 shares                  4.00%                                     4.07%
T shares                   4.25%                                     4.33%
I shares                   4.40%                                     4.49%

Current  yields and effective  yields for the  seven-day  period ended March 31,
1999 were as follows for the Municipal Assets Fund:

                          Current                                  Seven-day
                           Yield                                     Yield
S shares                   2.11%                                     2.13%
T shares                   2.36%                                     2.39%
I shares                   2.51%                                     2.54%

The Institutional Reserves Fund has just commenced business and, accordingly, no
yield information is available.

Each Fund may wish to publish total return  figures in its sales  literature and
other advertising materials.  For a discussion of the manner in which such total
return figures are calculated, see "Yields and Total Returns of the Variable NAV
Funds--Total Return Calculations" below.

Yields and Total Returns of the Variable NAV Funds

YIELD  CALCULATIONS.  Yields of each of the Funds except the Government  Assets,
Liquid  Assets and  Municipal  Assets Funds will be computed by dividing the net
investment  income per share (as  described  below)  earned by the Fund during a
30-day (or one month) period by the maximum offering price per share on the last
day of the period and  annualizing  the result on a semi-annual  basis by adding
one to the quotient,  raising the sum to the power of six,  subtracting one from
the result and then doubling the difference.  A Fund's net investment income per
share  earned  during the period is based on the average  daily number of shares
outstanding  during  the  period  entitled  to receive  dividends  and  includes
dividends and interest  earned during the period minus expenses  accrued for the
period, net of reimbursements. This calculation can be expressed as follows:

                                        a - b
                          Yield = 2 [(-------- + 1)exp(6)  - 1]
                                         cd

Where:   a      =      dividends and interest earned during the period.

         b      =      expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements).

         c             = the average daily number of shares  outstanding  during
                       the period that were entitled to receive dividends.

         d      =      maximum offering price per Share on the last day of the
                       period.

For the purpose of determining  net  investment  income earned during the period
(variable "a" in the formula),  dividend  income on equity  securities held by a
Fund is recognized by accruing 1/360 of the stated dividend rate of the security
each  day  that  the  security  is in that  Fund.  Interest  earned  on any debt
obligations  held by a Fund is  calculated by computing the yield to maturity of
each  obligation  held by that Fund based on the market value of the  obligation
(including  actual  accrued  interest)  at the  close  of  business  on the last
Business Day of each month, or, with respect to obligations purchased during the
month, the purchase price (plus actual accrued interest) and dividing the result
by 360 and  multiplying  the  quotient  by the  market  value of the  obligation
(including actual accrued interest) in order to determine the interest income on
the obligation for each day of the subsequent  month that the obligation is held
by that Fund.  For purposes of this  calculation,  it is assumed that each month
contains 30 days.  The maturity of an  obligation  with a call  provision is the
next call date on which the  obligation  reasonably may be expected to be called
or, if none, the maturity date. With respect to debt obligations  purchased at a
discount  or  premium,  the  formula  generally  calls for  amortization  of the
discount or  premium.  The  amortization  schedule  will be adjusted  monthly to
reflect changes in the market values of such debt obligations.

Undeclared  earned income will be subtracted  from the net asset value per share
(variable "d" in the formula).  Undeclared  earned income is the net  investment
income that, at the end of the base period, has not been declared as a dividend,
but  is  reasonably  expected  to be  and  is  declared  as a  dividend  shortly
thereafter.

For the 30-day  period  ended March 31,  1999,  the yields for the Funds were as
follows:

Limited Term Bond Fund                 4.77%
Bond Fund                              5.33%
Income Fund                            5.53%
Municipal Bond Fund                    3.24%
Balanced Fund                          1.45%
Equity Fund                           -0.35%
Aggressive Growth Fund                -0.75%

During any given 30-day period, the Adviser or the Administrator may voluntarily
waive all or a portion of their fees with  respect to a Fund.  Such waiver would
cause  the yield of that Fund to be  higher  than it would  otherwise  be in the
absence of such a waiver.

From time to time,  the tax  equivalent  30-day yield of the Municipal Bond Fund
may be presented in advertising and sales literature.  The tax equivalent 30-day
yield will be  computed by dividing  that  portion of the Fund's  yield which is
tax-exempt  by one  minus a stated  tax  rate and  adding  the  product  to that
portion, if any, of the yield of the Fund that is not tax-exempt.





<PAGE>


TOTAL  RETURN  CALCULATIONS.  Average  annual  total  return is a measure of the
change  in value of an  investment  in a Fund  over the  period  covered,  which
assumes any dividends or capital gains  distributions are reinvested in the Fund
immediately  rather than paid to the investor in cash.  The Funds  compute their
average annual total returns by determining the average annual  compounded rates
of return during  specified  periods that equate the initial amount  invested to
the ending  redeemable  value of such  investment.  This is done by dividing the
ending  redeemable value of a hypothetical  $1,000 initial payment by $1,000 and
raising the  quotient to a power equal to one divided by the number of years (or
fractional  portion thereof) covered by the computation and subtracting one from
the result. This calculation can be expressed as follows:

             Average Annual                ERV
               Total Return    =        [(------)exp (1/n) - 1]
                                            P

Where:                  ERV    =        ending redeemable value at the end of
                    the period covered by the computation of
                                        a  hypothetical  $1,000  payment made at
                                        the beginning of the period.

                          P = hypothetical initial payment of $1,000.

                          N             =  period  covered  by the  computation,
                                        expressed in terms of years.

The Funds compute their  aggregate  total returns by  determining  the aggregate
compounded  rates of return during  specified  periods that likewise  equate the
initial amount invested to the ending  redeemable value of such investment.  The
formula for calculating aggregate total return is as follows:

            Aggregate Total                ERV
                     Return    =        [(------] - 1]
                                            P

Where:                  ERV    =        ending redeemable value at the end of
                    the period covered by the computation of
                                        a  hypothetical  $1,000  payment made at
                                        the beginning of the period.

                          P = hypothetical initial payment of $1,000.

The  calculations  of average  annual  total return and  aggregate  total return
assume the  reinvestment of all dividends and capital gain  distributions on the
reinvestment  dates during the period.  The ending  redeemable  value  (variable
"ERV" in each  formula) is  determined  by assuming  complete  redemption of the
hypothetical investment and the deduction of all nonrecurring charges at the end
of the period covered by the computations.

Cumulative total return for the Funds as of March 31, 1999 has been:

       FUND NAME                     AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL   CUMULATIVE LIFE
                                        RETURN 1 YEAR           OF FUND
Limited Term Bond Fund 1                   5.01%                21.49%
Bond Fund 2                                5.95%                27.64%
Income Fund 3                              5.13%                42.79%
Municipal Bond Fund 4                      4.64%                36.70%
Balanced Fund 5                           12.66%                89.18%
Equity Fund - T shares 3                  15.87%               209.14%
Equity Fund - S shares 3                  15.71%               208.50%
Aggressive Growth Fund 6                   9.85%                92.48%

1 From  commencement  of  operations  on June 15,  1995 2 From  commencement  of
operations  on July 7, 1995 3 From  commencement  of  operations on December 15,
1992 4 From  commencement of operations on February 16, 1993 5 From commencement
of operations on June 1, 1995 6 From commencement of operations on September 29,
1995

Performance Comparisons

Investors  may  judge the  performance  of the  Funds by  comparing  them to the
performance  of other mutual  funds or mutual fund  portfolios  with  comparable
investment objectives and policies through various mutual fund or market indices
such  as  those  prepared  by Dow  Jones  & Co.,  Inc.  and  Standard  &  Poor's
Corporation and to data prepared by Lipper Analytical  Services,  Inc., a widely
recognized independent service which monitors the performance of mutual funds or
Ibbotson  Associates,  Inc.  Comparisons  may  also be made to  indices  or data
published in IBC's MONEY FUND REPORT, a nationally  recognized money market fund
reporting service,  Money Magazine,  Forbes,  Barron's, The Wall Street Journal,
The New York Times,  Business Week, and U.S.A. Today. In addition to performance
information,  general  information about the Funds that appears in a publication
such as those mentioned above may be included in  advertisements  and in reports
to  shareholders.  The Funds may also include in  advertisements  and reports to
shareholders information comparing the performance of IMG or its predecessors to
other investment  advisers;  such comparisons may be published by or included in
Nelsons Directory of Investment Managers, Roger's,  Casey/PIPER Manager Database
or CDA/Cadence.

Current  yields  or  performance  will  fluctuate  from time to time and are not
necessarily  representative  of future results.  Accordingly,  a Fund's yield or
performance  may  not  provide  for  comparison  with  bank  deposits  or  other
investments  that pay a fixed  return  for a stated  period  of time.  Yield and
performance are functions of a Fund's quality, composition and maturity, as well
as expenses  allocated to the Fund.  Fees imposed upon Customer  accounts by the
Adviser or its affiliated or  correspondent  banks for cash management  services
will reduce a Fund's effective yield to Customers.

From time to time, the Fund may include general comparative information, such as
statistical  data  regarding  inflation,  securities  indices or the features or
performance of alternative investments, in advertisements,  sales literature and
reports  to  shareholders.  The Funds  may also  include  calculations,  such as
hypothetical   compounding  examples,  which  describe  hypothetical  investment
results in such  communications.  Such performance  examples will be based on an
express set of  assumptions  and are not  indicative of the  performance  of any
Fund.

                             Principal Shareholders

As of March 31,  1999,  the  following  persons  owned 5 percent  or more of the
outstanding shares of the Funds indicated:

Government Assets Fund
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              Name                                            Amount                      % Ownership
<S>                                                                      <C>                                <C>
Swebak & Company, Rockford, IL                                           104,758,749.09                     69.8%
Bisys Brokerage Services, Inc.                                             9,267,891.50                      6.2%

Liquid Assets Fund - S Shares
                              Name                                            Amount                      % Ownership
Peninsula Bank of San Diego, San Diego, CA                                21,572,184.22                      27.9%
Coast Commercial Bank, Santa Cruz, CA                                      8,757,692.37                      11.3%
Emprise Financial Corp., Wichita, KS                                       5,848,020.00                       7.6%
Commercial Federal Bank, FSB, Omaha, NE                                    5,239,719.72                       6.8%
Community State Bank, Ankeny, IA                                           4,840,374.71                       6.3%

Liquid Assets Fund - S2 Shares
                              Name                                            Amount                      % Ownership
Community First National Bank, Decorah, IA                                 1,736,000.00                      21.0%
Clackamas County Bank, Sandy, OR                                           1,500,000.00                      18.2%
Grundy National Bank, Grundy Center, IA                                    1,454,878.17                      17.6%
 First Bankers Trust Company, Quincy, IL                                   1,158,358.41                      14.0%
 First Business Bank of Kansas City, NA, Kansas City, MO                   1,047,639.26                      12.7%
Bankers Trust Company, Des Moines, IA                                        869,203.28                      10.5%

Liquid Assets Fund - T Shares
                              Name                                            Amount                      % Ownership
AMCORE Bank, Rockford, IL                                                 19,340,913.55                      57.4%
Swebak & Company, Rockford, IL                                             7,587,746.75                      22.5%

Liquid Assets Fund - I Shares
                              Name                                            Amount                      % Ownership
Swebak & Company, Rockford, IL                                            13,359,369.95                      79.8%
IASD Deferred Comp, Des Moines, IA                                         1,152,213.75                       6.9%

Municipal Assets Fund - S Shares
                              Name                                            Amount                      % Ownership
Peninsula Bank of San Diego, San Diego, CA                                 4,865,563.05                      61.6%
Microtronics, Inc., Iola, KS                                               1,394,731.00                      17.7%
Coast Commercial Bank, Santa Cruz, CA                                      1,046,464.31                      13.3%

Municipal Assets Fund - T Shares
                              Name                                            Amount                      % Ownership
AMCORE Bank, Rockford, IL                                                  8,706,613.39                      58.2%
Swebak & Company, Rockford, IL                                             5,455,568.94                      36.5%

Municipal Assets Fund - I Shares
                              Name                                            Amount                      % Ownership
Swebak & Company, Rockford, IL                                            22,170,635.61                      99.0%



<PAGE>



Limited Term Bond Fund
                              Name                                            Amount                      % Ownership
Swebak & Company, Rockford, IL                                             2,336,560.21                      41.6%
Firwood, Rockford, IL                                                      1,823,628.51                      32.5%
Bisys Brokerage Services, Columbus, OH                                     1,314,612.71                      23.4%

Bond Fund
                              Name                                            Amount                      % Ownership
Swebak & Company, Rockford, IL                                              838,858.69                       37.6%
Firwood, Rockford, IL                                                       384,594.40                       17.2%
Frank Hovar                                                                 263,144.25                       11.8%
Wellmark, Des Moines, IA                                                    138,703.10                        6.2%

Income Fund
                              Name                                            Amount                      % Ownership
Swebak & Company, Rockford, IL                                             8,655,181.76                      86.0%
Firwood, Rockford, IL                                                       946,810.52                        9.4%

Municipal Bond Fund
                              Name                                            Amount                      % Ownership
Swebak & Company, Rockford, IL                                             4,035,567.80                      86.2%
Firwood, Rockford, IL                                                       256,503.04                        5.5%

Balanced Fund
                              Name                                            Amount                      % Ownership
Bisys Brokerage Services, Columbus, OH                                     2,081,472.71                      38.9%
Firwood, Rockford, IL                                                      1,216,781.08                      22.7%
Wellmark, IASD Savings & Investment Plan, Des Moines, IA                    310,934.98                        5.8%
Wellmark, Community Financial & Insurance, Des Moines, IA                   310,728.72                        5.8%

Equity Fund - S Shares
                              Name                                            Amount                      % Ownership
Bisys Brokerage Services, Columbus, OH                                     4,437,194.80                      40.1%
Firwood, Rockford, IL                                                      1,188,824.70                      10.7%

Equity Fund - T Shares
                              Name                                            Amount                      % Ownership
Swebak & Company, Rockford, IL                                             7,409,319.77                      60.6%
Firwood, Rockford, IL                                                      4,575,346.62                      37.4%

Aggressive Growth Fund
                              Name                                            Amount                      % Ownership
Swebak & Company, Rockford, IL                                             3,621,357.59                      52.6%
Firwood, Rockford, IL                                                      1,372,414.10                      19.9%
Bisys Brokerage Services, Columbus, OH                                      907,936.63                       13.2%
</TABLE>

Miscellaneous

The Funds may  include  information  in their  Annual  Reports  and  Semi-Annual
Reports  to  Shareholders  that  (1)  describes  general  economic  trends,  (2)
describes  general trends within the financial  services  industry or the mutual
fund industry,  (3) describes past or anticipated  portfolio holdings for a fund
within the Company or (4) describes  investment  management  strategies for such
funds. Such information is provided to inform  shareholders of the activities of
the Funds for the most recent  fiscal year or half-year and to provide the views
of IMG and/or Company officers regarding expected trends and strategies.

Individual  Directors  are  elected  by the  shareholders  and  serve for a term
lasting until the next meeting of  shareholders  at which Directors are elected.
Such  meetings  are  not  required  to  be  held  at  any  specific   intervals.
Shareholders  owning not less than 10% of the outstanding  shares of the Company
entitled to vote may cause the  Directors to call a special  meeting,  including
for the  purpose  of  considering  the  removal  of one or more  Directors.  Any
Director may be removed at any meeting of shareholders by vote a majority of the
Company's outstanding shares. The Company will assist shareholder communications
to the  extent  required  by  Section  16(c) of the 1940 Act in the event that a
shareholder request to hold a special meeting is made.

The  Prospectus  and this SAI omit certain of the  information  contained in the
Registration Statement filed with the Commission. Copies of such information may
be obtained from the Commission upon payment of the prescribed fee.

The  Prospectuses  and this SAI are not an  offering  of the  securities  herein
described  in any state in which such  offering  may not  lawfully  be made.  No
salesman,  dealer, or other person is authorized to give any information or make
any representation other than those contained in the Prospectuses and this SAI.



<PAGE>



                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Incorporated by reference from the Funds' Semi-Annual Report of September 30,
1999:
1. Schedules of Portfolio Investments, September 30, 1999;
2. Statements of Assets and Liabilities, September 30, 1999;
3. Statements of Operations for the Six Months Ended September 30, 1999;
4. Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the Six Months Ended September 30,
   1999 and the Year Ended March 31, 1999; and
5. Notes to Financial Statements.


The financial  statements of the Funds for the period ended March 31, 1999, have
been audited by McGladrey & Pullen, LLP, independent  auditors,  as set forth in
their  report  thereon,  which  is  included  in  the  Annual  Report  which  is
incorporated  by  reference  herein in reliance  upon such  report  given by the
authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

Incorporated by reference from the Funds' Annual Report of March 31, 1999:

1.  Schedules of Portfolio Investments, March 31, 1999;
2.  Statements of Assets and Liabilities, March 31, 1999;
3.  Statements of Operations for Year Ended March 31, 1999;
4.  Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the Years Ended March 31, 1999 and
    March 31, 1998;
5. Notes to Financial  Statements;  and 6.  Independent  Auditors'  Report dated
April 30, 1999.


<PAGE>



APPENDIX A

                                  BOND RATINGS

                         Standard & Poor's Bond Ratings

A  Standard  &  Poor's  corporate   rating  is  a  current   assessment  of  the
creditworthiness  of an obligor  with  respect to a  specific  obligation.  This
assessment may take into consideration obligors such as guarantors,  insurers or
lessees.

The debt rating is not a  recommendation  to purchase,  sell or hold a security,
inasmuch  as it does  not  comment  as to  market  price  or  suitability  for a
particular investor.  The ratings are based on current information  furnished by
the issuer or  obtained by  Standard & Poor's  from other  sources it  considers
reliable.  Standard & Poor's  does not perform an audit in  connection  with any
rating and may,  on  occasion,  rely on  unaudited  financial  information.  The
ratings may be changed,  suspended,  or  withdrawn as a result of changes in, or
unavailability of, such information, or for other circumstances.

The ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following considerations:

     1.  Likelihood of default -- capacity and  willingness of the obligor as to
         the timely payment of interest and repayment of principal in accordance
         with the terms of the obligation.

     2. Nature of and provisions of the obligation.

     3.  Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the
         event of bankruptcy,  reorganization,  or other  arrangement  under the
         laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors' rights.

"AAA" Bonds have the highest rating  assigned by Standard & Poor's.  Capacity to
pay interest and repay principal is extremely strong.

"AA" Bonds have a very strong  capacity to pay interest and repay  principal and
differ from the highest rated issues only in small degrees.

"A" Bonds have a strong  capacity to pay interest and repay  principal  although
they are  somewhat  more  susceptible  to the  adverse  effects  of  changes  in
circumstances and economic conditions than debt in higher rated categories.

"BBB"  Bonds are  regarded as having an adequate  capacity to pay  interest  and
repay principal.  Whereas they normally exhibit adequate protection  parameters,
adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to
a  weakened  capacity  to pay  interest  and repay  principal  for bonds in this
category than in higher rated categories.

"BB", "B", "CCC", "CC" and "C" Bonds are regarded,  on balance, as predominantly
speculative  with  respect to capacity to pay  interest  and repay  principal in
accordance with the terms of the obligation.  "BB" indicates the least degree of
speculation  and "C" the  highest  degree of  speculation.  While such debt will
likely have some quality and protective characteristics,  large uncertainties or
major risk  exposures  to adverse  conditions  outweigh  these.  A "C" rating is
typically applied to debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual
or  implied  "CCC"  rating.  It may  also be used to cover a  situation  where a
bankruptcy petition has been filed, but debt service payments are continued.

                              Moody's Bond Ratings

"Aaa" Bonds are judged to be of the best quality. They carry the smallest degree
of  investment  risk and are  generally  referred to as "gilt  edged".  Interest
payments  are  protected  by a large or by an  exceptionally  stable  margin and
principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely to change,
such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the  fundamentally
strong position of such issues.

"Aa" Bonds are judged to be of high quality by all standards.  Together with the
"Aaa" group they comprise what is generally known as high-grade  bonds. They are
rated  lower than the best bonds  because  margins of  protection  may not be as
large as in "Aaa"  securities or  fluctuation  of protection  elements may be of
greater  amplitude  or  there  may be  other  elements  present  which  make the
long-term risks appear somewhat larger than in "Aaa" securities.

"A" Bonds possess many favorable investment  attributes and are to be considered
as  upper-medium  grade  obligations.  Factors giving  security to principal and
interest are  considered  adequate,  but elements may be present which suggest a
susceptibility to impairment some time in the future.

"Baa" Bonds are considered as medium-grade  obligations  (i.e., they are neither
highly protected nor poorly secured).  Interest payments and principal  security
appear adequate for the present but certain  protective  elements may be lacking
or may be  characteristically  unreliable  over any great  length of time.  Such
Bonds lack outstanding  investment  characteristics and in fact have speculative
characteristics as well.

"Ba" Bonds are  judged to have  speculative  elements;  their  future  cannot be
considered  as well  assured.  Often the  protection  of interest and  principal
payments may be very moderate, and thereby not well safeguarded during both good
and bad times over the future.  Uncertainty of position  characterizes  Bonds in
this class.

"B" Bonds generally lack characteristics of the desirable investment.  Assurance
of  interest  and  principal  payments or of  maintenance  of other terms of the
contract over any long period of time may be small.

"Caa" Bonds are of poor standing.  Such issues may be in default or there may be
present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.

"Ca" Bonds represent  obligations  that are  speculative in a high degree.  Such
issues are often in default or have other marked shortcomings.

"C" Bonds  are the  lowest  rated  class of  bonds,  and  issues so rated can be
regarded  as  having  extremely  poor  prospects  of  ever  attaining  any  real
investment standing.

                   Fitch Investors Services, Inc. Bond Ratings

The  Fitch  Bond  Rating  provides  a guide  to  investors  in  determining  the
investment risk associated with a particular security. The rating represents its
assessment of the issuer's  ability to meet the  obligations  of a specific debt
issue.  Fitch  bond  ratings  are  not  recommendations  to  buy,  sell  or hold
securities  since  they  incorporate  no  information  on market  price or yield
relative to other debt instruments.

The  rating  takes  into  consideration  special  features  of  the  issue,  its
relationship to other obligations of the issuer, the record of the issuer and of
any  guarantor,  as well as the  political and economic  environment  that might
affect the future financial strength and credit quality of the issuer.

Bonds, which have the same rating, are of similar but not necessarily  identical
investment  quality since the limited number of rating  categories  cannot fully
reflect small differences in the degree of risk. Moreover,  the character of the
risk factor varies from industry to industry and between corporate,  health care
and municipal obligations.

In assessing credit risk, Fitch Investors Services relies on current information
furnished by the issuer  and/or  guarantor  and other sources which it considers
reliable.  Fitch does not perform an audit of the financial  statements  used in
assigning a rating.

Ratings may be changed, withdrawn or suspended at any time to reflect changes in
the financial condition of the issuer, the status of the issue relative to other
debt of the issuer,  or any other  circumstances  that Fitch considers to have a
material effect on the credit of the obligor.

"AAA"  rated  Bonds are  considered  to be  investment  grade and of the highest
credit  quality.  The obligor has an  extraordinary  ability to pay interest and
repay  principal,  which is unlikely to be  affected by  reasonably  foreseeable
events.

"AA" rated Bonds are  considered to be investment  grade and of very high credit
quality.  The obligor's ability to pay interest and repay principal,  while very
strong,  is somewhat  less than for "AAA" rated  securities  or more  subject to
possible change over the term of the issue.

"A" rated  Bonds  are  considered  to be  investment  grade  and of high  credit
quality. The obligor's ability to pay interest and repay principal is considered
to be  strong,  but  may be more  vulnerable  to  adverse  changes  in  economic
conditions and circumstances than bonds with higher ratings.

"BBB" rated Bonds are  considered  to be  investment  grade and of  satisfactory
credit  quality.  The obligor's  ability to pay interest and repay  principal is
considered  to  be  adequate.   Adverse  changes  in  economic   conditions  and
circumstances,  however,  are more likely to weaken this ability than bonds with
higher ratings.

"BB" rated bonds are considered  speculative  and of low investment  grade.  The
obligor's  ability  to pay  interest  and repay  principal  is not strong and is
considered likely to be affected over time by adverse economic changes.

"B" rated  Bonds are  considered  highly  speculative.  Bonds in this  class are
highly  protected as to the  obligor's  ability to pay interest over the life of
the issue and repay principal when due.

"CCC" rated Bonds may have certain  identifiable  characteristics  which, if not
remedied,  could  lead to the  possibility  of default  in either  principal  or
interest payments.

"CC" rated Bonds are minimally protected.  Default in payment of interest and/or
principal seems probable.

"C" rated Bonds are in actual or imminent default in payment of interest or
principal.

                      Duff & Phelps, Inc. Long-Term Ratings

These ratings represent a summary opinion of the issuer's long-term  fundamental
quality.  Rating  determination is based on qualitative and quantitative factors
that may vary according to the basic economic and financial  characteristics  of
each industry and each issuer.  Important  considerations  are  vulnerability to
economic  cycles  as well as  risks  related  to such  factors  as  competition,
government action, regulation,  technological obsolescence,  demand shifts, cost
structure and  management  depth and expertise.  The projected  viability of the
obligor at the trough of the cycle is a critical determination. Each rating also
takes into account the legal form of the security,  (e.g., first mortgage bonds,
subordinated debt, preferred stock, etc.). The extent of rating dispersion among
the various  classes of securities is determined by several  factors,  including
relative  weightings of the different security classes in the capital structure,
the  overall  credit  strength  of  the  issuer,  and  the  nature  of  covenant
protection.  Review of indenture  restrictions is important to the analysis of a
company's  operating and  financial  constraints.  The Credit  Rating  Committee
formally reviews all ratings once per quarter (more frequently, if necessary).

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Scale    Definition

AAA  Highest credit quality.  The risk factors are negligible, being only
     slightly more than for risk-free U.S. Treasury debt.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AA+  High credit quality.  Protection factors are strong. Risk is modest, but
     may vary slightly
AA   from time to time because of economic conditions.
AA-
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A+   Protection factors are average but adequate.  However,  risk factors are
     more variable and
A    greater in periods of economic stress.
A-
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BBB+ Below  average  protection  factors  but still  considered  sufficient  for
     prudent investment.
BBB  Considerable variability in risk during economic cycles.
BBB-
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BB+  Below  investment grade but deemed  likely to meet  obligations  when due.
     Present or
BB   prospective  financial  protection factors fluctuate  according to
     industry conditions or company
BB-  fortunes. Overall quality may move up or down frequently within this
     category.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B+   Below investment grade and possessing risk that obligations will not be met
     when due.
B    Financial  protection  factors will  fluctuate  widely  according to
     economic  cycles,  industry
B-   conditions  and/or  company  fortunes.  Potential
     exists for frequent changes in the rating within this
     category or into a higher or lower rating grade.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CCC  Well below investment grade securities.  Considerable uncertainty exists
     as to timely payment of principal, interest or preferred dividends.
     Protection factors are narrow and risk can be substantial with unfavorable
     economic/industry conditions, and/or with unfavorable company developments.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DD   Defaulted debt obligations.  Issuer failed to meet scheduled principal
     and/or interest payments.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DP   Preferred stock with dividend averages.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                               SHORT-TERM RATINGS

                   Standard & Poor's Commercial Paper Ratings

A Standard  & Poor's  commercial  paper  rating is a current  assessment  of the
likelihood of timely payment of debt having an original maturity of no more than
365 days. The categories are as follows:

"A" Issues  assigned  this  highest  rating are  regarded as having the greatest
capacity for timely payment. Issues within this category are delineated with the
numbers 1, 2 and 3 to indicate the relative degree of safety.

"A-1"  Designation  indicates that the degree of safety regarding timely payment
is either  overwhelming  or very  strong.  Those  issues  determined  to possess
overwhelming safety characteristics are designated "A-1+".

"A-2"  Designation  indicates  that the capacity  for timely  payment is strong.
However,  the relative degree of safety is not as high as for issues  designated
"A-1".

"A-3" Designation indicates a satisfactory  capacity for timely payment.  Issues
with this  designation,  however,  are somewhat  more  vulnerable to the adverse
effects  of  changes  in  circumstances  than  obligations  carrying  the higher
designations.

"B" Issues are regarded as having only an adequate  capacity for timely payment.
They are, however, somewhat more vulnerable to the adverse effects of changes in
circumstances than obligations carrying the higher designations.

"C" Issues have a doubtful capacity for payment.

"D" Issues are in payment default. The "D" rating category is used when interest
payments  or  principal  payments  are  not  made on the  due  date  even if the
applicable grace period has not expired,  unless Standard & Poor's believes that
such payments will be made during such grace period.

Moody's Commercial Paper Ratings

Moody's rates commercial paper as either Prime, which contains three categories,
or Not Prime. The commercial paper ratings are as follows:

"P-1" Issuers (or related supporting  institutions) have a superior capacity for
repayment  of  short-term  promissory  obligations,  normally  evidenced  by the
following  characteristics:  (i) leading  market  positions in well  established
industries,  (ii) high  rates of return on funds  employed,  (iii)  conservative
capitalization  structures  with  moderate  reliance  on debt  and  ample  asset
protection,  (iv) broad margins in earnings  coverage of fixed financial charges
and high internal cash generation, and (v) well established access to a range of
financial markets and assured sources of alternate liquidity.

"P-2" Issuers (or related  supporting  institutions)  have a strong capacity for
repayment of short-term  promissory  obligations,  normally evidenced by many of
the  characteristics of a "P-1" rating, but to a lesser degree.  Earnings trends
and  coverage  ratios,   while  sound,   will  be  more  subject  to  variation.
Capitalization characteristics, while still appropriate, may be more affected by
external conditions. Ample alternate liquidity is maintained.

"P-3" Issuers (or related supporting  institutions) have an acceptable  capacity
for  repayment  of  short-term  promissory  obligations.  The effect of industry
characteristics  and market  composition may be more pronounced.  Variability in
earnings and profitability may result in changes in the level of debt protection
measurements  and  the  requirement  for  relatively  high  financial  leverage.
Adequate  alternate  liquidity is  maintained.  "Not Prime"  Issuers (or related
supporting institutions) do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

                Fitch Investors Services, Inc. Short-Term Ratings

Fitch-1+  (Exceptionally  Strong Credit Quality) Issues assigned this rating are
          regarded  as having  the  strongest  degree of  assurance  for  timely
          payment.

Fitch-1   (Very Strong Credit  Quality)  Issues  assigned this rating reflect an
          assurance of timely  payment only  slightly less in degree than issues
          rated Fitch-1+.

Fitch-2   (Good Credit  Quality) Issues carrying this rating have a satisfactory
          degree of assurance for timely payment but the margin of safety is not
          as great as the two higher categories.

Fitch-3   (Fair Credit Quality) Issues carrying this rating have characteristics
          suggesting  that  the  degree  of  assurance  for  timely  payment  is
          adequate;  however,  near-term adverse change is likely to cause these
          securities to be rated below investment grade.

Fitch-S   (Weak Credit Quality) Issues carrying this rating have characteristics
          suggesting a minimal  degree of assurance  for timely  payment and are
          vulnerable  to near term  adverse  changes in  financial  and economic
          conditions.

D         (Default)  Issues  carrying  this  rating  are in actual  or  imminent
          payment default.

                     Duff & Phelps, Inc. Short-Term Ratings

Duff & Phelps'  short-term  ratings  are  consistent  with the  rating  criteria
utilized by money market participants. The ratings apply to all obligations with
maturities of under one year,  including commercial paper, the uninsured portion
of  certificates  of  deposit,  unsecured  bank  loans,  master  notes,  bankers
acceptances,  irrevocable  letters of credit and current maturities of long-term
debt. Asset-backed commercial paper is also rated according to this scale.

Emphasis  is  placed  on  liquidity  which  is  defined  as not only  cash  from
operations,  but also access to alternative  sources of funds,  including  trade
credit,  bank lines and the capital markets.  An important  consideration is the
level of an obligor's reliance on short-term funds on an ongoing basis.


A.  Category 1:  High Grade

Duff      1+  Highest  certainty  of  timely  payment.   Short-term   liquidity,
          including  internal  operating  factors  and/or access to  alternative
          sources of funds, is  outstanding,  and safety is just below risk-free
          U.S.
          Treasury short-term obligations.

Duff 1    Very high certainty of timely payment.  Liquidity factors are
          excellent and supported by good fundamental protection factors.  Risk
          factors are minor.

Duff      1- High certainty of timely payment.  Liquidity factors are strong and
          supported by good  fundamental  protection  factors.  Risk factors are
          very small.


B.  Category 2:  Good Grade

Duff      2 Good  certainty  of timely  payment.  Liquidity  factors and company
          fundamentals  are sound.  Although  ongoing  funding needs may enlarge
          total financing requirements,  access to capital markets is good. Risk
          factors are small.

C.  Category 3:  Satisfactory Grade

Duff      3 Satisfactory liquidity and other protection factors qualify issue as
          to  investment  grade.  Risk  factors  are larger and  subject to more
          variation. Nevertheless, timely payment is expected.

D.  Category 4:  Non-investment Grade

Duff      4 Speculative investment characteristics.  Liquidity is not sufficient
          to insure against  disruption in debt service.  Operating  factors and
          market access may be subject to a high degree of variation.

E.  Category 5:  Default

Duff 5 Issuer failed to meet scheduled principal and/or interest payments.

                    Thomas Bankwatch (TBW) Short-Term Ratings

The TBW Short-Term  Ratings apply to commercial  paper,  other senior short-term
obligations and deposit obligations of the entities to which the rating has been
assigned.

The TBW  Short-Term  Ratings  apply only to  unsecured  instruments  that have a
maturity of one year or less. The TBW Short-Term Ratings specifically assess the
likelihood of an untimely payment of principal or interest.

TBW-1     The highest category;  indicates a very high degree of likelihood that
          principal and interest will be paid on a timely basis.

TBW-2     The second  highest  category;  while the  degree of safety  regarding
          timely  repayment  of principal  and interest is strong,  the relative
          degree of safety is not as high as for issues rated TBW-1.

TBW-3     The  lowest  investment  grade  category;  indicates  that  while more
          susceptible to adverse  developments (both internal and external) than
          obligations  with higher  ratings,  capacity to service  principal and
          interest in a timely fashion is considered adequate.

TBW-4     The lowest rating category;  this rating is regarded as non-investment
          grade and therefore speculative.

SHORT-TERM LOAN/MUNICIPAL NOTE RATINGS

Moody's description of its two highest short-term loan/municipal note ratings:

                  MIG-1/VMIG-1 This designation  denotes best quality.  There is
                  present strong protection by established cash flows,  superior
                  liquidity  support or demonstrated  broad-based  access to the
                  market for refinancing.

                  MIG-2/VMIG-2 This designation denotes high quality. Margins of
                  protection are ample although not so large as in the preceding
                  group.

                  S&P's description of its two highest municipal note ratings:

                  SP-1 Very  strong  or strong  capacity  to pay  principal  and
                  interest.  Those  issues  determined  to possess  overwhelming
                  safety characteristics will be given a plus (+) designation.

                  SP-2     Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest.

DEFINITIONS OF CERTAIN MONEY MARKET INSTRUMENTS

Commercial Paper

Commercial paper consists of unsecured  promissory notes issued by corporations.
Issues of commercial paper normally have maturities of less than nine months and
fixed rates of return.

Certificates of Deposit

Certificates  of  Deposit  are  negotiable  certificates  issued  against  funds
deposited in a commercial bank or a savings and loan  association for a definite
period of time and earning a specified return.

Bankers' Acceptances

Bankers' acceptances are negotiable drafts or bills of exchange,  normally drawn
by an importer or exporter to pay for specific merchandise, which are "accepted"
by a bank, meaning, in effect, that the bank  unconditionally  agrees to pay the
face value of the instrument on maturity,

U.S. Treasury Obligations

U.S. Treasury Obligations are obligations issued or guaranteed as to payment of
principal and interest by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.
These obligations may include Treasury bills, notes and bonds, and issues of
agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. Government, provided such obligations
are guaranteed as to payment of principal and interest by the full faith and
credit of the U.S. Government.

U.S. Government Agency and Instrumentality Obligations

Obligations of the U.S.  Government  include  Treasury  bills,  certificates  of
indebtedness,  notes and bonds, and issues of agencies and  instrumentalities of
the U.S. Government,  such as the Government National Mortgage Association,  the
Export-Import  Bank of the United States,  the Tennessee Valley  Authority,  the
Farmers  Home   Administration,   the  Federal  Home  Loan  Banks,  the  Federal
Intermediate  Credit  Banks,  the Federal  Farm Credit  Banks,  the Federal Land
Banks,  the  Federal  Housing  Administration,  the  Federal  National  Mortgage
Association,  the Federal Home Loan Mortgage  Corporation,  and the Student Loan
Marketing  Association.  Some  of  these  obligations,  such  as  those  of  the
Government  National  Mortgage  Association  and the  Export-Import  Bank of the
United States,  are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury;
others, such as those of the Federal National Mortgage Association are supported
by the right of the issuer to borrow from the Treasury; others, such as those of
the Student Loan  Marketing  Association,  are  supported  by the  discretionary
authority of the U.S.  Government  to purchase the agency's  obligations;  still
others,  such as those of the Federal Farm Credit Banks,  are supported  only by
the  credit of the  instrumentality.  No  assurance  can be given  that the U.S.
Government  would  provide  financial   support  to  U.S.   Government-sponsored
instrumentalities if it were not obligated to do so by law.

<PAGE>


                                   APPENDIX B

Tax-Exempt  vs. Taxable  Yields.  Set forth below is a table that may be used to
compare  equivalent  taxable yields to tax-exempt rates of return based upon the
investor's  level of taxable  income.  The rates shown are those in effect under
the Internal Revenue Code as of January 1, 1998 through December 31, 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                           <C>                 <C>            <C>       <C>       <C>     <C>   <C>    <C>    <C>
                                                  Marginal       The following TAX-EXEMPT INTEREST
TAXABLE INCOME*               Single              Income         3.5%      4.0%      4.5%    5.0%  5.5%   6.0%    6.5%
Joint Return                  Return              Tax
                                                  Bracket        Equal the TAXABLE INTEREST RATES shown below:

$6,450-$46,750             $2,650-$26,900         15.0%          4.12%     4.71%     5.29%  5.88%  6.47%  7.06%   7.65%
$46,750-$96,450            $26,900-$57,450        28.0%          4.86%     5.56%     6.25%  6.94%  7.64%  8.33%   9.03%
$96,450- $160,350          $57,450- 129,650       31.0%          5.07%     5.80%     6.52%  7.25%  7.97%  8.70%   9.42%
$160,350-$282,850          $129,650-$280,000       6.0%          5.47%     6.25%     7.03%  7.81%  8.59%  9.38%  10.16%
Over $282,850              Over $280,000          39.6%          5.79%     6.62%     7.45%  8.28%  9.11%  9.93%  10.76%
Maximum Corporate Rate                            34.0%          5.30%     6.06%     6.82%  7.58%  8.33%  9.09%   9.85%


* Net amount  subject to Federal  income tax after  deductions  and  exemptions.
Assumes  alternative  minimum tax is not  applicable  and receipt of  tax-exempt
interest  does not cause any  portion of social  security  benefits  received to
become taxable to the taxpayer. State tax considerations are excluded.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                  APPENDIX C

            DESCRIPTION OF THE FEDERAL FAMILY EDUCATION LOAN PROGRAM

The Federal Family Education Loan Program

         The Higher  Education Act provides for a program of (a) direct  federal
insurance  of student  loans  ("FISLP")  and (b)  reinsurance  of student  loans
guaranteed  or  insured  by a state  agency or  private  non-profit  corporation
(collectively,   "Federal  Family  Education  Loans"  and  the  "Federal  Family
Education  Loan  Program").  Several types of loans are currently  authorized as
Federal Family  Education  Loans  pursuant to the Federal Family  Education Loan
Program.  These  include:(a) loans to students with respect to which the federal
government  makes interest  payments  available to reduce student  interest cost
during periods of enrollment ("Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans"); (b) loans to
students  with  respect  to which  the  federal  government  does not make  such
interest payments  ("Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans" and, collectively with
Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans,  "Federal Stafford Loans");  (c) supplemental
loans to parents of dependent students ("Federal PLUS Loans");  and (d) loans to
fund  payment  and  consolidation  of  certain  of  the  borrower's  obligations
("Federal  Consolidation  Loans").  Prior to July 1, 1994,  the  Federal  Family
Education  Loan  Program also  included a separate  type of loan to graduate and
professional students and independent  undergraduate students and, under certain
circumstances,  dependent  undergraduate  students, to supplement their Stafford
Loans ("Federal Supplemental Loans for Students" or "Federal SLS Loans").

         This  summary  of  the  Federal   Family   Education  Loan  Program  as
established by the Higher  Education Act does not purport to be comprehensive or
definitive  and is  qualified  in its  entirety by  reference to the text of the
Higher Education Act and the regulations  thereunder.  Certain of the provisions
of  the  Federal  Family  Education  Loan  Program  described  below  have  been
subsequently  modified by legislation  signed by President Clinton on August 10,
1993 and  December  20,  1993.  See "--1993  Amendments  to the  Federal  Family
Education Loan Program" and "-Subsidized  Federal Stafford  Loans--Principal and
Interest" below.

Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans

         The  Higher  Education  Act  provides  for  federal  (a)  insurance  or
reinsurance of eligible  Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans, (b) interest subsidy
payments to eligible lenders with respect to certain eligible Subsidized Federal
Stafford Loans, and (c) special  allowance  payments  representing an additional
subsidy  paid  by the  Secretary  of  Education  to  such  holders  of  eligible
Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans.

         Subsidized  Federal  Stafford Loans are eligible for reinsurance  under
the Higher  Education  Act if the eligible  student to whom the loan is made has
been  accepted  or is enrolled in good  standing at an eligible  institution  of
higher  education  or  vocational  school and is carrying at least  one-half the
normal  full-time  workload at that  institution.  In  connection  with eligible
Subsidized  Federa1  Stafford  Loans there are limits as to the  maximum  amount
which  may be  borrowed  for in  academic  year  and in the  aggregate  for both
undergraduate  and  graduate/professional   study.  Both  aggregate  limitations
exclude  loans  made  under the  Federal  SLS and  Federal  PLUS  Programs.  The
Secretary  of Education  has  discretion  to raise these  limits to  accommodate
students undertaking  specialized training requiring exceptionally high costs of
education.

         Subject  to  these  limits,   Subsidized  Federal  Stafford  Loans  are
available to borrowers in amounts not  exceeding  their unmet need for financing
as  provided  in  the  higher   Education   Act.   Provisions   addressing   the
implementation  of needs  analysis and the  relationship  between unmet need for
financing  and the  availability  of  Subsidized  Federal  Stafford Loan Program
funding  have been the subject of frequent  and  extensive  amendment  in recent
years.  There can be no assurance that further amendment to such provisions will
not  materially  affect the  availability  of Subsidized  Federal  Stafford Loan
funding to borrowers or the  availability of Subsidized  Federal  Stafford Loans
for secondary market acquisition.

         Qualified  Student.  Generally,  a loan  may be made  only to a  United
States  citizen or national  or  otherwise  eligible  individual  under  federal
regulations  who (a) has been  accepted  for  enrollment  or is enrolled  and is
maintaining satisfactory progress at an eligible institution, (b) is carrying at
least one-half of the normal full-time academic workload for the course of study
the student is pursuing,  as determined by such  institution,  (c) has agreed to
notify promptly the holder of the loan of any address change,  and (d) meets the
applicable   "needs"   requirements.   Eligible   institutions   include  higher
educational institutions and vocational schools that comply with certain federal
regulations. Each loan is to be evidenced by an unsecured note.

         Principal  and Interest.  Subsidized  Federal  Stafford  Loans may bear
interest  at a rate not in excess of 7% per annum if made to a borrower to cover
costs of  instruction  for any  period  beginning  prior to  January 1, 1981 or,
subsequent  to such date,  if made to a borrower  who, upon entering into a note
for a loan, has  outstanding  student loans under the Federal  Family  Education
Loan Program for which the interest rates do not exceed 7%.  Subsidized  Federal
Stafford Loans made to new borrowers for periods of instruction  between January
1,  1981 and July 13,  1983  bear  interest  at a rate of 9% per  annum  and for
periods of  instruction  beginning  on or after  July 13,  1983 the rate for new
borrowers is 8% per annum. Further, loans to first-time borrowers for periods of
enrollment  beginning on or after July 1, 1988, made pursuant to Section 427A of
the Higher Education Act ("427A Loans"),  bear interest at rates of 8% per annum
from disbursement through four years after repayment commences and 10% per annum
thereafter,  subject to a provision (the so-called  "rebate")  requiring  annual
discharge  of  principal  to the  extent,  in  excess  of $50,  that  the sum of
quarterly calculations of the amount by which interest calculated at the rate of
10% per annum exceeds the amount which would result from  application  of a rate
equivalent to the annual average  T-bill rate plus 3.25%.  For new loans made to
all  existing  borrowers  after  July  23,  1992 and for  loans  made to all new
borrowers  after July 23, 1992 but prior to October 1, 1992,  the provision that
requires  annual  rebate  is  effective  immediately,  the rate  with  which the
quarterly  calculation  of  interest is  compared  is  equivalent  to the annual
average 91-day  Treasury bill bond  equivalent  rate plus 3.10%,  and any rebate
with respect to a loan for a period  during which the  Secretary of Education is
making interest subsidy payments must be credited to the Secretary of Education.

         The Higher Education Technical Amendments of 1993, enacted December 20,
1993  (P.L.  103-208)  (the  "1993  Technical  Amendments")  changed  the excess
interest rebate provisions of the Higher Education Act applicable to the Federal
Stafford  Loans  described  in the  preceding  paragraph  which were  previously
subject  to such  rebate  requirements.  Holders  of all such  loans  previously
subject to rebates  were  required  to convert  the fixed rates on such loans to
annual  variable  rates by January 1, 1995 in most cases  (loans with an initial
rate of 8% which increase to 10% after four years of repayment  ("8/10%  loans")
must  convert by January 1, 1995 or the date of  increase to 10%,  whichever  is
later).  The  converted  loans  will not  thereafter  be  subject  to the rebate
requirements.  At the  time of  conversion  the  holder  of the loan  also  must
retroactively  convert  the  fixed  interest  rate  for  periods  prior  to  the
conversion  to a quarterly  variable  rate.  In all cases the new variable  rate
cannot exceed the originally stated fixed rate. The new annual variable rate for
8/10% loans made prior to July 23,  1992 and to new  borrowers  between  July23,
1992 and  October 1, 1992 are the bond  equivalent  rate of the 91-day  Treasury
bills  auctioned  at the final  auction  prior to each June 1, plus  3.25%.  The
annual variable rate for 8/10% loans and other fixed rate loans made to existing
borrowers between July 23, 1992 and October 1, 1992 are the bond equivalent rate
of the 91-day  Treasury bills  auctioned at the final auction prior to each June
1, plus 3.10%.  The  retroactive  quarterly  variable rates for periods prior to
conversion is the average of the bond  equivalent  rates of the 91-day  Treasury
bills  auctioned for the preceding three months plus 3.25% (in the case of 8/10%
loans described in the second preceding sentence) or 3.10% (in the case of loans
described in the preceding sentence).

         Subsidized  Federal  Stafford  Loans  initially  disbursed  on or after
October 1, 1992 to new borrowers as of that date, and  subsequent  loans to such
borrowers,  bear a  variable  rate of  interest,  subject to annual  reset.  The
effective  interest  rate thereon would equal 3.10% over the average of the bond
equivalent rate of 91-day Treasury bills  auctioned  during a particular  fiscal
year not to exceed 9%. The 1993  Amendments  (as  described  below) made certain
changes to the interest  rates on student  loans to be originated in the future.
The interest rates on Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans made to new borrowers as
of July 1, 1994 will be the 91-day  T-bill rate plus 3.1%,  not to exceed 8.25%.
The  interest  rates on these  programs  for loans made on or after July 1, 1995
prior to repayment  and during any grace  period will be the 91-day  T-bill plus
2.5%,  not to exceed 8.25%.  The interest rate on  Subsidized  Federal  Stafford
Loans and Unsubsidized  Federal Stafford Loans made to new borrowers on or after
July 1, 1998,  will be the bond equivalent  rate of the U.S.  Treasury  security
with a comparable maturity as established by the Secretary of Education plus 1%,
not to exceed 8.25%.

         The Higher  Education  Act requires that loans in excess of$1 ,000 made
to cover  enrollment  periods  longer than six months be  disbursed  by eligible
lenders in at least two separate  disbursements.  Prior to January 1, 1987,  the
maximum  amount of the loan for an  academic  year could not  exceed  $2,500 for
undergraduate study and $5,000 for graduate or professional study, subject to an
aggregate  limit of  $12,500  for  undergraduate  study  and up to  $25,000  for
graduate and professional  study,  inclusive of loans for  undergraduate  study.
Since  January  1,  1987,  Undergraduates  have been able to borrow up to $2,625
annually  through the  completion of the second year of  instruction  and $4,000
annually  through the  remainder  of  undergraduate  study.  Subsidized  Federal
Stafford  Loans are subject to an aggregate  limit of $17,250 for  undergraduate
Study,  while  graduate or  professional  students,  who may borrow up to $7,500
annually,  are subject to an aggregate limit of $54,750,  inclusive of loans for
undergraduate  study.  After July 1, 1993,  the maximum  amount of a  Subsidized
Federal  Stafford  Loan for an academic  year cannot exceed $2,625 for the first
year of undergraduate  study,  $3,500 for the second year of undergraduate study
and $5,500 for the remainder of  undergraduate  study.  The aggregate  limit for
undergraduate study is $23,000.  The maximum amount of the loans for an academic
year for graduate students is $8,500. In either case, the Secretary of Education
has  discretion  to raise  these  limits by  regulation  to  accommodate  highly
specialized or exceptionally expensive courses of study.

         Repayment. Repayment of principal on a Subsidized Federal Stafford Loan
does not commence  while a student  remains a qualified  student,  but generally
begins upon expiration of the applicable Grace Period,  as described below. Such
Grace  Periods  may be  waived  by  borrowers.  In  general,  each  loan must be
scheduled  for  repayment  over a period of not more  than ten  years  after the
commencement of repayment.  The Higher Education Act currently  requires minimum
annual payments of $600,  including principal and interest,  unless the borrower
and the lender  agree to lesser  payments;  in instances in which a borrower and
spouse both have such loans outstanding,  the total combined payments for such a
couple may not be less than $600 per year.

         Grace Period, Deferment Periods, Forbearance. Repayment of principal of
a Subsidized Federal Stafford Loan must generally commence following a period of
(a) not less than 9 months or more than 12  months  (with  respect  to loans for
which the  applicable  interest  rate is 7% per  annum)  and (b) not more than 6
months (with respect to loans for which the  applicable  interest rate is 9% per
annum or 8% per annum and for loans to first time  borrowers on or after July 1,
1988) after the student borrower ceases to pursue at least a half-time course of
study (a "Grace Period").  However,  during certain other periods and subject to
certain conditions, no principal repayments need be made, including periods when
the borrower has returned to an eligible educational  institution on a half-time
basis  or is  pursuing  studies  pursuant  to an  approved  graduate  fellowship
program,  is a member of the Armed  Forces or a volunteer  under the Peace Corps
Act or the Domestic  Volunteer  Service Act of 1973, or is  temporarily  totally
disabled or is unable to secure  employment  by reason of the care required by a
dependent who is so disabled  ("Deferment  Periods").  Other  Deferment  Periods
include periods of unemployment and qualified  internships.  The lender may also
allow  periods of  forbearance  during which the  borrower  may defer  principal
payments because of temporary financial hardship.

         Interest Subsidy Payments.  The Secretary of Education pays interest on
Subsidized  Federal  Stafford  Loans while the  student is a qualified  student,
during a Grace Period or during  certain  Deferment  Periods.  The  Secretary of
Education  makes interest  subsidy  payments to the owner of Subsidized  Federal
Stafford Loans in the amount of interest  accruing on the unpaid balance thereof
prior to the  commencement  of repayment  or during any  Deferment  Period.  The
Higher Education Act provides that the owner of an eligible  Subsidized  Federal
Stafford  Loan shall be deemed to have a  contractual  right  against the United
States to receive interest subsidy payments in accordance with its provisions.

Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans

         The 1992 Amendments  (defined below) created the  Unsubsidized  Federal
Stafford  Loan Program  designed for students who do not qualify for  Subsidized
Federal  Stafford  Loans due to  parental  and/or  student  income and assets in
excess of permitted  amounts.  In other respects,  the general  requirements for
Unsubsidized  Federal  Stafford  Loans  are  essentially  the same as those  for
Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans. The interest rate, the annual loan limits and
the special  allowance payment  provisions of the Unsubsidized  Federal Stafford
Loans are the same as the Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans.  However, the terms
of the  Unsubsidized  Federal  Stafford Loans differ  materially from Subsidized
Federal  Stafford  Loans in that the federal  government  will not make interest
subsidy payments and the loan limitations are determined  without respect to the
expected family contribution. The borrower will be required to pay interest from
the time such loan is  disbursed or  capitalize  the  interest  until  repayment
begins.  The authority for offering  Unsubsidized  Federal Stafford Loans became
effective for periods of enrollment beginning on or after October 1, 1992.

         The 1993  Amendments  made  certain  changes to the  interest  rates on
student loans to be originated in the future. The interest rates on Unsubsidized
Federal  Stafford  Loans made to new borrowers as of July 1, 1994 are the 91-day
T-bill  rate  plus  3.10%,  not to exceed  8.25%.  The  interest  rates on these
programs for loans made on or after July 1, 1995 prior to  repayment  and during
any grace period are the 91-day T-bill rate plus 2.50%, not to exceed 8.25%. The
interest rate on  Unsubsidized  Federal  Stafford Loans made on or after July 1,
1998 will be the bond equivalent rate of the security with a comparable maturity
as established by the Secretary of Education plus 1.0%, not to exceed 8.25%.

Special Allowance Payments

         The Higher Education Act provides for special allowance  payments to be
made by the  Secretary of Education to eligible  lenders.  The rates for special
allowance  payments are based on formulas  that differ  according to the type of
loan (Federal  Stafford or Federal PLUS and Federal SLS),  the date the loan was
originally  made or  insured  and the type of funds  used to  finance  such loan
(tax-exempt or taxable).  The effective  formulas for special  allowance payment
rates for Subsidized  Federal Stafford Loans to borrowers whose first loans were
disbursed  prior to July  23,  1992 and were  acquired  or  originated  with the
proceeds of tax-exempt  obligations are set forth in the following  table.  This
formula has been changed by the 1993 Amendments,  as hereinafter described,  for
loans  acquired or funded with  proceeds of  tax-exempt  obligations  originally
issued after September 30, 1993.

                 Annualized SAP Rate/      Annualized SAP Rate/
Interest         Pre-October               1980 Post-October 1980
Rate on Loan     Loans(1)                  Tax-Exempt Loans(1)

         7%      T-Bill - 3.5%             (T-Bill-3.5%)/2: minimum 2.5%
         8%      T-Bill - 4.5%             (T-Bill-4.5%)/2: minimum 1.5%
         9%      T-Bill-5.5%               (T-Bill-5.50%)/2:minimum 0.5%


         As noted in the foregoing  table,  there are minimum special  allowance
payment rates for  Subsidized  Federal  Stafford Loans acquired with proceeds of
tax-exempt  obligations made on and after October 1, 1980, except for 427A Loans
(while  bearing  interest  at 10%),  which rates  effectively  ensure an overall
minimum return of 9.5% on such Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans. However, loans
acquired with the proceeds of  tax-exempt  obligations  originally  issued after
September  30,  1993 will no longer be  assured of a minimum  special  allowance
payment.  In addition,  the formula will be the same as for loans  acquired with
taxable proceeds (i.e.,  the full rather than half,  special  allowance  payment
rate).  The formula for special  allowance  payment  rates for Federal  PLUS and
Federal SLS Loans is similar to that for the Subsidized  Federal  Stafford Loans
except  that no such  payments  are made until the rate on the  Federal  PLUS or
Federal SLS Loan exceeds a certain rate per annum  according to the type of loan
and  based on when the loan was first  disbursed.  In order to be  eligible  for
special allowance  payments,  the rate on PLUS Loans first disbursed on or after
October 1, 1992 must  exceed 10% and for SLS Loans first  disbursed  on or after
October 1, 1992 the rate must exceed 11%. The rate of special allowance payments
for Subsidized  Federal  Stafford  Loans first  disbursed on or after October 1,
1992 is based on the bond  equivalent  91-day  Treasury bill rate plus 3.1%. The
special  allowance payment rates applicable to Federal  Consolidation  Loans are
determined in the same manner as Subsidized  Federal  Stafford  Loans made on or
after October 1, 1980.

Federal PLUS and Federal SLS Loan Programs

         The Higher  Education Act  authorizes  Federal PLUS Loans to be made to
parents of  eligible  dependent  students  and  Federal  SLS Loans to be made to
certain  categories of students.  Only parents who do not have an adverse credit
history are eligible for Federal PLUS Loans that have a first  disbursement date
on or after July 1, 1993.  The basic  provisions  applicable to Federal PLUS and
Federal SLS Loans are similar to those of Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans with
respect to the involvement of guarantee  agencies and the Secretary of Education
in providing federal reinsurance on the loans. However, Federal PLUS and Federal
SLS  Loans  differ   significantly   from  Subsidized  Federal  Stafford  Loans,
particularly  because federal  interest subsidy payments are not available under
the Federal  PLUS and Federal SLS Programs  and special  allowance  payments are
more restricted.

         Federal  SLS Loan limits for loans  disbursed  on or after July 1, 1993
are  dependent  on the class year of the student and the length of the  academic
year.  The annual loan limit for Federal SLS Loans first  disbursed  on or after
July 1,  1993  ranges  from  $4,000  for  first and  second  year  undergraduate
borrowers to $10,000 for graduate borrowers,  with a maximum aggregate amount of
$23,000 for  undergraduate  borrowers and $73,000 for graduate and  professional
borrowers.  The only limit on the annual and  aggregate  amounts of Federal PLUS
Loans first  disbursed on or after July 1, 1993 is the student?s unmet financial
need.  Federal  PLUS and Federal SLS Loans  disbursed  prior to July 1, 1993 are
limited to $4,000 per academic year with a maximum  aggregate amount of $20,000.
Prior to October 17, 1986, the  applicable  loan limits were $3,000 per academic
year with a maximum  aggregate  amount of $15,000.  Federal PLUS and Federal SLS
Loans  are also  limited,  generally,  to the  cost of  attendance  minus  other
financial aid for which the student is eligible.

         The  applicable  interest rate depends upon the date of issuance of the
loan and the period of  enrollment  for which the loan is to apply.  For Federal
PLUS Loans issued on or after  October 1, 1981,  but for periods of  educational
enrollment  beginning  prior to July 1, 1987, the applicable rate of interest is
either 12% or 14% per annum.  A variable  interest  rate applies to Federal PLUS
and Federal SLS Loans made and  disbursed  on or after July 1, 1987 but prior to
October 1, 1992.  The rate is  determined  on the basis of any  12-month  period
beginning  on July 1 and  ending on the  following  June 30,  such that the rate
shall be the bond  equivalent  rate of 52-week  Treasury bills  auctioned at the
final auction held prior to the June 1 preceding the applicable 12-month period,
plus 3.25%, with a maximum rate of 12% per annum. Special allowance payments are
available on variable  rate  Federal PLUS and Federal SLS Loans  disbursed on or
after July 1, 1987 but prior to October 1, 1992 only if the rate  determined  by
the formula above would exceed 12%. The variable  interest rate for Federal PLUS
and Federal SLS Loans first  disbursed  on or after  October 1, 1992 is based on
the same 12-month  period as Federal PLUS and Federal SLS Loans  disbursed prior
to October 1, 1992, except that 3.10% shall be added to the bond equivalent rate
of 52-week  Treasury  bills  auctioned  prior to the applicable  period,  with a
maximum  rate of 11% per annum for Federal SLS Loans,  and a maximum rate of 10%
per annum for Federal PLUS Loans.  Special  allowance  payments are available on
variable  rate Federal SLS and Federal PLUS Loans  disbursed on or after October
1, 1992 only if the rate  determined  by the formula in the  preceding  sentence
exceeds 11% per annum for Federal SLS Loans and 10% for Federal PLUS Loans.

         The 1993  Amendments  made  certain  changes to the  interest  rates on
student loans to be  originated in the future.  The interest rate on the Federal
PLUS Loans made on or after July 1, 1994 shall be the  52-week  T-bill rate plus
3.10%,  not to exceed 9%. Federal PLUS Loans made on or after July 1, 1998 shall
have an  interest  rate of the  bond  equivalent  rate  of the  security  with a
comparable  maturity as established  by the Secretary of Education,  plus 2.10%,
not to exceed 9%.

         The 1992  Amendments  provide  Federal SLS Loan borrowers the option to
defer commencement of repayment of principal until the commencement of repayment
of Federal Stafford Loans. Otherwise, repayment of principal of Federal PLUS and
Federal  SLS Loans is  required to commence no later than 60 days after the date
of  disbursement  of such  loan,  subject to certain  deferral  provisions.  The
deferral  provisions  which  apply are more  limited  than those  which apply to
Stafford Loans. In addition,  a parent borrower may defer principal payments for
periods  during which the  borrower has a dependent  student for whom the parent
borrowed a Federal  PLUS  Loan,  if such  student  is  engaged  in a  qualifying
educational  program,  graduate  fellowship  program or rehabilitation  training
program.

         Repayment of interest,  however,  may be deferred  only during  certain
periods of educational  enrollments  specified  under the Higher  Education Act.
Further,  whereas federal  interest  subsidy payments are not available for such
deferments,   the  Higher   Education  Act  Provides  an  opportunity   for  the
capitalization  of interest during such periods upon agreement of the lender and
borrower.  Amounts  borrowed to  capitalize  interest  do not count  against the
$4,000 annual loan limit.

         A borrower may  refinance  all  outstanding  Federal PLUS Loans under a
single repayment schedule for principal and interest.  The interest rate of such
refinanced  loan  shall be the weight  average  of the rates of all loans  being
refinanced. A second type of refinancing enables an eligible lender to reissue a
Federal PLUS Loan which was  initially  originated at a fixed rate prior to July
1, 1987 in order to permit the  borrower to obtain the  variable  interest  rate
available  on  Federal  PLUS  Loans on and after  July 1,  1987.  If a lender is
unwilling to refinance the original Federal PLUS Loan, the borrower may obtain a
loan from another lender for the purpose of discharging the loan and obtaining a
variable interest rate.

         Commencing July 1, 1994, the Federal SLS Loan Program has been replaced
by the Unsubsidized  Stafford Loan Program with annual loan limits in the merged
program equal to the combined limits of the two programs prior to the merger.

The Federal Consolidation Loan Program

         The Higher  Education  Act  authorizes  a program  under which  certain
borrowers may consolidate their various student loans into a single loan insured
and reinsured on a basis similar to Subsidized  Federal Stafford Loans.  Federal
Consolidation  Loans  may be made in an  amount  sufficient  to pay  outstanding
principal,  unpaid  interest  and late charges on certain  federally  insured or
reinsured  student  loans  incurred  under and  pursuant to the  Federal  Family
Education   Loan  Program  (other  than  Federal  PLUS  Loans  made  to  "parent
borrowers")  selected  by the  borrower,  as well as loans made  pursuant to the
Perkins  (formally  "National  Direct  Student  Loan") and  Health  Professional
Student  Loan  Programs.  These  loans,  for  applications  received on or after
January 1, 1993, are available only to borrowers who have aggregate  outstanding
student loan balances of at least $7,500,  and for applications  received before
January 1, 1993, are available only to borrowers who have aggregate  outstanding
student  loan  balances  of at least  $5,000.  The  borrowers  may be  either in
repayment status or in a grace period preceding  repayment and, for applications
received  prior to January 1, 1993,  the borrower must not be delinquent by more
than 90 days on any loan payment; for applications  received on or after January
1, 1993  delinquent  or  defaulted  borrowers  are  eligible  to obtain  Federal
Consolidation   Loans  if  they  agree  to  re-enter   repayment   through  loan
consolidation.  For applications received on or after January 1, 1993, borrowers
may add  additional  loans to a Federal  Consolidation  Loan  during the 180-day
period  following  origination of the Federal  Consolidation  Loan.  Further,  a
married couple whose application is received on or after January 1, 1993 and who
agree to be jointly and  severally  liable will be treated as one  borrower  for
purposes of loan consolidation eligibility. A Federal Consolidation Loan will be
federally  insured or  reinsured  only if such loan is made in  compliance  with
requirements of the Higher Education Act.

         Federal Consolidation Loans made prior to July 1, 1994 bear interest at
a rate  which  equals  the  weighted  average  of  interest  rates on the unpaid
principal balance of outstanding loan rounded to the nearest whole percent, with
a minimum rate of 9%. Interest on Federal  Consolidation  Loans accrues and, for
applications  received prior to January 1, 1993, is to be paid without deferral.
Borrowers may defer periodic  payments of principal under certain  circumstances
that are more  limited  than those  applicable  to the loans  being  refinanced.
Deferral of principal  repayments is authorized for periods similar to those for
Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans.  Borrowers may elect to accelerate  principal
payments without penalty.  The rate for special  allowance  payments for Federal
Consolidation  Loans  financed with  tax-exempt  funds is determined in the same
manner as for  Subsidized  Federal  Stafford  Loans made on or after  October 1,
1980. See "--Special  Allowance  Payments" above.  Further, no insurance premium
may be charged to a borrower and no insurance premium may be charged by a lender
in connection with a Federal  Consolidation  Loan. However, a fee may be charged
to a lender  by the  guarantor  to cover  the  costs of  increased  or  extended
liability with respect to a Federal Consolidation Loan.

         Repayment of Federal Consolidation Loans begins 60 days after discharge
of all prior loans which are  consolidated.  Federal  interest  subsidy payments
generally  are not  available  with  respect  to  Federal  Consolidation  Loans.
Repayment  schedules include,  for applications  received on or after January 1,
1993,  the  establishment  of graduated and income  sensitive  repayment  plans,
subject to certain  limits  applicable  to the sum of the Federal  Consolidation
Loan and the amount of the borrower?s other eligible student loans  outstanding.
The  lender may at its  option  include  such  graduated  and  income  sensitive
repayment plans for  applications  received prior to that date.  Generally,  the
repayment  shall be made over  periods no shorter  than ten but not more than 25
years in length.  For  consolidation  loans made after July 1, 1994, the maximum
maturity schedule is thirty years for Federal  Consolidation Loans of $60,000 or
more.

Federal Insurance and
Reimbursement of Guarantee Agencies

         A Federal  Family  Education  Loan is  considered  to be in default for
purposes  of the  Higher  Education  Act  when  the  borrower  fails  to make an
installment  payment when due, or to comply with other terms of the loan, and if
the failure  persists  for 180 days in the case of a loan  repayable  in monthly
installments  or for 240 days in the case of a loan  repayable in less  frequent
installments.

         If the  loan in  default  is  covered  by  federal  loan  insurance  in
accordance  with the  provisions of the Higher  Education  Act, the Secretary of
Education is to pay the holder the amount of the loss  sustained  thereby,  upon
notice and  determination  of such amount,  within 90 days of such  notification
subject to reduction as described in the following paragraphs.

         The Higher Education Act provides that, subject to compliance with such
Act, the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged to the payment of
insurance  claims  and such Act  guarantees  reimbursements  are not  subject to
reduction. It further provides that guarantee agencies shall be deemed to have a
contractual  right  against  the  United  States  to  receive  reimbursement  in
accordance with its provisions. In addition, the 1992 Amendments provide that if
a guarantor is unable to meet its  insurance  obligations,  holders of loans may
submit  insurance  claims  directly  to the  Secretary  until  such  time as the
obligations  are  transferred  to  a  new  guarantor  capable  of  meeting  such
obligations or until a successor  guarantor  assumes such  obligations.  Federal
reimbursement  and  insurance  payments  for  defaulted  loans are paid from the
Student Loan  Insurance  Fund  established  under the Higher  Education Act. The
Secretary  of  Education  is  authorized,  to the extent  provided in advance by
appropriations  acts, to issue  obligations  to the Secretary of the Treasury to
provide funds to make such federal payments.

         Loans  Initially  Disbursed  Prior to October  1, 1993.  If the loan is
guaranteed  by a guarantee  agency,  the eligible  lender is  reimbursed  by the
guarantee  agency  for 100% of the  unpaid  principal  balance  of the loan plus
accrued unpaid interest on any loan defaulted 50 long as the eligible lender has
properly  serviced such loan.  Under the Higher  Education Act, the Secretary of
Education  enters  into  a  guarantee   agreement  and  an  annually   renewable
supplemental  guarantee  agreement  with a guarantee  agency which  provides for
federal reimbursement for amounts paid to eligible lenders by the guarantor with
respect to defaulted loans.
         Pursuant to such agreements, the Secretary of Education is to reimburse
a guarantee  agency for 100% of the amounts  expended in connection with a claim
resulting  from the death,  bankruptcy  or total and  permanent  disability of a
borrower,  the death of a student whose parent is the borrower of a Federal PLUS
Loan, or claims by borrowers who received  loans on or after January 1, 1986 and
who are unable to complete the programs in which they are enrolled due to school
closure or borrowers  whose borrowing  eligibility was falsely  certified by the
eligible institution.  Such claims are not included in calculating a guarantor?s
claims rate  experience  for federal  reimbursement  purposes.  The Secretary of
Education is also required to repay the unpaid balance of any loan if collection
is stayed under the  Bankruptcy  Code and is  authorized to acquire the loans of
borrowers  who are at high  risk of  default  and  who  request  an  alternative
repayment  option from the  Secretary of  Education.  Further,  the Secretary of
Education  is to  reimburse a guarantee  agency for any amounts  paid to satisfy
claims not resulting from death, bankruptcy,  or disability subject to reduction
as described in the following paragraphs.

         The amount of such  insurance  or  reimbursement  payment is subject to
reduction based upon the annual claim rate of the guarantee agency calculated to
equal the  amount of  federal  reimbursement  as a  percentage  of the  original
principal  amount of originated or guaranteed loans in repayment on the last day
of the prior fiscal year. The formula used for loans  initially  disbursed prior
to October 1, 1993 is summarized below:

         Claims Rate          Federal Payment
         0% up to 5%          100%

         5% up to 9%          100% of claims up to 5%;
                              90% of claims 5% and over

         9% and over          100% of claims up to 5%;
                              90% of claims 5% and over, up to 9%;
                              80% of claims 9% and over

         The claims  experience  is not  accumulated  from year to year,  but is
determined solely on the basis of claims in any one federal fiscal year compared
with the original  principal  amount of loans in  repayment at the  beginning of
that year.

Loans  Initially  Disbursed  on or After  October 1, 1993.  The 1993  Amendments
reduce the reimbursement  amounts described above (effective for loans initially
disbursed on or after October 1, 1993) as follows: 100% reimbursement is reduced
to 98%, 90% reimbursement is reduced to 88%, and 80% reimbursement is reduced to
78%, subject to certain limited exceptions.

Reimbursement

         The original principal amount of loans guaranteed by a guarantee agency
which are in repayment  for purposes of  computing  reimbursement  payments to a
guarantee agency means the original  principal amount of all loans guaranteed by
a guarantee agency less: (a) guarantee  payments on such loans, (b) the original
principal amount of such loans that have been fully repaid, and (c) the original
amount of such loans for which the first principal  installment  payment has not
become due.  Guarantee  agencies with default rates below 5% are required to pay
the  Secretary  of  Education  annual  fees  equivalent  to 0.51%  of new  loans
guaranteed, while all other such agencies must pay a 0.5% fee.

         In addition,  the  Secretary of  Education  may withhold  reimbursement
payments if a guarantee  agency makes a material  misrepresentation  or fails to
comply with the terms of its  agreements  with the  Secretary  of  Education  or
applicable federal law. A supplemental  guarantee agreement is subject to annual
renegotiation  and to termination  for cause by the Secretary of Education.  The
Issuer has no knowledge that any aforementioned supplemental guarantee agreement
will not be renegotiated on the same terms as are currently in effect.

         Under  the  guarantee   agreements  and  the   supplemental   guarantee
agreements,  if a payment on a Federal  Family  Education  Loan  guaranteed by a
guarantee agency is received after  reimbursement by the Secretary of Education,
the guarantee agency is entitled to receive an equitable share of the payment.

         Any originator of any student loan guaranteed by a guarantee  agency is
required to discount from the proceeds of the loan at the time of  disbursement,
and pay to the guarantee  agency, an insurance premium which may not exceed that
permitted under the Higher Education Act.

         The Issuer (or any other  holder of a loan) is required to exercise due
care and diligence in the servicing of the loan and to utilize  practices  which
are  at  least  as  extensive  and  forceful  as  those  utilized  by  financial
institutions in the collection of other consumer  loans.  If a guarantee  agency
has  probable  cause to believe that the holder has made  misrepresentations  or
failed to comply with the terms of its  agreement for  guarantee,  the guarantee
agency may take reasonable  action including  withholding  payments or requiring
reimbursement  of funds.  The guarantee  agency may also terminate the agreement
for cause upon notice and hearing.

The Guarantee Agreement

         Pursuant to most typical  agreements for guarantee  between a guarantee
agency and the originator of the loan, any eligible  holder of a loan insured by
such a guarantee agency is entitled to reimbursement  from such guarantee agency
of any proven loss  incurred by the holder of the loan  resulting  from default,
death,  permanent and total  disability or bankruptcy of the student borrower at
the rate of 100% of such loss (or, subject to certain limitations, 98% for loans
in default made on or after October 1, 1993).  Guarantee agencies generally deem
default to mean a student borrower's failure to make an installment payment when
due or to comply with other terms of a note or agreement under  circumstances in
which the holder of the loan may reasonably  conclude that the student  borrower
no longer  intends to honor the repayment  obligation  and for which the failure
persists for 180 days in the case of a loan payable in monthly  installments  or
for 240 days in the case of a loan payable in less frequent installments. When a
loan  becomes  from 60 to 90 days past due,  the holder is  required  to request
preclaims assistance from the applicable guarantee agency in order to attempt to
cure the  delinquency.  When a loan  becomes  150 days past due,  the  holder is
required to make a final  demand for payment of the loan by the  borrower and to
submit a claim for reimbursement to the applicable  guarantee agency. The holder
is required to continue  collection efforts until the loan is 180 days past due.
At the time of payment of  insurance  benefits,  the holder  must  assign to the
applicable  guarantee  agency all rights  accruing to the holder  under the note
evidencing the loan. The Higher  Education Act prohibits a guarantee agency from
filing a claim for reimbursement  with respect to losses prior to 270 days after
the loan becomes delinquent with respect to any installment thereon.

         If a  student  who  has  received  any  loan  directly  insured  by the
Secretary of Education  dies,  becomes  totally and  permanently  disabled or is
discharged in bankruptcy,  the Secretary is required to discharge the borrower's
liability on the loan by repaying the amount owed.

Higher Education Amendments of 1992

         The 1992  Amendments  reauthorized  the Higher  Education  Act and made
certain amendments thereto.  The following text describes some of the amendments
to the Higher  Education  Act  contained  in the 1992  Amendments,  but does not
purport to be a complete description of those amendments,  to which reference is
made for full and complete statements of their respective provisions.

         The 1992 Amendments  adopted several provisions that affect loan terms,
which are described in part above.  These include,  among others,  provisions to
grant new borrowers  (with respect to loans for which the first  disbursement is
on or after  July 1,  1993)  the  right to  receive  income-sensitive  repayment
schedules. In cases where the borrowers have indicated a willingness to pay, but
have  demonstrated  an inability to do so, the 1992  Amendments  entitle them to
forbearance, on and after October 1, 1992. The 1992 Amendments also provide that
in-school  interest and special allowance payments to lenders shall be made only
with respect to loans that have been consummated by the borrower.

         In addition,  the 1992  Amendments  include  provisions  regarding  the
relationship  between the  Secretary  of  Education  and the  various  guarantee
agencies.  These  include,  but are not  limited  to,  a  requirement  that  the
Secretary of Education promulgate regulations to standardize forms and practices
used by guarantee  agencies;  a requirement that the Secretary of Education work
with guarantee agencies to develop criteria regarding assignment of loans to the
Secretary of Education a requirement for annual  submissions to, and evaluations
by,  the  Secretary  of  Education  of  financial  information  concerning  each
guarantee  agency;  a  provision  for  the  establishment  by the  Secretary  of
standards  pursuant to which  certain  guarantee  agencies  would be required to
submit management plans to the Secretary of Education;  a provision  authorizing
the Secretary of Education to, among other things,  revoke a guarantee  agency's
reinsurance contract if it does not submit a satisfactory  management plan or if
the Secretary of Education  determines  the guarantee  agency to be  financially
nonviable; and a provision that makes the Secretary of Education responsible for
the payment of obligations of insolvent guarantee agencies.  The 1992 Amendments
also  require  that  officers  and  employees  of  guarantee  agencies and other
participants in the Higher  Education Act's program (such as lenders,  secondary
markets and servicers) report to the Secretary of Education  regarding financial
interests  they may have in other  participants  in the Higher  Education  Act's
program.  The  foregoing  provisions  of  the  1992  Amendments  were  generally
effective  on the  date of  enactment,  July 23,  1992,  subject  to  rulemaking
procedures.

         The 1992  Amendments  also  established a direct lending  demonstration
program which would not have involved  banks,  secondary  markets,  or guarantee
agencies.  This program was to cover the period of July 1, 1994 through June 30,
1998.  The  direct  loan  demonstration   program  was  to  include  educational
institutions  which were  representative  of the Higher Education Act'\s program
participants  and which were to be selected by the Secretary of Education first,
from among  those  institutions  expressing  an interest  in  participating  and
second,  from those  institutions  selected by the  Secretary  of  Education  as
necessary to complete the sample,  with an opportunity for such  institutions to
decline to  participate.  Selected  institutions  may be required to participate
either  in the  demonstration  program  or the  Act's  program,  but  not  both.
Institutions  comprising  more  than 15% of the  annual  loan  volume of any one
guarantee  agency will not be selected.  The 1993  Amendments,  described below,
made substantial revisions to the direct lending program established by the 1992
Amendments.  Certain of the 1992 Amendments require  promulgation of regulations
by the Secretary of Education.

1993 Amendments to the
Federal Family Education Loan Program
         On August 10,  1993,  President  Clinton  signed  into law the  Omnibus
Budget  Reconciliation  Act of 1993,  including  Title IV of the Omnibus  Budget
Reconciliation  Act of 1993 and the  Student  Loan Reform Act of 1993 (the "1993
Amendments").  The  summary of the 1993  Amendments  contained  herein  does not
purport to be complete or comprehensive.

         The 1993  Amendments  provided for  substantial  changes to the current
student loan programs under the Federal Family Education Loan Program (the "FFEL
Program")  and the  Federal  Direct  Loan  Demonstration  program  of the Higher
Education Act. Except as stated herein and in the 1993 Amendments, these changes
were effective on the date of enactment of the 1993 Amendments into law.

Terms and  Conditions.  Several terms and conditions of the current FFEL Program
were changed as follows:

         With respect to loans initially  disbursed on or after October 1, 1993,
a lender is entitled to receive from a guarantor  98% (reduced from 100%) of the
unpaid  principal  of  defaulted  loans  (except with respect to loans made by a
lender-of-last-resort).

         The  effective  floor  rate of return of 9.5%  available  to holders of
loans made or purchased  with funds  obtained by the holder from the issuance of
tax exempt  obligations,  were eliminated for such obligations which were issued
on or after October 1, 1993. The special allowance payments payable with respect
to eligible loans acquired or funded with the proceeds of tax-exempt obligations
issued after September 30, 1993 are the full special allowance  payments paid to
other lenders.

         With respect to loans initially  disbursed on or after October 1, 1993,
the  Secretary of  Education is required to reduce the interest  subsidy and any
special  allowance  payment to any holder of a loan by a loan fee equal to 0.50%
of the principal amount of the loan.

         Each  holder  of a  Federal  Consolidation  Loan for  which  the  first
disbursement is made on or after October 1, 1993,  shall pay to the Secretary of
Education a monthly  rebate fee  calculated on an annual basis equal to 1.05% of
the principal plus accrued unpaid interest on such loan.

         Guarantee  agency retention on collections was reduced to 27% from 30%.
A one-time  lender-paid  user fee of 0.5% on new loan  volume has been  imposed.
Guarantee agency reinsurance  reimbursement will be reduced from 100% to 98% 90%
to 88% and  80% to 78% of the  amount  expended  by it in the  discharge  of its
insurance obligation. Loans made under a lender-of-last-resort program and under
an agreement  resulting from guarantee  agency  insolvency are exempt from these
reductions.

         General.  Under the Federal  Direct  Student  Loan  Program  (the "FDSL
Program")  established  by the 1993  Amendments,  a variety  of  student  loans,
including  loans for  parents of  students,  may be obtained  directly  from the
student?s  institution  of higher  education  ("IHE") or through an  alternative
originator  designated by the Secretary of Education,  without application to an
outside  lender.  Loans made under the FDSL  Program are funded and owned by the
Secretary of Education. The FDSL Program will provide for a variety of repayment
plans from which  borrowers  may  choose,  including  repayment  plans  based on
income.

         Direct Loans.  The 1993  Amendments  provided  that,  unless  otherwise
specified,  loans made to borrowers  under the FDSL Program have the same terms,
conditions, and are available in the same amounts as loans made to borrowers for
Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans,  Federal PLUS Loans and Unsubsidized  Federal
Stafford Loans. The FDSL Program loans are known  respectively as Federal Direct
Stafford  Loans,  Federal  Direct  PLUS Loans and  Federal  Direct  Unsubsidized
Stafford Loans.

         Guarantee  Agencies.  The 1993 Amendments also provide that a guarantee
agency's  assets  are  dedicated  to the loan  programs  and may not be used for
unauthorized  purposes.  Thus, the 1993  Amendments add to the guarantee  agency
reserve provisions in the Higher Education Act what the 1993 Amendments describe
as a  "clarification"  that,  notwithstanding  any other  provision  of law, the
reserve funds of the guarantee  agencies,  and any assets  purchased  with these
reserve funds,  regardless of who holds or controls the reserves or assets,  are
the  property  of the United  States,  to be used in the  operation  of the FFEL
Program or the FDSL Program. These reserve are required to be maintained by each
guarantee  agency  to  pay  program  expenses  and  contingent  liabilities,  as
authorized by the Secretary of Education.  The 1993 Amendments  further provided
that the Secretary of Education is prohibited  from  requiring the return of all
of a  guarantee  agency's  reserve  funds  unless  the  Secretary  of  Education
determines  that the  return  of these  funds  is in the  best  interest  of the
operation  of the FFEL  Program,  or to ensure  the proper  maintenance  of such
agency's funds or assets or the orderly  termination  of the guarantee  agency's
operations  and  the  liquidation  of its  assets.  However,  the  Secretary  of
Education is also authorized to direct a guarantee  agency to: (a) return to the
Secretary of Education all or a portion of its reserve  expenses and  contingent
liabilities;  (b) return to the Secretary of Education,  or the guarantee agency
any funds or assets held by, or under the control  of, any other  entity,  which
the Secretary of Education  determines are necessary to pay the program expenses
and contingent  liabilities of the agency, or which are required for the orderly
termination of the agency's  operation and  liquidation  of its assets;  and (c)
cease any  activities  involving  expenditure,  use or transfer of the guarantee
agency's reserve funds or assets which the Secretary of Education  determines is
a misapplication, misuse or improper expenditure.

         The  1993  Amendments   gave  the  Secretary  of  Education   increased
flexibility  to  terminate  a  guarantee  agency's  agreement  by  allowing  the
Secretary of Education to terminate  the agreement if the Secretary of Education
determines  that  termination  is  necessary,  to protect the federal  financial
interest,  to ensure the  continued  availability  of loans to student or parent
borrowers,  or to ensure an orderly transition from the FFEL Program to the FDSL
Program.

         The  1993   Amendments  also  expanded  the  Secretary  of  Education's
authorized  functions  when a guarantee  agency's agreement is  terminated.  The
Secretary  of  Education  is  authorized  to provide the  guarantee  agency with
additional  advance funds with such  restrictions on the use of such funds as is
determined  appropriate  by the  Secretary  of  Education,  in order to meet the
immediate cash needs of the guarantee agency,  ensure the uninterrupted  payment
of  claims,  or  ensure  that  the  guarantee  agency  will  make  loans  as the
lender-of-last-resort.  Finally, the 1993 Amendments authorized the Secretary of
Education  to take  whatever  other  action is  necessary,  to ensure an orderly
transition from the FFEL Program to the FDSL Program.

         The 1993  Amendments  provided  that if the  Secretary of Education has
terminated  or is seeking to terminate a guarantee  agency's  agreement,  or has
assumed a guarantee agency's  functions,  notwithstanding any other provision of
law:  (a) no  state  court  may  issue  an  order  affecting  the  Secretary  of
Education's  actions with  respect to that  guarantee  agency;  (b) any contract
entered into by the guarantee agency with respect to the  administration  of the
agency's  reserve funds or assets acquired with reserve funds shall provide that
the contract is terminable by the Secretary of Education  upon 30 days notice to
the  contracting  parties if the  Secretary  of Education  determines  that such
contract  includes  an  imperinissible   transfer  of  funds  or  assets  or  is
inconsistent  with the terms or purposes of this law;  and (c) no  provision  of
state  law  shall  apply  to  the  actions  of the  Secretary  of  Education  in
terminating the operations of the guarantee agency. Finally, notwithstanding any
other  provision  of law, the 1993  Amendments  provided  that the  Secretary of
Education's  liability for any  outstanding  liabilities  of a guarantee  agency
(other than outstanding  student loan guarantees under Part D of Title IV of the
Higher  Education  Act),  the  functions of which the Secretary of Education has
assumed, shall not exceed the fair market value of the reserves of the guarantee
agency, minus any necessary liquidation or other administrative costs.

         Amendments to Terms of Federal Family Education Loan Program Loans. The
1993 Amendments also amended the terms of loans under the FFEL Program. The 1993
Amendments  require  that  following a  borrower's  default,  the  Secretary  of
Education  shall require at least 10% of borrowers  who have  defaulted on loans
made under the FFEL  Program  and whose loan is  assigned  to the  Secretary  of
Education  to repay that loan under an income  contingent  repayment  plan,  the
terms  and  conditions  of  which  would  be  established  by the  Secretary  of
Education,  and  would  be the  same  as or  similar  to the  income  contingent
repayment plan authorized  under the FDSL Program.  These provisions of the 1993
Amendments  are effective for loans for periods of  instruction  beginning on or
after July 1, 1994 or, in the case of Federal  PLUS Loans,  for loans made on or
after July 1, 1994.

         Federal  Family  Education  Loan Program Loan  Consolidation.  The 1993
Amendments  alter the provisions for the Federal  Consolidation  Loan Program in
order to  facilitate  the  expansion of the FDSL  Program.  The 1993  Amendments
define "eligible  borrower" for loan consolidation in the FFEL Program to mean a
borrower  who,  at the  time of  application  for a  consolidation  loan,  is in
repayment status, or in a grace period preceding  repayment,  or is a delinquent
or defaulted borrower who will reenter repayment through loan consolidation.

         In addition, the 1993 Amendments provided that any lender who wishes to
make  consolidation  loans must enter into an  agreement  with the  Secretary of
Education that the lender shall offer an income-sensitive  repayment schedule to
the  borrower of any Federal  Consolidation  Loan made by the lender on or after
July 1, 1994. The Federal Consolidation Loan must also be evidenced by a note or
other written  agreement which includes a provision stating that interest during
periods of  authorized  deferment  shall accrue and be paid by the  Secretary of
Education, in the case of consolidation of only Federal Stafford Loans for which
the borrower  received an interest  subsidy or by the borrower or capitalized in
the case of a Federal  Consolidation Loan that consolidated loans other than the
Federal  Stafford Loans. The interest rate on Federal  Consolidation  Loans made
before  July 1,  1994,  shall be the  greater  of the  weighted  average  of the
interest rates on the consolidated  loans,  rounded to the nearest whole percent
or 9%. The interest rate of a Federal  Consolidation  Loan made on or after July
1, 1994 shall be the weighted average of the rates on the Federal  Consolidation
Loans, rounded upward to the nearest whole percent.

         The 1993  Amendments  modified  the terms of the Federal  Consolidation
Loan Agreement to require a lender to offer income sensitive repayment terms for
a Federal  Consolidation Loan made on or after July 1, 1994. In the event that a
borrower  is  unable  to  obtain a  consolidation  loan  with  income  sensitive
repayment  terms  acceptable to the borrower from the holders of the  borrower?s
outstanding  loans  (that are  selected  for  consolidation),  or from any other
eligible  lender,  including  Sallie  Mae,  the 1993  Amendments  authorize  the
Secretary of Education  to offer the borrower a direct  consolidation  loan with
income  contingent  terms under the Federal  Direct  Student Loan Program.  Such
direct  Federal  Consolidation  Loans shall be repaid either  pursuant to income
contingent repayment or any other repayment provision under this section. If the
Secretary of Education determines that the Department of Education does not have
the necessary  origination  and servicing  arrangements in place for such loans,
the Secretary of Education shall not offer such loans.

         The  1993  Amendments  repealed  the  Federal  Supplemental  Loans  for
Students  program,  but the loan limits for Unsubsidized  Federal Stafford Loans
were  increased  to include the  amounts  formerly  disbursed  under the Federal
Supplemental  Loans for  Students  program.  Further,  a section  was added that
provides that the amount of periodic payment and the repayment  schedule for any
Unsubsidized  Federal Stafford Loan shall be established by assuming an interest
rate equal to the  applicable  rate of interest at the time the repayment of the
loan principal commences. At the option of the lender, the note or other written
evidence of the loan may require that the amount of the periodic payment will be
adjusted  annually or the period of repayment of principal will be lengthened or
shortened  to  reflect  adjustments  in  interest  rates.  Finally,  the 10 year
repayment  period of these loans shall commence at the time the first payment of
principal is due from the borrower.

         Interest  Rates.  The  interest  rates on  Federal  Stafford  Loans and
Unsubsidized  Federal Stafford Loans made to new borrowers as of July 1,1994 are
the 91-day T-b ill rate plus 3.1%,  not to exceed 8.25%.  The interest rates for
loans made on or after July 1, 1995 prior to repayment,  during any grace period
or during deferment status,  are the 91-day T-bill rate plus 2.5%, not to exceed
8.25%.  The interest rate on Federal  Stafford  Loans and  Unsubsidized  Federal
Stafford Loans made on or after July 1, 1998 will be the bond equivalent rate of
the U.S.  Treasury  security with a comparable  maturity as  established  by the
Secretary of Education plus 1.0%, not to exceed 8.25%. The interest rates on the
Federal  PLUS Loans made on or after  July 1, 1994 shall be the  52-week  T-bill
plus 3.1%,  not to exceed 9%.  Federal  PLUS Loans made after July 1, 1998 shall
have an  interest  rate of the  bond  equivalent  rate  of the  security  with a
comparable  maturity as established by the Secretary of Education plus 2.1%, not
to exceed 9%.


- --------
1 "T-Bill," as used in this table,  means the average 13-week Treasury bill rate
calculated as a "bond equivalent rate" in the manner applied by the Secretary of
Education as referred to in Section 438 of the Higher Education Act.


<PAGE>
                                     PART C


                                OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 23.  EXHIBITS.

Exhibit No.                             Description
- ----------                              -----------

(a)(1)*   Articles of Incorporation, incorporated by reference to the
          Fund's Registration Statement, filed December 14, 1994

(a)(2)*   Articles Supplementary, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective
          Amendment No. 9, filed January 6, 1998

(a)(3)*   Articles of Amendment, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective
          Amendment No. 10, filed February 25, 1998

(a)(4)    Articles Supplementary dated April 25, 2000

(b)*      Bylaws,   incorporated   by  reference  to  the  Fund's   Registration
          Statement, filed December 14, 1994

(c)       Not applicable

(d)       Form of Investment Advisory Agreement

(e)*      Form of Distribution Agreement

(f)       Not applicable

(g)(1)*   Form of Custodial Agreement, incorporated by reference to
          Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 filed November 7, 1997

(g)(2)*   Form of Custodial Agreement, incorporated by reference to
          Post-Effective Amendment No. 8 filed November 12, 1997

(g)(3)    Form of Custodial Agreement for Institutional Reserves Fund

(h)(1)*   Form of Transfer Agency Agreement

(h)(2)*   Form of Management and Administrative Agreement

(h)(3)*   Form of Fund Accounting Agreement

(h)(4)*   Form of Administrative Services Plan

(i)(1)*   Opinion of Ober, Kaler & Shriver, incorporated by reference to
          Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 filed May 4, 1995

(i)(2)*   Opinion of Ober, Kaler, Grimes & Shriver, incorporated by
          reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 4 filed March 18, 1996

(i)(3)*   Opinion of Ober,  Kaler,  Grimes & Shriver for Liquid  Assets Fund and
          Municipal  Assets Fund,  incorporated  by reference to  Post-Effective
          Amendment No. 9 filed January 6, 1998

(i)(4)*   Opinion of Ober, Kaler, Grimes & Shriver for Vintage Funds,
          incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 9 filed
          January 6, 1998

(i)(5)*   Consent of Cline,  Williams,  Wright, Johnson & Oldfather incorporated
          by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 14 filed July 16, 1999

(i)(6)    Opinion of Ober, Kaler, Grimes & Shriver for Institutional Reserves
          Fund

(j)(1)*   Consent  of  KPMG  Peat  Marwick  LLP  incorporated  by  reference to
          Post-Effective Amendment No. 14 filed July 16, 1999

(j)(2)    Consent of McGladrey & Pullen LLP.

(k)       Not Applicable

(l)*      Subscription   Agreement  of  Initial  Stockholder,   incorporated  by
          reference to the Fund's  Registration  Statement,  filed  December 14,
          1994

(m)*      Distribution and Shareholder Services Plan

(n)(1)*   18f-3 Plan, incorporated by reference to the Pre-Effective
          Amendment No. 3, filed May 18, 1995

(n)(2)    Amended 18f-3 Plan

(p)(1)    Fund Code of Ethics

(p)(2)    Adviser Code of Ethics

(p)(3)    Distributor Code of Ethics

OTHERS

a*        Power of Attorney, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective
          Amendment No. 11 filed March 23, 1998

*All previously filed.

ITEM 24.   PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH REGISTRANT

           None

ITEM 25.   INDEMNIFICATION

               Insofar as  indemnification  for  liabilities  arising  under the
Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors,  officers and  controlling
persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions or otherwise, the
Registrant  has been advised that in the opinion of the  Securities and Exchange
Commission  such  indemnification  by the Registrant is against public policy as
expressed in the Act and, therefore,  may be unenforceable.  In the event that a
claim for such indemnification (except insofar as it provides for the payment by
the  Registrant  of  expenses  incurred  or  paid  by  a  director,  officer  or
controlling person in the successful defense of any action,  suit or proceeding)
is asserted  against the  Registrant by such  director,  officer or  controlling
person and the Securities and Exchange  Commission is still of the same opinion,
the  Registrant  will,  unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been
settled by controlling precedent,  submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction
the  question  of whether or not such  indemnification  by it is against  public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.

               Section 2-418 of the Maryland General Corporation Law permits the
Registrant to indemnify  directors and officers.  In addition,  Section  2-405.1
sets forth the standard of care for  directors  and Section  2-405.2  allows the
Registrant to include in the Charter  provisions  further limiting the liability
of the directors and officers in certain circumstances.  Article ELEVENTH of the
Articles of Incorporation  included  herewith as Exhibit  a)(1)(the  "Articles")
limits the liability of any director or officer of the Registrant arising out of
a breach of fiduciary duty,  subject to the limits of the Investment Company Act
of 1940 (the "1940 Act"). Article TWELFTH of the Articles and Article VII of the
Bylaws, included herewith as Exhibit (b), makes mandatory the indemnification of
any person made or  threatened to be made a party to any action by reason of the
facts that such person is or was a director, officer or employee, subject to the
limits otherwise imposed by law or by the 1940 Act.

In addition,  Paragraph 8 of the Investment Advisory Agreement included herewith
as  Exhibit  (d)  and  Paragraph  III of the  Distribution  Agreement,  included
herewith as Exhibit (e), provides that Investors Management Group, Ltd., ("IMG")
and BISYS Fund Services Limited Partnership,  ("BISYS"),  shall not be liable to
the Funds for any error of judgment  or mistake of law or for any loss  suffered
by the Funds in connection  with the matters to which their  Agreements  relate,
except a loss  resulting  from a breach of  fiduciary  duty with  respect to the
receipt  of  compensation   for  services  or  a  loss  resulting  from  willful
misfeasance,  bad faith or gross negligence on the part of their  performance of
their  duties or from  reckless  disregard by it of its  obligations  and duties
under its  Agreement.  In  addition,  Paragraph  9 of the  Transfer  Agency  and
Paragraph 8 of the  Servicing  Agreement to the  Administrative  Services  Plan,
included herewith as Exhibit (h)(1) and (h)(4), respectively,  further indemnify
IMG and BISYS against certain liabilities arising out of the performance of such
agreements.

ITEM 26.   BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF INVESTMENT ADVISOR

Investors Management Group

 Name                Positions with Advisor         Principal Occupations
                                                (Present and for Past Two Years)

 Jay Evans           President and Chief        See caption "Directors and
                     Investment Officer         Officers" in the Statement of
                                                Additional Information forming
                                                a part of this Registration
                                                Statement
 Mark A. McClurg     Vice President and Senior  See caption "Directors and
                     Managing Director          Officers" in the Statement of
                                                Additional Information forming a
                                                part   of   this    Registration
                                                Statement.
 David W. Miles      Treasurer, Director, and   See caption "Directors and
                     Senior Managing Director   Officers" in the Statement of
                                                Additional Information forming a
                                                part   of   this    Registration
                                                Statement.

ITEM 27.      PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITERS

(a)(1) BISYS Fund  Services  Limited  Partnership  acts as  distributor  for the
Vintage Mutual Funds, Inc., and also distribute the securities of Alpine Equity
Trust,  American  Performance Funds, AmSouth Mutual Funds, The BB&T Mutual Funds
Group, The Coventry Group, ESC Strategic Funds, Inc., The Eureka Funds, Governor
Funds,  Fifth Third Funds,  Hirtle  Callaghan  Trust,  HSBC Funds Trust and HSBC
Mutual Funds Trust,  INTRUST Funds Trust, The Infinity Mutual Funds, Inc., Magna
Funds, Mercantile Mutual Funds, Inc., Metamarkets.com,  Meyers Investment Trust,
MMA Praxis  Mutual Funds,  M.S.D.&T.  Funds,  Pacific  Capital  Funds,  Republic
Advisor  Funds  Trust,   Republic   Funds  Trust,   Sefton  Funds  Trust,   SSgA
International   Liquidity  Fund,  Summit  Investment  Trust,   USAllianz  Funds,
USAllianz Funds Variable  Insurance  Products Trust,  Valenzuela  Capital Trust,
Variable Insurance Funds, The Victory Portfolios, The Victory Variable Insurance
Funds,  and Vintage Mutual Funds,  Inc., each of which is a open-end  management
investment company.

(b)(1)   Information about Directors and officers of BISYS Fund Services Limited
         Partnership, as of March 31, 1999, is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


      Name and Principal Business Address        Positions and Offices with BISYS Fund           Positions and Offices with
                                                     Services Limited Partnership                        Registrant
 <S>                                             <C>                                             <C>
 BISYS Fund Services, Inc.                               Sole General Partner                               None
 3435 Stelzer Road
 Columbus, Ohio 43219

 WC Subsidiary Corporation                               Sole Limited Partner                               None
 150 Clove Road
 Little Falls, New Jersey 07424
</TABLE>

c) Not applicable.


ITEM 28.   LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS


           Amy Mitchell,  2203 Grand Avenue, Des Moines,  Iowa 50312-5338,  will
maintain all required accounts, books and records.

ITEM 29.   MANAGEMENT SERVICES

           Not applicable.

ITEM 30.   UNDERTAKINGS

           Not Applicable.



                                   SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Securities Act of 1933, and the Investment
Company Act of 1940, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration  Statement
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the
City of Des Moines, State of Iowa, on the __ day of May, 2000.

                                  VINTAGE MUTUAL FUNDS, INC.

                                  By_/s/______________________
                                  David W. Miles, Director and President


     Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Securities Act of 1933, the following
persons in the  capacities  indicated  on the date  indicated  have  signed this
Registration Statement.

           Signature                  Title

_/s/_________                       President, Principal Executive Officer,
      David W. Miles                Principal Financial and Accounting Officer
                                    and Director

                                                      |
                                                      | _/s/________________
                                                      |      by Mark A. McClurg
                                                      |       Attorney in Fact
_/s/______________________  Director                  |       May___, 2000
      Annalu Farber                                   |
                                                      |       |
_/s/______________________  Director                  |
      William J. Howard                               |
                                                      |
_/s/______________________  Director                  |
      Debra L. Johnson                                |
                                                      |
_/s/______________________  Director                  |
      Fred Lorber                                     |
                                                      |
_/s/______________________  Director                  |
      Edward J. Stanek                                |
                                                      |
_/s/______________________  Director                  |
      John G. Taft                                    |
                                                      |
_/s/______________________  Director                  |
      Steven Zumbach                                  |


                           VINTAGE MUTUAL FUNDS, INC.

                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

 EXHIBIT NUMBER                    DESCRIPTION                          PAGE


          (a)(4)  Articles Supplementary dated April 25, 2000

          (d)     Form of Investment Advisory Agreement

          (g)(3)  Form of Custodial Agreement for Institutional Reserves Fund

          (i)(6)  Opinion of Ober, Kaler, Grimes & Shriver for Institutional
                  Reserves Fund

          (j)(2)  Consent of McGladrey & Pullen LLP

          (n)(2)  Amended 18f-3 Plan

          (p)(1)  Fund Code of Ethics

          (p)(2)  Adviser Code of Ethics

          (p)(3)  Distributor Code of Ethics




                           VINTAGE MUTUAL FUNDS, INC.

                             ARTICLES SUPPLEMENTARY

Vintage Mutual Funds, Inc., a Maryland  corporation (which is hereinafter called
the "Corporation"),  hereby certifies to the State Department of Assessments and
Taxation of Maryland that:

     FIRST: Pursuant to the authority expressly vested in the Board of Directors
of the  Corporation  by Article  FOURTH of the Charter of the  Corporation,  the
Board  of  Directors   has  duly   designated   and   classified   five  billion
(5,000,000,000)  of the authorized but unissued,  unclassified  and undesignated
Shares of the capital stock of the Corporation, par value $0.001 per Share, as a
new  Series of  Shares,  such  Series  being  designated  as the  "Institutional
Reserves Fund" Series.

     SECOND:  Pursuant  to  the  authority  expressly  vested  in the  Board  of
Directors  of  the   Corporation  by  Article  FOURTH  of  the  Charter  of  the
Corporation,  the Board of Directors has further  designated  and classified the
five billion  (5,000,000,000)  shares of the Institutional  Reserves Fund Series
designated and  classified  pursuant to Article FIRST above into four Classes of
Shares, such Classes being designated as the Class A Shares, the Class B Shares,
the Class C Shares and the Class D Shares, respectively,  or such other names as
the Board of  Directors  may  determine  from time to time as a  convenient  and
proper method for identifying such Shares in a registration statement filed with
the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  covering  the offer and sale of such
Shares to the public. Each Class of the Institutional Reserves Fund Series shall
consist of One Billion Two Hundred Fifty  Million  (1,250,000,000)  Shares,  par
value $0.001 per Share.

     THIRD: A description of the Institutional Reserves Fund Series, and of each
Class thereof,  including the  preferences,  conversion or other rights,  voting
powers, restrictions,  limitations as to dividends,  qualifications and terms or
conditions of redemption, is as follows:

     (a) Except as provided in the Charter of the Corporation and except for the
differences,  as  described  below,  associated  with each of the Classes of the
Institutional  Reserves Fund Series,  the Shares of the  Institutional  Reserves
Fund  Series  shall  be  identical  in  all  respects  with  the  Shares  of the
Corporation's other Series, except that twelve (12) Series of Shares, as opposed
to eleven (11), now exist.

     (b) Except as  provided  in the  Charter of the  Corporation  and except as
provided  in (c) below,  the Class A, Class B, Class C and Class D Shares of the
Institutional  Reserves Fund Series each shall be identical in all respects, and
shall have the same  preferences,  conversion  and other rights,  voting powers,
restrictions,   limitations  as  to  dividends,  qualifications  and  terms  and
conditions of redemption of the other Classes of the Corporation's other Series.

     (c) The Class A, Class B,  Class C and Class D Shares of the  Institutional
Reserves  Fund  Series may be issued and sold  subject to such  different  sales
loads or charges,  whether initial,  deferred or contingent,  or any combination
thereof,  and to such  expenses  (including,  without  limitation,  distribution
expenses  under  a  Rule  12b-1  plan  and  administrative   expenses  under  an
administrative  or  service  agreement,  plan  or  other  arrangement,   however
designated)  as the  Board of  Directors  may  from  time to time  establish  in
accordance  with the  Investment  Company  Act of 1940,  as  amended,  and other
applicable law.

     FOURTH:  Except as otherwise  provided by the express  provisions  of these
Articles  Supplementary,  nothing herein shall limit, by inference or otherwise,
the discretionary right of the Board of Directors of the Corporation to classify
and  reclassify  and issue  any  unissued  Shares of any  Series or Class of the
Corporation's  capital  stock and to fix or alter all terms  thereof to the full
extent permitted by the Charter of the Corporation.

     FIFTH: The Board of Directors of the Corporation,  at a meeting duly called
and held,  duly authorized and adopted  resolutions  classifying and designating
the authorized but previously  unclassified and  undesignated  Shares of capital
stock of the Corporation as set forth in these Articles Supplementary.



                         [SIGNATURES BEGIN ON NEXT PAGE]

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Vintage Mutual Funds,  Inc. has caused these Articles
Supplementary to be signed and  acknowledged in its IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  Vintage
Mutual  Funds,  Inc. has caused these  Articles  Supplementary  to be signed and
acknowledged in its name and on its behalf by its Vice President and attested to
by its  Secretary  on this  25th day of  April,  2000;  and its  Vice  President
acknowledges  that these  Articles  Supplementary  are the act of Vintage Mutual
Funds,  Inc., and he further  acknowledges  that, as to all matters or facts set
forth  herein  which are  required to be verified  under oath,  such matters and
facts  are  true  in all  material  respects  to  the  best  of  his  knowledge,
information and belief,  and that this statement is made under the penalties for
perjury.


ATTEST:                                     VINTAGE MUTUAL FUNDS, INC.


                                                By:                       (SEAL)
Mary Dotterer, Secretary                         Mark McClurg, Vice President



                          INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT

     THIS  AGREEMENT  made as of February 13, 1998,  between the Vintage  Mutual
Funds, Inc., a Maryland Corporation (herein called the "Company"), and Investors
Management Group, a federally registered investment advisor having its principal
place of business in Des Moines, Iowa (herein called the "Investment Advisor").

     WHEREAS, the Company is registered as an open-end, diversified,  management
investment  company  under the  Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended (the
"1940 Act"); and

     WHEREAS,  the Company  desires to retain the Investment  Advisor to furnish
investment  advisory and administrative  services to the ten existing investment
portfolios of the Company and may retain the Investment Advisor to serve in such
capacity to certain additional  investment portfolios of the Company, all as now
or hereafter may be  identified  in Schedule A hereto (such  initial  investment
portfolio and any such  additional  investment  portfolios  together  called the
"Funds") and the Investment  Advisor  represents  that it is willing and possess
legal authority to so furnish such services without violation of applicable laws
(including the Glass-Steagall Act) and regulations:

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the premises  and mutual  covenants
herein contained, it is agreed between the parties hereto as follows:

1.   Appointment.  The Company hereby appoints the Investment  Advisor to act as
     investment  adviser  to the Funds for the period and on the terms set forth
     in this  Agreement.  The Investment  Advisor  accepts such  appointment and
     agrees to furnish the services herein set forth for the compensation herein
     provided.  Additional  investment portfolios may from time to time be added
     to those covered by this Agreement by the parties  executing a new Schedule
     A which shall become  effective upon its execution and shall  supersede any
     Schedule A having an earlier date.

2.   Delivery of Documents.  The Company has furnished  the  Investment  Advisor
     with copies properly certified
         or authenticated of each of the following:

(a)  The Company's Articles of Incorporation, dated November 15, 1994, and filed
     with the  Secretary of State of Maryland on November 16, 1994,  and any and
     all amendments thereto or restatements thereof (such Articles, as presently
     in effect  and as it shall from time to time be  amended  or  restates,  is
     herein called the "Articles of Incorporation");

(b)  The Company's By Laws and any amendments thereto:

(c)  Resolutions of the Company's Board of Directors authorizing the appointment
     of the Investment Advisor and approving this Agreement;

(d)  The Company's  Notification of Registration on Form N-8A under the 1940 Act
     as filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission on December 13, 1994,
     and all amendments thereto;

(e)  The Company's  Registration Statement on Form N-1A under the Securities Act
     of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"),  and under the 1940 Act as filed with
     the Securities and Exchange Commission and all amendment thereto; and

(f)  The most recent Prospectus and Statement of Additional  Information of each
     of the Funds (such Prospectus and Statement of Additional  Information,  as
     presently in effect, and all amendments and supplements thereto, are herein
     collectively called the "Prospectus").

The Company will furnish the Investment Advisor from time to time with copies of
all amendments of or supplements to the foregoing.

3.   Management. Subject to the supervision of the Company's Board of Directors,
     the Investment Advisor will provide a continuous investment program for the
     Funds,  including  investment  research and management  with respect to all
     securities  and  investments  and  cash   equivalents  in  the  Funds.  The
     Investment  Advisor will  determine  from time to time what  securities and
     other  investments will be purchased,  retained or sold by the Company with
     respect to the funds.  The  Investment  Advisor  will  provide the services
     under this  Agreement  in  accordance  with each of the  Fund's  investment
     objectives,  policies,  and  restrictions  as stated in the  Prospectus and
     resolutions of the Company's  Board of Directors.  The  Investment  Advisor
     further agrees that it:

(a)  Will use the same skill and care in providing  such  services as it uses in
     providing  services  to  fiduciary  accounts  for  which it has  investment
     responsibilities;

(b)  Will conform with all  applicable  Rules and  Regulations of the Securities
     and Exchange Commission under the 1940 Act and in addition will conduct its
     activities   under  this  Agreement  in  accordance   with  any  applicable
     regulations  of any  governmental  authority  pertaining to the  investment
     advisory activities of the Investment Advisor;

(c)  Will not make loans to any person to purchase or carry units of  beneficial
     interest ("shares") in the Company or make loans to the Company;

(d)  Will place or cause to be placed orders for the funds either  directly with
     the issuer or with any broker or dealer. In placing orders with brokers and
     dealers,  the Investment Advisor will attempt to obtain prompt execution of
     orders in an effective  manner at the most favorable  price. The Investment
     Advisor  may  cause a Fund to pay a broker  which  provides  brokerage  and
     research  services to the  Investment  Advisor a commission for effecting a
     securities  transaction  in excess of the amount  another broker might have
     charged.  Such higher  commissions  may not be paid  unless the  Investment
     Advisor  determines  in good faith that the amount  paid is  reasonable  in
     relation to the services received in terms of the particular transaction or
     the Investment  Advisor's overall  responsibilities  to the Company and any
     other of the Investment  Advisor's  clients.  In no instance will portfolio
     securities  by  purchase  from or sold to the  Investment  Advisor,  or any
     affiliated person of the Company or the Investment Advisor;

(e)  Will  maintain  all  books  and  records  with  respect  to the  securities
     transactions of the Funds and will furnish the Company's Board of Directors
     with such periodic and special reports as the Board may request;

(f)  Will treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Company all
     records  and other  information  relative  to the Company and the funds and
     prior,  present, or potential  shareholders,  and will not use such records
     and   information   for  any  purpose   other  than   performance   of  its
     responsibilities  and duties hereunder,  except after prior notification to
     and  approval  in  writing  by the  Company,  which  approval  shall not be
     unreasonably  withheld and may not be withheld where the Investment Advisor
     may be exposed to civil or  criminal  contempt  proceedings  for failure to
     comply,  when  requested to divulge such  information  by duly  constituted
     authorities, or when so requested by the Company, and;

(g)  Will maintain its policy and practice of conducting its fiduciary functions
     independently.  In making  investment  recommendations  for the Funds,  the
     Investment  Advisor's personnel will not inquire or take into consideration
     whether the issuers of  securities  proposed  for  purchase or sale for the
     Company's account are customers of the Investment  Advisor or of its parent
     or its  subsidiaries  or affiliates.  In dealing with such  customers,  the
     Investment  Advisor and its parent,  subsidiaries,  and affiliates will not
     inquire or take into  consideration  whether  securities of those customers
     are held by the Company.

4.   Services Not Exclusive. The investment management services furnished by the
     Investment  Advisor  hereunder  are  not to be  deemed  exclusive,  and the
     Investment  Advisor shall be free to furnish similar  services to others so
     long as its services under this Agreement are not impaired thereby.

5.   Books and Records.  In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under
     the 1940 Act, the  Investment  Advisor hereby agrees that all records which
     it  maintains  for the funds are the  property  of the  Company and further
     agrees to  surrender  promptly to the Company any of such  records upon the
     Company's  request.  The Investment  Advisor further agrees to preserve for
     the  periods  prescribed  by Rule  31a-2  under  the 1940  Act the  records
     required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act.

6.   Expenses.  During the term of this Agreement,  the Investment  Advisor will
     pay all expenses  incurred by it in connection  with its  activities  under
     this  Agreement  other  than the cost of  securities  (including  brokerage
     commissions, if any) purchased for the Funds.

7.   Compensation.  For the services  provided and the expenses assumed pursuant
     to this  Agreement,  each of the funds will pay the Investment  Advisor and
     the  Investment  Advisor  will accept as full  compensation  therefor a fee
     equal to the fee set forth on  Schedule A hereto.  The  obligations  of the
     funds to pay the above  described fee to the Investment  Advisor will begin
     as of the  respective  dates of the  initial  public  sale of shares in the
     Funds.

     If in any  fiscal  year the  aggregate  expenses  of any of the  Funds  (as
     defined under the securities  regulations of any state having  jurisdiction
     over the Company)  exceed the expense  limitations  of any such state,  the
     Investment  Advisor  will  reimburse  the Fund for a portion of such excess
     expenses equal to such excess times the ratio of the fees otherwise payable
     by the  Fund to the  Investment  Advisor  hereunder  and to IMG  under  the
     Management and  Administration  Agreement between IMG and the Company.  The
     obligation of the  Investment  Advisor to reimburse the Funds  hereunder is
     limited in any  fiscal  year to the  amount of its fee  hereunder  for such
     fiscal year,  provided however,  that  notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the
     Investment  Adviser shall  reimburse the Funds for such  proportion of such
     excess expenses regardless of the amount paid to it during such fiscal year
     to  the  extent  that  the  securities  regulations  of  any  state  having
     jurisdiction over the Company so require.  Such expense  reimbursement,  if
     any will be estimated daily and reconciled and paid on a monthly basis.

8.   Limitation of Liability. The Investment Advisor shall not be liable for any
     error of judgment  or mistake of law or for any loss  suffered by the Funds
     in  connection  with  the  performance  of this  Agreement,  except  a loss
     resulting  from a breach of  fiduciary  duty with respect to the receipt of
     compensation for services or a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad
     faith,  or gross  negligence on the part of the  Investment  Advisor in the
     performance  of  its  duties  or  from  reckless  disregard  by it  of  its
     obligations and duties under this Agreement.

9.   Duration and  Termination.  This Agreement will become  effective as of the
     date first written  above (of, if a particular  fund is not in existence on
     that  date,  on the date a  registration  statement  relating  to that Fund
     becomes  effective with the Securities and Exchange  Commission),  provided
     that it shall have been  approved by vote of a majority of the  outstanding
     voting  securities of such Fund, in accordance with the requirements  under
     the 1940 Act, and,  unless  sooner  terminated  as provided  herein,  shall
     continue in effect until December 31, 1999.

     Thereafter,  if not terminated,  this Agreement shall continue in effect as
     to  a  particular  Fund  for  successive  annual  periods,   provided  such
     continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the vote of a
     majority of those members of the  Company's  Board of Directors who are not
     parties  to this  Agreement  or  interested  persons  of any  party to this
     Agreement,  cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on
     such approval,  and (b) by the vote of a majority of the Company's Board of
     Directors  or by  vote  of a  majority  of all  votes  attributable  to the
     outstanding  shares  of such  Fund.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  this
     Agreement may be  terminated  as to a particular  Fund at any time on sixty
     days' written  notice,  without the payment of any penalty,  by the Company
     (by vote of the  Company's  Board of  Directors or by vote of a majority of
     the  outstanding  voting  securities  of such  Fund)  or by the  Investment
     Advisor.  This  Agreement  will  immediately  terminate in the event of its
     assignment.  (As  used  in  this  Agreement,  the  terms  "majority  of the
     outstanding voting securities", "interested persons" and "assignment" shall
     have the same meanings as ascribed to such terms in the 1940 Act.)

10.  Investment  Advisor's   Representations.   The  Investment  Advisor  hereby
     represents and warrants that it is willing and possess all requisite  legal
     authority to provide the services  contemplated  by this Agreement  without
     violation of applicable law and  regulations,  including but not limited to
     the Glass-Steagall Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

11.  Amendment to this Agreement. No provision of this Agreement may be changed,
     waived,  discharges  or  terminated  orally,  but only by an  instrument in
     writing  signed by the  party  against  which  enforcement  of the  change,
     waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

12.  Miscellaneous.  The names "Vintage Mutual Funds, Inc." and Directors of the
     Vintage Mutual Funds,  Inc." refer  respectively to the Company created and
     the  Directors,  as  directors  but not  individually  or  personally.  The
     obligations of the Company entered into in the name or on behalf thereof by
     any of the Directors,  representatives or agents are made not individually,
     but in such  capacities,  and are not  binding  upon any of the  Directors,
     Shareholders or  representatives of the Company  personally,  but bind only
     the  assets of the  Company,  and all  persons  dealing  with any series of
     shares of the  Company  must  look  solely  to the  assets  of the  Company
     belonging  to such  series for the  enforcement  of any claims  against the
     Company.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have caused this instrument to
     be executed by their officers designated below as of the day and year first
     above written.

Vintage Mutual Funds, Inc.
/s/________________________________
By:________________________________
Title:_____________________________


Investors Management Group
/s/________________________________
By:________________________________
Title:_____________________________

                                Schedule A to the
                          Investment Advisory Agreement
                   Between the Vintage Mutual Funds, Inc. and
                           Investors Management Group

         Name of Fund                              Compensation

Institutional Reserves Fund      Annual  rate  of  thirty-five  one-hundredths
                                 of one percent (0.35%) of the average daily net
                                 assets of such Fund.

Government Assets Fund           Annual rate of forty one-hundredths of one
                                 percent (0.40%) of the average daily net
                                 assets of such Fund.

Liquid Assets Fund               Annual rate of thirty-five one-hundredths
                                 of one percent (0.35%) of the average
                                 daily net assets of such Fund.

Municipal Assets Fund            Annual rate of thirty-five one-hundredths
                                 of one percent (0.35%) of the average
                                 daily net assets of such Fund.

Vintage Limited Term Bond Fund   Annual rate of fifty one-hundredths of one
                                 percent (0.50%) of the average daily net
                                 assets of such Fund.

Vintage Bond Fund                Annual rate of fifty-five one-hundredths
                                 of one percent (0.55%) of the average
                                 daily net assets of such Fund

Vintage Income Fund              Annual rate of sixty one-hundredths of one
                                 percent (0.60%) of the average daily net
                                 assets of such Fund.

Vintage Municipal Bond Fund      Annual rate of fifty one-hundredths of one
                                 percent (0.50%) of the average daily net
                                 assets of such Fund.

Vintage Balanced Fund            Annual rate of seventy-five one-hundredths
                                 of one percent (0.75%) of the average
                                 daily net assets of such Fund.

Vintage Equity Fund              Annual rate of seventy-five one-hundredths
                                 of one percent (0.75%) of the average
                                 daily net assets of such Fund.

Vintage Aggressive Growth Fund   Annual rate of ninety-five one-hundredths
                                 of one percent (0.95%)of the average
                                 daily net assets of such Fund.


* All fees are computed daily and paid monthly.







As amended March 30, 2000.


                   AMENDMENT TO INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT

     Vintage  Mutual  Funds,  Inc.,  a  Maryland  corporation   ("Company")  and
Investors Management Group, a federally registered investment adviser having its
place of business in Des Moines,  Iowa ("Investment  Adviser") hereby enter into
this  amendment  to that  certain  Investment  Advisory  Agreement  dated  as of
February 13, 1998, by and between them ("Agreement").

     WHEREAS, the parties have agreed that the provisions relating to limitation
of liability set forth in Paragraph 8 of the  Agreement,  should be clarified to
prohibit limitation of liability for the Investment Adviser's negligence.

     NOW THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the continuation of the Agreement and
the mutual agreements contained here, the parties agree as follows;

1.   The parties  agree and confirm the  continuation  of the  Agreement  on the
     terms and  conditions  set  forth  therein,  except  as they may  relate to
     Paragraph 8 thereof.

2.   Paragraph 8 of the  Agreement  is hereby  amended and  restated as follows,
     such  amended and restated  Paragraph 8  superceding  and  replacing in all
     respects Paragraph 8 of the Agreement:

"8.  Limitation of Liability

          The  Investment  Adviser shall not be liable for any error of judgment
          or mistake of law or for any loss  suffered by the Funds in connection
          with the performance of this Agreement, except a loss resulting from a
          breach of fiduciary  duty with respect to the receipt of  compensation
          for services or a loss resulting from willful  misfeasance,  bad faith
          or negligence on the part of the Investment Adviser in the performance
          of its duties or from reckless  disregard by it of its obligations and
          duties under this Agreement."








     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have caused this  instrument to be
executed by the officers  designated  below,  as of the day and year  previously
written.


                   VINTAGE MUTUAL FUNDS, INC.

                   By:_/s/_____________________________

                   Title:______________________________




                   INVESTORS MANAGEMENT GROUP, LTD.

                   By:_/s/_____________________________

                   Title:______________________________







                              VINTAGE MUTUAL FUNDS
                        INSTITUTIONAL CUSTODY AGREEMENT

VINTAGE  MUTUAL FUNDS (the  "Principal")  hereby  requests  Union Bank and Trust
Company (the "Agent") to open and maintain an agency account (the  "Account") in
the name of the Principal(s), subject to the following terms and conditions:

1.   The Agent shall hold in safekeeping all stocks,  bonds and other securities
     from time to time delivered to it or purchased for the Account. In addition
     thereto,  the  Agent  shall  establish  a cash  account  in which  any cash
     delivered to it or received by it shall be held.

2.   The Agent shall receive payment of income on the securities and investments
     held in the Account.  The Agent is also  authorized at the direction of the
     Principal(s) to invest both income and principal in accordance with prudent
     investment  practices as recognized or established  under Nebraska law. The
     Agent may receive  investment  instructions  orally or in writing  from the
     Principal(s).  Otherwise,  the  Agent  shall  have  no  discretion  in  the
     management of the Account, and without prior consultation or approval,  the
     Agent shall make no investment changes other than to keep money temporarily
     invested  in  a  money  market  mutual  fund  offered  by  the  Agent.  The
     investments  in the Account  will not be subject to trust law as to quality
     or diversification.  Agent is also authorized by the Principal(s) to invest
     in mutual funds managed by or offered by the Agent once approved in writing
     by the Principal(s).

3.   The Agent may retain  assets held in the Account and is authorized to sell,
     settle or transfer any  securities for the Account with the oral or written
     direction  of the  Principal(s).  The  Agent  is also  authorized  to place
     securities in its nominee name and deliver such  securities to a depository
     for safekeeping. The Agent may be required by federal regulations to supply
     to  the  Principal(s),  within  five  business  days,  notification  of any
     securities  transactions  effected  on  behalf  of  the  Principal(s).  The
     Principal(s) hereby waives any such right to notification.  The Agent shall
     make available to the Principal(s) a statement on a quarterly basis showing
     all receipts  and  disbursements,  along with  information  concerning  the
     purchase or sale of any securities in the Account.  The Agent shall execute
     proxies as Agent for the Principal(s).  Orders for the purchase and sale of
     stocks,  bonds,  mortgages  and other  securities  shall be placed  for the
     Account at the risk of the Principal(s). The Agent shall not be responsible
     for  any  act  or  omission  of  any  broker  or  similar  agent  whom  the
     Principal(s)  may designate or the Agent may employ,  to purchase,  sell or
     perform any act with  respect to any  stocks,  bonds,  mortgages  and other
     securities at any time held in the Account.

4.   The Agent shall be paid a fee in accordance with its published  schedule of
     fees from time to time in effect. The Agent and Principal(s) may enter into
     another arrangement for fees as long as both parties agree in writing.

5.   The Agreement may be amended,  revoked or terminated at any time, effective
     upon  receipt of written  notice by the Agent  from the  Principal(s).  The
     Agent also reserves the right to amend or terminate  this  Agreement at any
     time,  such  amendment or termination to be effective upon ninety (90) days
     after  mailing of written  notice to the  Principal(s).  Upon  termination,
     securities,  other  investments  and  cash  held in the  Account  shall  be
     delivered  by  the  Agent  to  the  Principal(s)  only  upon  receiving  an
     appropriate  receipt therefore and upon payment to the Agent of any balance
     which may be due and owing to the Agent by the Principal(s).


6.   THE  AGENT IN NO WAY  GUARANTEES  THE  PERFORMANCE  OR SAFETY OF ANY OF THE
     INVESTMENTS  PURCHASED  FOR  THE  ACCOUNT,  AND  SUCH  INVESTMENTS  DO  NOT
     CONSTITUTE  DEPOSITS OR  OBLIGATIONS  OF THE AGENT.  THE  INVESTMENTS TO BE
     PURCHASED IN THE ACCOUNT ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL  DEPOSIT  INSURANCE
     CORPORATION  (FDIC),  AND THE PRINCIPAL IS NOT  GUARANTEED  OR INSURED.  AS
     SUCH, THE INVESTMENTS  THAT WILL BE PLACED INTO THE ACCOUNT INVOLVE CERTAIN
     RISKS INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


                           DATED this__________day of ________________, 2000.



                                            VINTAGE MUTUAL FUNDS

                                            _______________________________
                                            By:



ACCEPTED AND APPROVED
Union Bank & Trust Company, Agent

By: _____________________________

Title: ____________________________



                                 LEGAL OPINION

                                   May 2, 2000


Vintage Mutual Funds, Inc.
2203 Grand Avenue
Des Moines, Iowa 50312-5338

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     We have acted as special  Maryland  counsel to Vintage  Mutual Funds,  Inc.
("Vintage"),  a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Maryland on
November 16, 1994.  Vintage is  authorized  to issue  100,000,000,000  shares of
capital stock (each a "Share" and collectively,  the "Shares"), $0.001 par value
per  Share,  which have been  classified  into 12 series  (each a  "Series"  and
collectively,  the "Series").  The designations of the 12 Series are as follows:
(1) IMG Core Stock Fund,  consisting  of  800,000,000  Shares;  (2) Vintage Bond
Fund,  consisting of 800,000,000  Shares; (3) Liquid Assets Fund,  consisting of
5,000,000,000  Shares;  (4) Municipal  Assets Fund,  consisting of 5,000,000,000
Shares; (5) Vintage Government Assets Fund,  consisting of 5,000,000,000 Shares;
(6)  Vintage  Income  Fund,  consisting  of  1,600,000,000  Shares;  (7) Vintage
Municipal  Bond Fund,  consisting of  1,600,000,000  Shares;  (8) Vintage Equity
Fund,  consisting of 1,600,000,000 Shares; (9) Vintage Balanced Fund, consisting
of 1,600,000,000  Shares;  (10) Vintage  Aggressive  Growth Fund,  consisting of
1,600,000,000  Shares;  (11)  Vintage  Limited  Term Bond  Fund,  consisting  of
1,600,000,000  Shares  and  (12)  Institutional  Reserves  Fund,  consisting  of
5,000,000,000 Shares.

     The  Institutional  Reserves  Fund Series is further  classified  into four
classes of Shares as follows:  1,250,000,000 Class A Shares, 1,250,000,000 Class
B Shares, 1,250,000,000 Class C Shares and 1,250,000,000 Class D Shares.

     We understand  that you intend to file  forthwith  with the  Securities and
Exchange Commission,  on Form N-1A, Post Effective Amendment No. 16 to Vintage's
Registration  Statement  under  the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended  (the
"Securities Act"), and Amendment No. 19 to Vintage's  Registration  Statement on
Form N-1A under the Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "Investment
Company Act") (collectively,  the "Registration Statement"),  in connection with
the  continuous  offering on and after May 3, 2000, of the Class A Shares of the
Institutional  Reserves  Fund. We understand  that our opinion is required to be
filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

     In rendering the opinions set forth below,  we have  examined  originals or
copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction,  of the following
documents:

          (i)  the Registration Statement;

          (ii) the Charter and Bylaws of Vintage;

          (iii)a certificate of Vintage  regarding certain matters in connection
               with this opinion (the "Certificate");

          (iv) a certificate of the Maryland State Department of Assessments and
               Taxation dated May 1, 2000 to the effect that the Vintage is duly
               incorporated and existing under the laws of the State of Maryland
               and is in good standing and duly authorized to transact  business
               in the State of Maryland (the "Good Standing Certificate"); and

          (v)  such other documents and matters as we have deemed  necessary and
               appropriate to render this opinion,  subject to the  limitations,
               assumptions and qualifications contained herein.

          As to any  facts  or  questions  of  fact  material  to  the  opinions
     expressed herein, we have relied  exclusively upon the aforesaid  documents
     and certificates,  and  representations and declarations of the officers or
     other representatives of Vintage. We have made no independent investigation
     whatsoever as to such factual matters.

In reaching the opinions set forth below, we have assumed,  without  independent
investigation or inquiry, that:

(a)  all  documents  submitted to us as originals are  authentic;  all documents
     submitted to us as certified or photostatic  copies conform to the original
     documents;  all signatures on all documents submitted to us for examination
     are genuine; and all documents and public records reviewed are accurate and
     complete;

(b)  all representations, warranties, certifications and statements with respect
     to  matters  of fact and  other  factual  information  (i)  made by  public
     officers; or (ii) made by officers or representatives of Vintage, including
     certifications  made in the Certificate,  are accurate,  true,  correct and
     complete in all material respects;

(c)  as of the date  hereof,  at least  one  Class A Share of the  Institutional
     Reserves Fund has been legally and validly issued,  and such share is fully
     paid and non-assessable; and

(d)  at no time prior to and  including  the date when all of the Class A Shares
     of the  Institutional  Reserves  Fund Series are issued will (i)  Vintage's
     Charter,  Bylaws or the  existing  corporate  authorization  to issue  such
     Shares be amended, repealed or revoked; (ii) the total number of the issued
     Shares exceed 100,000,000,000;  (iii) the total number of the issued Shares
     of the Institutional Reserves Fund exceed 5,000,000,000;  or (iv) the total
     number of issued  Shares of any Class of the  Institutional  Reserves  Fund
     exceed 1,250,000,000.

          Based on our review of the  foregoing  and subject to the  assumptions
     and qualifications set forth herein, it is our opinion that, as of the date
     of this letter:

1.   Vintage is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and, based solely
     on the Good Standing  Certificate,  in good standing  under the laws of the
     State of Maryland.

2.   The issuance and sale of the Class A Shares of the  Institutional  Reserves
     Fund have been  duly and  validly  authorized  by all  necessary  corporate
     action on the part of Vintage.

3.   The Class A Shares of the Institutional Reserves Fund, when issued and sold
     by  Vintage  for  cash   consideration   pursuant  to  and  in  the  manner
     contemplated  by the  Registration  Statement,  will be legally and validly
     issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

          In addition to the  qualifications  set forth above,  the opinions set
     forth herein are also subject to the following qualifications:

          We express no opinion as to compliance  with the  Securities  Act, the
     Investment  Company Act or the securities laws of any state with respect to
     the issuance of Shares of Vintage.  The opinions  expressed  herein concern
     only the effect of the laws  (excluding the principles of conflict of laws)
     of the State of Maryland as currently in effect. We assume no obligation to
     supplement  this  opinion  if any  applicable  laws  change  after the date
     hereof,  or if we become  aware of any facts that might change the opinions
     expressed herein after the date hereof.

          We hereby  consent to the filing of this  opinion as an exhibit to the
     Registration  Statement.  In giving such  consent,  we do not thereby admit
     that we are in the  category of persons  whose  consent is  required  under
     Section 7 of the Act.


                                Sincerely yours,

                                /s/ Ober, Kaler, Grimes & Shriver,
                                A Professional Corporation


                         CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITOR


We hereby  consent to the use of our report dated April 30,  1999,  on the March
31, 1999 financial statements of the Vintage Mutual Funds., referred to therein,
which is incorporated by reference,  in  Post-Effective  Amendment No. 16 to the
Registration  Statement  on Form  N-1A,  File No.  33-87498  as  filed  with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.




McGladrey & Pullen, LLP

New York, New York
May 3, 2000





1

            AMENDED AND RESTATED PLAN ADOPTED PURSUANT TO RULE 18F-3
                           PROVIDING FOR THE ISSUANCE
                          OF MULTIPLE CLASSES OF SHARES

                         ADOPTED AS OF NOVEMBER 17, 1999
                            BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

This Amended and Restated Plan amends and restates the Plan Adopted  Pursuant to
Rule 18f-3 on  November  3,  1997.  The Plan is being  amended  to  reflect  the
addition of a new Fund series, referred to as "Institutional Reserves Fund."

A.       SUMMARY OF MULTI-CLASS STRUCTURE.

     In  order to  accommodate  the  requirements  of a  variety  of  groups  of
investors in a  cost-efficient  and equitable  manner,  the Company may offer an
unlimited  number of classes or series of new Shares  ("new  Classes")  in their
existing  and  future  investment  portfolios.  These  might be  offered  (1) in
connection  with a plan or plans  adopted  pursuant  to Rule 12b-1 under the Act
(the "12b-1 Plan(s)") and/or (2) in connection with a non-Rule 12b-1 shareholder
services  plan or plans  (the  "Shareholder  Services  Plan(s)");  and/or (3) in
connection with the allocation of certain expenses (referred to herein as "Class
Expenses")  that  are  directly  attributable  only to  certain  of such  new or
existing  class(es) and (4) subject to certain  conversion  features.  The 12b-1
Plan(s) and the Shareholder Services Plan(s) are sometimes collectively referred
to herein as "Plans"1.  Any references  herein to "Board of Directors"  shall be
deemed to include the Board of Directors of the Company.

     Each class of Shares in the  Portfolio  is intended to bear Class  Expenses
which are related to the level of services  provided  to the  investors  in such
Portfolio. Currently, Shares are anticipated to bear the expense of a 12b-1 Plan
fee. In addition,  Trust Shares would bear the expense of a Shareholder Services
Plan,  including a service fee as defined in Article III, Section 2(b)(9) of the
National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers,  Inc.'s  ("NASD")  Rules of Fair
Practice of up to 0.25% of the average annual net asset value of the Portfolio's
outstanding Trust Shares.

DESCRIPTION OF CLASSES OF SHARES REPRESENTING INTERESTS IN THE PORTFOLIOS.

     As a result of increased  competition  for the assets of public  investors,
the Board of Directors  believes that it is imperative  that the Company be able
to tailor its services and expenses,  to the extent possible,  to the investment
needs of the particular investor.

     Except for its class  designation,  the  allocation  of  certain  expenses,
voting rights,  differences in exchange  privileges,  and conversion features as
described  below,  each class of Shares  would be  identical in all respects and
would be subject to the same investment objective, policies and limitations that
apply to the existing  class of Shares or other  class(es) of Shares in the same
Portfolio.  The net asset value per share in each Portfolio  would be calculated
and would be  determined in the same manner and on the same days and at the same
times, regardless of class; the net investment income and capital gains, if any,
of  each  Portfolio  would  be  declared  and  paid  at the  same  times  to all
shareholders of the Portfolio;  and expenses, other than Plan payments and Class
Expenses  described  below,  would be borne on a pro rata basis by each class on
the basis of the relative net asset value of the respective class.

B.       UNLIMITED NUMBER OF CLASSES

     The Company is permitted to offer an unlimited  number of classes of Shares
in its existing and future investment Portfolios. These classes might be offered
(1) in connection  with a 12b-1 Plan or Plans;  and/or (2) in connection  with a
Shareholder Services Plan or Plans; and/or (3) in connection with the allocation
of certain Class Expenses attributable directly only to certain of such classes;
and/or (4) subject to certain conversion features.

C.       12B-1 PLAN(S) AND SHAREHOLDER SERVICES PLAN(S).

     With respect to each class,  the Company  could adopt a 12b-1 Plan and/or a
Shareholder  Services  Plan  concerning  the  financing  of  marketing  programs
intended to result in the sale of Shares (for  example,  the payment of printing
costs for  prospectuses  and sales  literature)  and the  provision  of  various
distribution  and  administrative  services.  Such  services  might be  provided
directly  by  a  Company's  distributor  and/or  administrator,  or  by  groups,
organizations  or  institutions   ("Organizations")   which  have  entered  into
agreements   (collectively,   "Plan   Agreements")  with  that  Company  or  its
distributor  or  administrator  concerning  the  provision  of  services  to the
clients,  members  or  customers  of such  Organizations  who from  time to time
beneficially own Shares of a particular class ("Class Shareholders").

     Organizations  may charge other fees  directly to their Class  Shareholders
who are  the  beneficial  owners  of  Shares  in  connection  with  their  Class
Shareholder accounts. These fees would be in addition to any amounts received by
the Organization under a Plan Agreement with a Company.  Under the terms of such
Plan  Agreements,  Organizations  would  be  required  to  provide  their  Class
Shareholders  with a schedule of fees charged to such Class  Shareholders  which
relate to their investments in Shares.

D.       NO DUPLICATION OF SERVICES.

     The provision of services under the Plans would augment or replace (and not
be duplicative  of) the services  otherwise  provided by a Company's  investment
adviser,  transfer  agent and  administrator.  The  services  provided  by these
service  contractors  generally relate either to the internal  operations of the
Company (for example, investment of assets and maintenance of books and records)
or to the Company's  relationships with the shareholders of record (for example,
the   transmission  of  proxy  materials  and  shareholder   reports  to  record
shareholders,  and the processing of purchase and redemption  orders from record
shareholders),  or are otherwise  intended to benefit all classes of Shares in a
Portfolio. On the other hand, the support services described above that would be
provided pursuant to the Shareholder  Services Plan(s) will relate either to the
indirect  relationship between a Company and the beneficial owners of Shares, or
to the services available only to certain Share classes. Similarly,  payments by
a Company for distribution  activities that are authorized by a 12b-1 Plan would
be for distribution-related  expenses and services undertaken in connection with
the sale of Shares covered by the Plan.  When a class is subject to both a 12b-1
Plan and a Shareholder  Services  Plan, the provision of services under one Plan
would augment (and not be duplicative of) the services  provided under the other
Plan.

E.       PLAN PAYMENTS.

     With  respect  to each  class,  the  Company  could  pay  its  distributor,
administrator  or  Organizations  for  expenses,   services  and  assistance  in
accordance  with the terms of the  particular  Plan  (such  payments  are herein
referred to as "Plan  Payments")  and such Plan Payments would be borne entirely
by the  beneficial  owners of the class of the  Portfolio  to which the payments
relate.  The maximum  level of payments made pursuant to a Plan might vary based
upon an independent  determination by the Board of Directors and, in the case of
a 12b-1 Plan,  subject to  shareholder  approval of the affected  class.  In all
cases,  however,  the Company  shall comply with Article III,  Section 26 of the
Rules of Fair  Practice  of the NASD as it  relates  to the  maximum  amount  of
asset-based  sales charges and service fees that may be imposed by an investment
company,  when and in the form (as amended from time to time) the  provisions of
such Rules  relating to such charges become  effective,  and for as long as they
remain in effect.

F.       ALLOCATION OF EXPENSES.

     Expenses  of the  Company  that can not be  attributed  directly to any one
Portfolio ("Company Expenses") shall be allocated to each Portfolio based on the
relative  net assets of such  Portfolio  or as  otherwise  determined  under the
supervision  of its Board of Directors.  Company  Expenses  could  include,  for
example,  directors'  fees and  expenses,  audit fees and legal fees,  insurance
premiums,   SEC  and  state  blue  sky  registration  fees,  and  dues  paid  to
organizations such as the Investment Company Institute.

     Certain expenses may be attributable to a Portfolio but not to a particular
class  ("Portfolio  Expenses").  All such  Portfolio  Expenses  incurred  by the
Portfolio  shall be  allocated  to each class on the basis of the  relative  net
asset value of the respective classes in the Portfolio. Portfolio Expenses could
include, for example,  advisory fees, Portfolio accounting fees, custodian fees,
and fees related to preparation of separate documents of the Portfolio.

     Class Expenses consist of the following types of fees or expenses which the
Company  identifies  and determines  are directly  attributable  to a particular
class and are to be allocated to that class exclusively: (a) transfer agent fees
identified by the transfer  agent as being  attributable  to a specific class of
Shares;  (b) fees and  expenses of the  administrator  that are  identified  and
approved by the Company's Board of Directors as being attributable to a specific
class of Shares;  (c) printing  and postage  expenses  related to preparing  and
distributing materials such as shareholder reports,  prospectuses and proxies to
current  shareholders of a class; (d) blue sky  registration  fees incurred by a
class of Shares;  (e) SEC registration  fees incurred by a class of Shares;  (f)
the expense of administration  personnel and services as required to support the
shareholders  of a specific  class;  (g)  litigation or other legal  expenses or
audit or other accounting  expenses relating solely to one class of Shares;  and
(h)  directors'  fees  incurred  as a result of issues  relating to one class of
Shares.

     To the extent that a class may bear transfer  agency or other  expenses not
being borne by other classes of the same Portfolio, appropriate disclosure would
be included in the applicable Portfolio's prospectus.

     The Company's  investment adviser or other service contractor may choose to
reimburse or waive Class Expenses on certain  classes on a voluntary,  temporary
basis.  The amount of Class  Expenses  waived or  reimbursed  by the  investment
adviser or other service contractor may vary from class to class. Class Expenses
are by their  nature  specific to a given class and  obviously  expected to vary
from  one  class  to  another.  Applicants  believe  that it is  acceptable  and
consistent with shareholder expectations to reimburse or waive Class Expenses at
different levels for different classes of the same Portfolio.

     In addition,  the investment  adviser or other service contractor may waive
or reimburse  Company  Expenses  and/or  Portfolio  Expenses  (with or without a
waiver or  reimbursement  of Class Expenses) but only if the same  proportionate
amount of Company  Expenses and/or  Portfolio  Expenses are waived or reimbursed
for each class of a Portfolio.  Thus,  any Company  Expenses  that are waived or
reimbursed  would be credited to each class of a Portfolio based on the relative
net assets of the classes.  Similarly, any Portfolio Expenses that are waived or
reimbursed  would be credited to each class of that  Portfolio  according to the
relative net assets of the classes.  Company  Expenses  and  Portfolio  Expenses
apply equally to all classes of a given  Portfolio.  Accordingly,  it may not be
appropriate  to waive or reimburse  Company  Expenses or  Portfolio  Expenses at
different levels for different classes of the same portfolio.

     Certain  expenses  shall  be  allocated  differently  if  their  method  of
imposition  changes.  Thus,  if a Class Expense can no longer be attributed to a
class or the Company  determines that it should not be allocated to a particular
class  exclusively,  it will be  charged  as a  Portfolio  Expense  or a Company
Expense,  as  may  be  appropriate;  similarly,  if a  Company  Expense  becomes
attributable to a Portfolio,  it will become a Portfolio Expense.  However,  any
additional Class Expenses (including Plan Payments) not specifically  identified
above which are subsequently  identified and determined to be properly allocated
to one class of Shares shall not be so allocated  until approved by the Board of
Directors.

G.       DIFFERENCES IN NET INCOME PER SHARE: NET ASSET VALUE.

     Because of the Plan  Payments and Class  Expenses that may be borne by each
class of Shares,  the per Share net income of, and  dividends to, each class may
be  different  from the net income of, and  dividends  to, the other  classes of
Shares of the  Portfolio.  For example,  if one class bore the expense of a Plan
Payment  that did not apply to  another  class,  the per Share  net  income  and
dividends  of the former  class would be expected to be lower than the per Share
net income and  dividends of the latter class.  In addition,  and apart from the
allocation of Plan  Payments,  to the extent  aggregate  Class Expenses (such as
transfer  agency fees,  administration  fees and prospectus  printing costs) are
higher with  respect to one class of a  Portfolio,  the per Share net income and
dividends  of that  class  would be lower  than the per  Share  net  income  and
dividends of the other classes of the Portfolio's Shares. Dividends paid to each
class of Shares in a Portfolio would,  however, be declared and paid on the same
days and at the same times, and, except as noted with respect to the expenses of
Plan  Payments and Class  Expenses,  would be  determined in the same manner and
paid in the same amounts.

The net asset value of all  outstanding  Shares in a Portfolio would be computed
on the same days and at the same times.

     The  issuance of multiple  classes of shares as  described  herein shall be
subject to the requirements of Rule 18f-3 and to the following conditions:

     1. Each class of Shares  representing  interests in the same Portfolio of a
Company will be identical in all respects,  except as set forth below.  The only
differences  between  the  classes of Shares of the same  Portfolio  will relate
solely to (a) the impact of (i) expenses assessed to a class pursuant to a Plan,
(ii) other  Class  Expenses  which would be limited to (A)  transfer  agent fees
identified by the transfer  agent as being  attributable  to a specific class of
Shares;  (B) fees and expenses of a Company's  administrator that are identified
and approved by the  Company's  Board of Directors  as being  attributable  to a
specific class of Shares; (C) printing and postage expenses related to preparing
and distributing materials such as shareholder reports, prospectuses and proxies
to current shareholders of a class; (D) blue sky registration fees incurred by a
class of Shares;  (E) SEC registration  fees incurred by a class of Shares;  (F)
the expense of administrative  personnel and services as required to support the
shareholders  of a specific  class;  (G)  litigation or other legal  expenses or
audit or other accounting  expenses relating solely to one class of Shares;  and
(H)  directors'  fees  incurred  as a result of issues  relating no one class of
Shares; and (iii) any other incremental  expenses  subsequently  identified that
should be properly  allocated  to one class (b) the fact that the  classes  will
vote separately with respect to a Portfolio's  Plans,  except as provided below;
and (c) the designation of each class of Shares of a Portfolio.

     2. Any Shareholder Services Plan will be adopted and operated in accordance
with  the  procedures  set  forth  in  Rule  12b-1(b)  through  (f)  as  if  the
expenditures   made  thereunder   were  subject  to  Rule  12b-1,   except  that
shareholders need not enjoy the voting rights specified in Rule 12b-1.

     3. The Board of Directors  shall receive  quarterly  and annual  statements
concerning  distribution and shareholder servicing  expenditures  complying with
paragraph  (b)(3)(ii) of Rule 12b-1,  as it may be amended from time to time. In
the statements, only expenditures properly attributable to the sale or servicing
of a  particular  class of Shares  will be used to justify any  distribution  or
servicing  expenditure  charged to that class.  Expenditures  not related to the
sale or servicing of a particular  class will not be presented to the  directors
to justify any fee  attributable to that class.  The  statements,  including the
allocations  upon  which  they are  based,  will be  subject  to the  review and
approval of the independent directors in the exercise of their fiduciary duties.

     4.  Dividends paid by a Portfolio with respect to each class of its Shares,
to the extent any dividends are paid, will be calculated in the same manner,  at
the same time, on the same day, and will be in the same amount, except that Plan
Payments  relating  to each  respective  class of Shares and the Class  Expenses
relating to each class of Shares will be borne exclusively by that class.

     5. The  Administrator  shall have  adequate  facilities  in place to ensure
implementation  of the  methodology and procedures for calculating the net asset
value and dividends and  distributions  of the various classes of Shares and the
proper allocation of expenses among the classes of Shares.

     6. The Distributor of the Company will adopt  compliance  standards for any
Portfolio  which has a multi-class  system,  which standards will relate to when
each class of Shares may appropriately be sold to particular investors.

     7. Each Portfolio having a multi-class  system will disclose the respective
expenses, performance data, distribution arrangements, services, fees, front-end
sales loads, CDSCs,  conversion features,  and exchange privileges applicable to
each  class of  Shares  in a  Portfolio  in every  prospectus  relating  to such
Portfolio,  regardless of whether all classes of Shares are offered through each
prospectus.  Each such  Portfolio  will  disclose  the  respective  expenses and
performance  data  applicable  to all classes of Shares in a Portfolio  in every
shareholder report relating to such Portfolio.  The shareholder reports for each
such  Portfolio  will contain,  in the statement of assets and  liabilities  and
statement  of  operations,  information  related  to the  Portfolio  as a  whole
generally  and not on a per  class  basis  (each  Portfolio's  per  Share  data,
however,  will be prepared  on a per class basis with  respect to all classes of
Shares of such Portfolio).  To the extent any  advertisement or sales literature
describes the expenses or performance data applicable to any class of Shares, it
will also disclose the respective expenses and/or performance data applicable to
all  classes  of  Shares.  The  information   provided  by  the  Applicants  for
publication  in any newspaper or similar  listing of any  Portfolio's  net asset
value and public offering price will present each class of Shares separately.

     8. As of the date hereof  classes are authorized as set forth below for the
Company's presently existing and pending Funds:

     Institutional Reserves Fund -a single class designated Class A shares with
the expenses described in the Fund's Registration Statement.

     Government  Assets Fund -a single class  designated  Trust Shares with the
expenses described in the Fund's Registration Statement.

     Liquid Assets Fund - four classes  designated  Sweep Shares,  Trust Shares,
Institutional  Shares and S2 Shares,  with the class level expenses described in
the Fund's Registration Statement.

     Municipal Assets Fund - three classes designated Sweep Shares, Trust Shares
and Institutional  Shares, with the class level expenses described in the Fund's
Registration Statement.

     Vintage  Limited  Term Bond Fund - single class  designated  Class A Shares
with the expenses described in the Fund's Registration  Statement.  Vintage Bond
Fund - single class designated Class A Shares with the expenses described in the
Fund's Registration Statement.

     Vintage  Income  Fund - single  class  designated  Class A Shares  with the
expenses described in the Fund's Registration Statement.

     Vintage  Municipal Bond Fund - single class  designated Class A Shares with
the expenses described in the Fund's Registration Statement.

     Vintage  Balanced  Fund - single class  designated  Class A Shares with the
expenses described in the Fund's Registration Statement.

     Vintage  Equity Fund - two classes  designated "S" Shares and Trust Shares,
with the class level expenses described in the Fund's Registration Statement.

     Vintage  Aggressive  Growth Fund - single class  designated  Class A Shares
with the expenses described in the Fund's Registration Statement.

- -------

1 The Company will not implement the multiple  class  structure  with respect to
any Portfolio or allocated  Class  Expenses  until after the Company  amends its
Registration  Statement  as  necessary  to reflect the  offering  of  additional
classes of Shares in a Portfolio.




                           VINTAGE MUTUAL FUNDS, INC.

                                 CODE OF ETHICS


I.       Legal Requirements

A.   Rule 17j-1(a) under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "Act") makes it
     unlawful for any affiliated person of Vintage Mutual Funds, Inc. ("Funds"),
     the Funds'  investment  adviser,  or the Funds'  principal  underwriter  in
     connection with the purchase or sale, directly or indirectly, of a security
     held or to be acquired by any investment portfolio of the Funds;

1.   To employ any device, scheme, or artifice to defraud the Funds;

2.   To make to the Funds any untrue statement of material fact or omit to state
     to the Funds a  material  fact  necessary  in order to make the  statements
     made,  in  light of the  circumstances  under  which  they  are  made,  not
     misleading;

3.   To engage in any act,  practice,  or course of business  which  operates or
     would operate as a fraud or deceit upon the Funds; or

4.   To engage in any manipulative practice with respect to the Funds.

A security is "held or to be  acquired" if within the most recent 15 days it (i)
is or has been held by the Funds, or (ii) is being or has been considered by the
Funds or its  investment  adviser for purchase by the Funds.  A purchase or sale
includes the writing of an option to purchase or sell.

B. Amendments to Rule 17j-1 of the Act dated August 20, 1999,  effective October
29, 1999 and phased in beginning March 1, 2000 are as follows:

1.   The Funds'  board of  directors  must  approve the Funds' code of ethics as
     well as the codes of any investment adviser or principal underwriter to the
     Funds.

2.   The board must  review  annual  reports  from the Funds and any  investment
     adviser or principal  underwriter to the funds regarding problems that have
     arisen under the codes during the past year.

3.   The Funds'  personnel  must provide an initial  report of their  securities
     holdings  to their  employers  when they become  access  persons and annual
     reports thereafter.

4.   Portfolio  managers  and others who  participate  in the Funds'  investment
     decisions  must obtain  advance  approval for an  investment  in an initial
     public offering or private placement.

5.   The Funds' must disclose in its registration statement the Funds' policy on
     employees' personal investment  activities,  as well as the policies of any
     investment adviser or principal underwriter to the Funds.

6.   The Funds' must also disclose in its  registration  statement a copy of the
     Funds' code of ethics, and the codes of any investment adviser or principal
     underwriter to the Funds.

II.      Group Policy

A.   It is the policy of the Funds that no "access  person"1  of the Funds shall
     engage in any act,  practice  or course or conduct  that would  violate the
     provisions of Rule 17j-1(a) as previously set forth.

B.   It is the policy of the Funds that no "access  person"  shall engage in any
     of the following practices (provided,  however, that access persons who are
     affiliated persons of an investment adviser or principal underwriter to the
     Funds  shall not be subject to these  prohibitions  since such  persons are
     subject  to the Code of Ethics  of either  the  investment  adviser  or the
     principal underwriter):

(a)  Purchasing or selling,  for his or her own account,  a security on a day on
     which a Fund has, to the actual  knowledge of such access person, a pending
     buy or sell order in that same security;

(b)  Serve as a director of any public company  without  disclosing such fact to
     the President of the Funds.

III. Procedures

A.   In order to provide the Funds with  information  to enable it to  determine
     with reasonable assurance whether the provisions of Rule 17j-1(a) are being
     observed by its access persons:

1)   Each  access  person of the  Funds,  other  than a  director  who is not an
     "interested  person"  (as  defined  in the Act),  shall  submit  reports as
     described in Exhibit A ("Securities Transactions Reporting Process") to the
     Funds' Secretary, who is IMG's Compliance Officer, showing all transactions
     in "reportable  securities"  (as  hereinafter  defined) in which the person
     has,  or by reason of such  transaction  acquires,  any direct or  indirect
     beneficial  ownership2.  Such reports  shall be filed no later than 10 days
     after the end of each calendar quarter, but need not show transactions over
     which such person had no direct or indirect influence or control.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any access person who is an officer,  director or
employee or other  affiliated  person of an investment  adviser or the principal
underwriter of the Funds, shall submit reports in accordance with such adviser's
or such underwriter's Code of Ethics, as the case may be, and not this Code.

2)   Each director who is not an "interested person" of the Funds shall complete
     the same quarterly  reporting  process as required under paragraph (a), but
     only for a transaction in a reportable security where such director knew at
     the time of the  transaction  of,  in the  ordinary  course  of  fulfilling
     official  duties as a  director,  should  have known that during the 15-day
     period  immediately  preceding or after the date of the  transaction,  such
     security is or was purchased or sold,  or considered  for purchase or sale,
     by the Funds. No report is required if the director had no direct influence
     or control over the transaction.

B.   In  light  of  the  present  investment  objectives  and  policies  of  the
     respective  Funds,  the Funds do not believe that personal  transactions by
     its access persons in any securities  other than securities which the Funds
     are  permitted  to  purchase   would  be   prohibited  by  Rule   17j-1(a).
     Accordingly, for purposes of subparagraphs (a) and (b) above, a "reportable
     security"  includes only  securities  which the Funds would be permitted to
     acquire under its investment  objectives and policies set forth in its then
     current  prospectus  under the Securities Act of 1933, and does not include
     securities  issued or  guaranteed  by the  United  States  Government,  its
     agencies or instrumentalities,  bankers' acceptances,  bank certificates of
     deposit, and commercial paper, and shares of registered open-end investment
     companies.  In the  event  the  aforementioned  investment  objectives  and
     policies change in the future, the Board would reconsider the scope of this
     reporting requirement in light of such change and Rule 17j-1.

1.   The Funds' Secretary shall notify each "access person" of the Funds who may
     be  required  to make  reports  pursuant  to this Code that such  person is
     subject to this reporting requirement and shall deliver a copy of this Code
     to each such person.

2.   The Funds' Secretary shall report to the Board of Directors:

(a)  at the next  meeting  following  the  receipt of any  completed  Securities
     Transaction  Reporting  Process  information  with respect to each reported
     transaction  in a security  which was held or  acquired by a Fund within 15
     days  before or after  the date of the  reported  transaction  or at a time
     when, to the knowledge of the Funds'  Secretary,  a Fund, or the respective
     investment  adviser of a Fund, was considering the purchase or sale of such
     security;

(b)  with respect to any transaction not required to be reported to the Board by
     the  operation  of  subparagraph  (a) that the  Funds'  Secretary  believes
     nonetheless may evidence a violation of this Code; and

(c)  any apparent violation of the reporting requirement.

3.   The Funds' Secretary shall submit to the Board of Directors of the Funds no
     less  frequently  than  annually  a written  report,  Quarterly  Investment
     Compliance Report (Exhibit B), which:

a.   Describes any issues  arising under the code of ethics or procedures  since
     the last report to the Board of Directors,  including, but not ,limited to,
     information  about  material  violations  of the  code  or  procedures  and
     sanctions imposed in response to the material violations; and

b.   Certifies that the Funds have adopted  procedures  reasonably  necessary to
     prevent Access Persons from violation of the code of ethics.

4.   The Board shall consider  reports made to it hereunder and shall  determine
     whether the policies established in Section B above have been violated, and
     what  sanctions,  if any,  should be imposed.  The Board  shall  review the
     operation of this policy at least once a year.

5.   This  Code,  a copy  of each  completed  Securities  Transaction  Reporting
     Process  by an access  person  and lists of all  persons  required  to make
     reports shall be preserved with the Funds' records for the period  required
     by Rule 17j-1.
                                                                       EXHIBIT A

                           Vintage Mutual Funds, Inc.

                 SECURITIES TRANSACTION REPORTING PROCESS FORMAT

The Compliance  Officer will prepare an email detailing the transactions for the
period for each person required to report  securities  transactions.  This email
will be sent to the reporting person on some business day prior to the tenth day
after each quarter end. The reporting person is required to respond via email to
the Compliance  Officer by or on the tenth  business day of the month  following
quarter-end. The format for the report will be similar to the following:

Date  Quantity          Name of       Purchase or      Name of
     of Security       Security         Sale         Broker, Dealer or Bank
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


This report excludes (i) transactions in U.S.  government  securities,  bankers'
acceptance,  bank  certificates  of  deposit,  commercial  paper  and  shares of
registered open-end  investment  companies;  (ii) transactions  effected for any
account over which such person does not have any direct or indirect influence or
control;  (iii)  transactions in securities  which the Funds are not eligible to
purchase or sell; (iv) transactions  which are non-volitional on the part of the
Access Person of the Fund; (v) transactions  effected  pursuant to any automatic
dividend  reinvestment plan or payroll deduction plan or other similar automatic
investment  program;  or (iv) transactions  effected  involving the purchase and
sale of AMCORE Financial,  Inc. stock. All other securities transactions must be
reported.  This  report  is not an  admission  that I have or had any  direct or
indirect  beneficial  ownership in the securities listed.  Security  transaction
report must be transmitted by or on the 10th of the month following quarter-end.

                          PRE-CLEARANCE PROCESS FORMAT

The  individual  requesting  approval  to  proceed  with a trade  will email the
Compliance  Officer with the details of the transaction  (quantity,  issue,  and
purchase/sale).  The  Compliance  Officer will contact the Equity Trader and the
appropriate  Fund managers via email to pre-clear the  transaction  in a certain
time frame (a minimum of two hours).  The Compliance Officer will communicate to
the individual via email whether to proceed with the transaction.

                                                                       EXHIBIT B

                           VINTAGE MUTUAL FUNDS, INC.
                     QUARTERLY INVESTMENT COMPLIANCE REPORT

     The undersigned  hereby certifies to the Board of Directors of the Funds as
     follows:

1.   I am not aware of any financial,  legal or other  difficulties  with any of
     our investments since the last report.

2.   I am not  aware of any  securities  failed to be  delivered  since the last
     report.

3.   I am not aware of any lending of Fund securities since the last report.

4.   The Funds have not purchased any securities  from  affiliated  underwriting
     syndicates  since the last report.  Rule 10f-3  requires that the directors
     adopt special procedures before making purchases of this type.

5.   I am not  aware  of any  purchases  of  securities  by the  Funds  from any
     affiliated  person,  or  affiliate  of  an  affiliated  person,  acting  as
     principal.

6.   The Funds have not purchased any securities  through an affiliated  broker,
     as  agent,  since  the  last  report.  Rule  17e-1  requires  that  special
     procedures  are adopted by the directors  before  purchases or sales can be
     made through an affiliated broker.

7.   The Funds have  qualified  under  Subchapter M of Chapter 1 of the Internal
     Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, as a "regulated investment company".  The
     Funds derive at least 90% of its gross income from dividends,  interest and
     gains from the sale of  securities;  invests in securities  within  certain
     statutory limits; and has distributed or will distribute sufficient amounts
     of ordinary  income and capital gains to avoid income tax and the 4% excise
     tax.

8.   The Funds have not exceeded the  Investment  Restrictions  set forth in its
     prospectus.


     I affirm that I have reviewed all the investment  transactions  made by the
Funds  since  the last  report  and find that they  comply  with the  investment
objectives and  restrictions  of the Funds. I certify that the Fund and IMG have
adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violation
of the codes of ethics. I certify that no violations of the personal  securities
transactions reporting process were detected.

Date                                                    Mary Dotterer

- --------

1    An "access  person" is 1) any officer or  director  of the Funds,  and each
     employee  (if  any) of the  Funds  who,  in  connection  with  his  regular
     functions or duties,  makes,  participates in, or obtains information about
     the  purchase  or sale of a  security  by the Funds or whose  functions  or
     duties relate to the making of any recommendations  regarding the purchases
     or sales by the funds,  and 2) any person in a control  relationship to the
     Funds.

2    "Beneficial ownership" of a security is determined in the same manner as it
     would be for the purposes of Section 16 of the  Securities  Exchange Act of
     1934,  except  that  such  determination  should  apply to all  securities.
     Generally,  a  person  should  consider  himself  the  beneficial  owner of
     securities held by his spouse,  his minor  children,  a relative who shares
     his home,  or other  persons if by reason of any  contract,  understanding,
     relationship,   agreement  or  other  arrangement,  he  obtains  from  such
     securities  benefits  substantially  equivalent to those of  ownership.  He
     should also consider  himself the beneficial  owner of securities if he can
     vest or revest title to himself now or in the future.




15

                           INVESTORS MANAGEMENT GROUP

                      CODE OF ETHICS PURSUANT TO RULE 17J-1
                      OF THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
  POLICIES AND PROCEDURES TO PREVENT MISUSE OF NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION PURSUANT
             TO SECTION 204A OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISERS ACT OF 1940

                                  INTRODUCTION

Attached  is the Code of Ethics  (the  "Code")  of  Investors  Management  Group
("IMG") in effect as of March 1, 2000, with respect to all registered investment
companies for which IMG acts as investment  adviser (such registered  investment
companies are collectively  referred to herein as "Funds or Fund"),  as required
by Rule 17j-1 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "Act"). The
Code governs conflicts of interest in personal securities  transactions that can
arise when persons associated with IMG invest in securities that are held or are
to be  acquired  by the  Funds  or  other  accounts  for  which  IMG acts as the
investment adviser ("managed accounts").

Also attached are the Policies and Procedures (the "Policy Statement")  required
by Section 204A of the  Investment  Advisers Act of 1940, as amended,  which are
reasonably designed,  taking into consideration the nature of IMG's business, to
prevent IMG and any associated person or entity from trading in securities while
in possession of material, non-public information ("insider trading").

All IMG  directors,  officers and  employees  and all other persons to whom this
Code and Policy Statement apply must read, acknowledge receipt and understanding
of, and retain this Code and Policy Statement for future reference.

Any questions  regarding the Code and Policy Statement should be referred to the
Compliance Officer as appointed by the Board of Directors of IMG.

                          THE CODE AND POLICY STATEMENT
                              I. PROHIBITED CONDUCT

A.   All persons  associated with Investors  Management Group, Ltd., ("IMG") are
     prohibited from engaging in, or  recommending,  any securities  transaction
     which places  their  interests  above that of any Fund or managed  account.
     Similarly,   all  associated  persons1  are  prohibited  from  recommending
     securities transactions,  with certain exceptions (See Section III. C.), by
     any Fund or managed account without disclosing his or her interest, if any,
     in any such securities or the issuer thereof, including without limitation:

1.   any direct or  indirect  beneficial  ownership  of any  securities  of such
     issuer;

2.   any contemplated transaction by such person in such securities;

3.   any position with such issuer or its affiliates; and

4.   any present or proposed  business  relationship  between such issuer or its
     affiliates  and such  person or any  parties  in which  such  person  has a
     significant interest.

B.   All associated  persons are prohibited  from  divulging  information  about
     clients or about IMG that is confidential, unless it is properly within his
     or her duties or is required by law.

C.   All  associated  persons are  prohibited  from  engaging in any  securities
     transaction,  including Funds or managed accounts, for their own benefit or
     the  benefit  of  others,  while  in  possession  of  material,  non-public
     information concerning such securities.

"Material"  information  means  information  for  which  there is a  substantial
likelihood that a reasonable  investor would consider it important in making his
or her investment  decisions,  or information that is reasonably certain to have
an effect on the price of a company's securities.

Information that should be considered material includes,  but is not limited to,
dividend changes,  earnings  estimates,  changes in previously released earnings
estimates,  significant  expansion or curtailment  of operations,  a significant
increase  or  decline  in  orders,  significant  new  products  or  discoveries,
extraordinary  borrowing,  purchase or sale of substantial  assets,  significant
merger or acquisition proposals or, major litigation problems, and extraordinary
management developments.

"Material"  information  does not have to relate to a  company's  business,  for
example,  information about the contents of a forthcoming  newspaper or magazine
article that is expected to affect the price of a security  should be considered
material.  Similarly,  information concerning significant  transactions that IMG
intends  to execute on behalf of Funds or  managed  accounts  could be  material
information and is prohibited from being communicated.

Information  is non-public  until it has been  effectively  communicated  to the
marketplace. One must be able to point to some fact to show that the information
is  generally  public,  for  example,  information  appearing  in the Dow  Jones
Newswire Service,  Reuters Economic  Services,  the Wall Street Journal or other
publications of general circulation would be considered public.

D.   All  associated  persons  are  prohibited  from   communicating   material,
     non-public  information  concerning  any  security  to others  unless it is
     properly within his or her duties or is required by law.

                                  II. PENALTIES

Penalties  for  trading  on  or  merely   communicating   material,   non-public
information  are severe,  both for the  individuals  involved  in such  unlawful
conduct and for their  employers.  A person can be subject to some or all of the
penalties  below  even  if he or  she  does  not  personally  benefit  from  the
violation. Penalties include:

*    TREBLE DAMAGES,  i.e.,  fines for the person who committed the violation of
     up to three  times the profit  gained or loss  avoided,  whether or not the
     person actually benefited.

*    CIVIL FINES - for the employer or other  controlling  person to the greater
     of  $1,000,000  or three  times  the  amount of the  profit  gained or loss
     avoided; and CRIMINAL PENALTIES of up to $2.5 million.

*    JAIL SENTENCES - Up to 10 years.

*    DISGORGEMENT OF PROFITS

*    CIVIL INJUNCTIONS

In addition to the  penalties  set forth above,  penalties for violation of Rule
17j-1 of the Act may include fines of up to $10,000,  as well as jail  sentences
of up to five years.  Violation  of this Code and Policy  Statement  can also be
expected to result in serious  sanctions  with IMG,  including  dismissal of the
persons involved.

                               III. CODE OF ETHICS
A.       Purposes

In general, the following policies govern the personal investment  activities of
employees  and  directors  of IMG.  It is the duty of such  persons to place the
interests of the Vintage  Mutual Funds or any  portfolios  advised by IMG first.
All such persons shall also conduct personal securities transactions in a manner
that is  consistent  with this  Code of Ethics  and that  avoids  any  actual or
potential  conflict  of  interest  or any  abuse  of a  position  of  trust  and
responsibility.  Further,  no such person shall take inappropriate  advantage of
his or her position.

Rule  17j-1  under  the Act  generally  proscribes  fraudulent  or  manipulative
practices  with  respect  to  purchased  or  sales of  securities  held or to be
acquired  by  investment  companies.  The  purpose  of this Code of Ethics is to
provide  procedures  consistent  with the Act and Rule  17j-1  designed  to give
effect to the general prohibitions set forth in Rule 17j-1(a).

It is a  violation  of this  Code for any  associated  person  of an  investment
adviser to a registered  investment  company in connection  with the purchase or
sale,  directly  or  indirectly,  by such  person  of a  security  held or to be
acquired by such registered investment company:

1.   To employ  any  device,  scheme or  artifice  to  defraud  such  registered
     investment company;

2.   To make to such  registered  investment  company any untrue  statement of a
     material  fact or omit to state to such  registered  investment  company  a
     material fact necessary in order to make the  statements  made, in light of
     the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;

3.   To engage in any act,  practice,  or course of business  which  operates or
     would  operate  as a fraud or deceit  upon any such  registered  investment
     company; or

4.   To engage in any  manipulative  practice  with  respect to such  registered
     investment company.

B.       Definitions for this Section III

1.   "Access  Person" means each director or officer of IMG and each employee of
     IMG who,  with  respect to the Funds and any  managed  accounts,  makes any
     recommendation,  participates in the determination of which  recommendation
     shall  be  made,  or whose  principal  function  or  duties  relate  to the
     determination of which  recommendation shall be made to any Fund or managed
     account;  or who,  in  connection  with his  regular  duties,  obtains  any
     information concerning securities  recommendations being made by IMG to any
     Fund or managed accounts.

2.   "Beneficial  Ownership" shall be interpreted in the same manner as it would
     be in determining  whether a person is subject to the provisions of Section
     16 of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  and the rules and
     regulations thereunder, except that the determination of direct or indirect
     beneficial  ownership shall apply to all securities  which an access person
     has acquired (see Appendix A).

3.   "Fund Manager" means those IMG employees named as portfolio  managers for a
     Fund in the Fund Prospectus.

4.   "Investment Person" means those IMG employees who trade securities, analyze
     investments, or manage portfolios (other than the Funds).

5.   "Control"  means the power to  exercise a  controlling  influence  over the
     management or policies of a company, unless such power is solely the result
     of  an  official   position  with  such   company.   Any  person  who  owns
     beneficially,  either directly or through one or more controlled companies,
     more  than 25  percent  of the  voting  securities  of a  company  shall be
     presumed to control such company.

6.   "Purchase  or  Sale  of a  Security"  includes  every  contract  of sale or
     disposition of, attempt or offer to dispose of, or solicitation of an offer
     to buy, a security or interest in a security,  for value  including,  among
     other things, the writing of an option to purchase or sell a security.

7.   "Security" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(36) of the Act,
     i.e.  "any note,  stock,  treasury  stock,  bond,  debenture,  evidence  of
     indebtedness,   certificate   of   interest   or   participation   in   any
     profit-sharing  agreement,  collateral-trust  certificate,   reorganization
     certificate  or  subscription,  transferable  share,  investment  contract,
     voting-trust certificate, certificate of deposit for a security, fractional
     undivided  interest in oil, gas, or other mineral  rights,  any put,  call,
     straddle,  option, or privilege on any security (including a certificate of
     deposit) or on any group or index of  securities  (including  any  interest
     therein or based on the value thereof), or any put, call, straddle, option,
     or privilege  entered into on a national  securities  exchange  relating to
     foreign currency,  or in general, any interest or instrument commonly known
     as a  "security,"  or any  certificate  of  interest or  participation  in,
     temporary or interim certificate for, receipt for, guarantee of, or warrant
     or right to subscribe to or purchase,  any of the  foregoing." For purposes
     of this Section III,  security shall not include  securities  issued by the
     Government of the United States, bankers' acceptances, bank certificates of
     deposit,  commercial  paper and shares of  registered  open-end  investment
     companies.

C.       Prohibited Transactions

1.   A Fund Manager  shall not  purchase or sell,  directly or  indirectly,  any
     security in his or her own account seven days before or after such security
     has been  purchased  or sold by the Fund so managed.

2.   An  Investment  or Access  Person shall not  purchase or sell,  directly or
     indirectly, a security in his or her own account on a day when any Fund has
     a pending buy or sell order for the same security.

3.   Fund  Managers  and  Investment   Persons  are  prohibited  from  acquiring
     securities in his or her own account in an initial public offering.

4.   For Fund Managers and Investment Persons, purchases and sales, or sales and
     purchases,  of the same or equivalent  securities in his or her own account
     which  are  held in a Fund or for  which a Fund has a  pending  buy or sell
     order  or  which  are  being  considered  for  purchase  by a  Fund  within
     60-calendar days resulting in a profit is prohibited.

5.   No Access  Person  shall effect a purchase and sale or sale and purchase in
     his or her own account  when any managed  account has a pending buy or sell
     order in the same security.

D.       Exempted Transactions

The prohibition requirements of the immediately preceding Section III, C of this
Code shall not apply to:

1.   Purchases or sales effected in any account over which the access person has
     no direct or indirect influence or control;

2.   Purchases  or sales of  securities  which are not  eligible for purchase or
     sale by any Fund;

3.   Purchases  or sales  which  are  non-volitional  on the part of the  Access
     Person of the Fund;

4.   Purchases  which are part of an  automatic  dividend  reinvestment  plan or
     payroll deduction plan or other similar automatic  investment program;  and

5.   Purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata
     to all holders of a class of its securities, to the extent such rights were
     acquired from such issuer, or to sales of such rights so acquired.

E.       Pre-Clearance

Every  Access  Person,   Investment   Person  and  Fund  Manager  shall  receive
pre-clearance  for all  personal  securities  investments  using the  electronic
process as described in Appendix B. Using the procedure the  Compliance  Officer
must  indicate  approval  for  the  transaction  prior  to  its  execution.  The
Compliance  Officer will confirm that the  transaction may be completed with the
Equity Trader and the appropriate Fund Managers.  The electronic  procedure must
be completed for all securities transactions except those exempted under Section
III. D. (1 through 4) herein,  transactions in those  securities not included as
defined in Section III. B.7. herein,  and transactions which include but are not
limited to the purchase or sale of AMCORE Financial,  Inc. stock.  Following the
transaction a duplicate copy of the trade confirmation must also be submitted.

For  private  placements,  in  addition  to  pre-clearance,  Fund  Managers  and
Investment  Persons shall disclose their  involvement,  if any, in a decision to
invest in such an issuer on behalf of the Fund. The  pre-clearance  decision for
such  investments  shall  be  reviewed  by  the  Compliance   Officer  or  other
independent Investment Person if the Compliance Officer is not independent.

F.       Prohibited Activities

1.   Fund Managers and Investment  Persons are prohibited from accepting  gifts,
     other than de minimus,  from persons or entities  doing business with or on
     behalf of the Funds.  Such individuals are further  prohibited from service
     on boards of publicly traded companies,  absent prior  authorization of the
     Compliance Officer.

2.   No Access Person,  Investment  Person,  or Fund Manager shall reveal to any
     other person (except in the normal course of his or her duties on behalf of
     a Fund) any information  regarding securities  transactions by the Fund and
     under  consideration  by  the  Fund  or  by  IMG  of  any  such  securities
     transaction.

3.   No  Investment  Person  or Fund  Manager  shall  recommend  any  securities
     transaction  by a Fund without having  disclosed to the Compliance  Officer
     his or her  interest,  if any, in such  securities  or the issuer  thereof,
     including without  limitation (a) his or her direct or indirect  beneficial
     ownership  of  any  securities  of  such  issuer;   (b)  any   contemplated
     transaction by such person in such  securities;  (c) any position with such
     issuer  or its  affiliates;  and  (d)  any  present  or  proposed  business
     relationship  between such issuer or its  affiliates,  on the one hand, and
     such person or any party in which such person has a  significant  interest,
     on the other;  provided,  however,  that in the event the  interest of such
     Access  Person,  Investment  Person or Fund Manager is such  securities  or
     issuer  is  not  material  to  his  or  her  personal  net  worth  and  any
     contemplated   transaction  by  such  person  in  such  securities   cannot
     reasonably  be  expected  to have a  material  adverse  effect  on any such
     transaction by the Fund or on the market for the securities generally, such
     Access  Person shall not be required to disclose his or her interest in the
     securities or issuer thereof in connection with any such recommendation.

4.   Fund  Managers  and  Investment  Persons  shall not serve on the  boards of
     directors of publicly traded companies  without the prior  authorization of
     the Compliance Officer.

G. Reporting

1.   Every Access Person, Investment Person and Fund Manager shall report, using
     the  electronic  process (see  Appendix B), to the  Compliance  Officer the
     information  described  in Section  III. G. 2. of this Code with respect to
     transactions in any security in which such person has, or by reason of such
     transaction  acquires,  any direct or indirect beneficial  ownership in the
     security;  provided,  however,  that such persons  shall not be required to
     make  a  report  with  respect  to  (i)  transactions  in  U.S.  government
     securities,  bankers' acceptance,  bank certificates of deposit, commercial
     paper  and  shares  of  registered  open-end  investment  companies;   (ii)
     transactions  effected for any account over which such person does not have
     any  direct  or  indirect  influence  or  control;  (iii)  transactions  in
     securities  which the Funds are not  eligible  to  purchase  or sell;  (iv)
     transactions  which are  non-volitional on the part of the Access Person of
     the Fund;  (v)  transactions  effected  pursuant to any automatic  dividend
     reinvestment  plan or payroll  deduction  plan or other  similar  automatic
     investment  program;  or (iv) transactions  effected involving the purchase
     and sale of AMCORE Financial, Inc. stock.

2.   The Securities  Transaction  Reporting  process as described in Appendix B,
     shall be  completed  not later than ten days after the end of the  calendar
     quarter in which the  transaction to which the report relates was effected,
     and shall contain the following information:

a.   The date of the transaction,  the issuer and the number of shares,  and the
     principal amount of each security involved;

b.   The nature of the transaction  (i.e.,  purchase,  sale or any other type of
     acquisition or disposition);

c.   The price at which the transaction was effected; and

d.   The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through whom the transaction
     was effected.

3.   The Securities  Transaction  Reporting process may contain a statement that
     the report shall not be construed as an admission by the person making such
     report that he or she has any direct or indirect  beneficial  ownership  in
     the security to which the report relates.

4.   The Compliance  Officer shall submit to the Board of Directors of each Fund
     no less frequently than annually,  a written report,  Quarterly  Investment
     Compliance Report (Appendix E), which:

a.   Describes any issues  arising under the code of ethics or procedures  since
     the last report to the board of directors,  including, but not ,limited to,
     information  about  material  violations  of the  code  or  procedures  and
     sanctions imposed in response to the material violations; and

b.   Certifies  that  the  Fund  and  IMG  have  adopted  procedures  reasonably
     necessary to prevent Access Persons from violation of the code.

5.   Access Persons shall submit a report of their personal  investment holdings
     at the time of their hiring and annually  thereafter.  (See Appendix C) The
     securities  listed on this  report  shall be those  held at the time of the
     report and which conform to the criteria  required  under the  transactions
     guidelines provided in Section III. G. 1. and 2. of this Code.

6.   The Quarterly  Investment  Compliance  Report  completed by the  Compliance
     Officer  under this Section  shall be  submitted  quarterly to the Board of
     Directors of the Funds as set forth in Section III. G. 4.

H.       Sanctions

Upon  discovering a violation of this Code, the Board of Directors of a Fund may
impose such sanctions as it deems  appropriate,  including,  among other things,
disgorgement  of certain  profits,  unwinding of trades,  a letter of censure or
suspension or termination of the violator's relationship with the Fund.

                   IV. GUIDELINES TO CONSIDER BEFORE INVESTING

A.   Prior to engagement in any personal security transaction,  ask yourself the
     following questions:

1.   Is, to your knowledge, the security you are considering, being purchased or
     sold or  subject  to a program  for  purchase  or sale by a Fund or managed
     account?

2.   Is the security,  to your knowledge,  being considered for purchase or sale
     by a Fund or other managed  account?  (A security is being  considered  for
     purchase  or sale  whenever  a  recommendation  to  purchase  or sell  such
     security  has been  made to an  investment  officer  or  other  appropriate
     officer for a Fund, or person  performing a similar  function for a managed
     account,   and   such   person   has  not   affirmatively   rejected   such
     recommendation.)

B.   With  respect  to  securities  about  which you may have  potential  inside
     information,  before  trading for  yourself or others,  including  Funds or
     managed accounts, ask yourself the following questions:

1.   Is the information  material?  If this  information  that an investor would
     consider  important  in  making  his or her  investment  decision?  Is this
     information  that  would  substantially  affect  the  market  price  of the
     securities if generally disclosed?

2.   Is the information non-public?  To whom has this information been provided?
     Has the  information  been  effectively  communicated to the marketplace by
     being  published  in the Dow  Jones  Newswire  service,  Reuters,  Economic
     Services,  The Wall  Street  Journal,  or  other  publications  of  general
     circulation?

C.   If, after consideration of the items set forth in paragraphs 1 and 2 above,
     there  are  any   unresolved   questions   as  to  the   applicability   or
     interpretation  of  the  foregoing  procedures  or as to the  propriety  of
     trading on such  information,  you should  contact the  Compliance  Officer
     before  seeking  approval  to trade or  communicating  the  information  to
     anyone.

            V. RESTRICTING ACCESS TO MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION

Information in your  possession that you identify as material and non-public may
not be  communicated  to  anyone,  including  persons  within  IMG,  except  the
Compliance Officer.  In addition,  care should be taken so that such information
is secure. For example, files containing material, non-public information should
be  sealed  and  access  to  computer  files  containing   material   non-public
information should be restricted.
                                                                      APPENDIX A

     The term "beneficial  ownership" of securities  includes not only ownership
of securities  held by an Access  Person for his or her own benefit,  whether in
bearer  form  or  registered  in his or her  own  name or  otherwise,  but  also
ownership of  securities  held for his or her benefit by others  (regardless  of
whether or how they are  registered)  such as  custodians,  brokers,  executors,
administrators,  or  trustees  (including  trusts  in which he or she has only a
remainder  interest),  and securities held for his or her account by pledges, or
securities  owned by a  partnership  which he or she should regard as a personal
holding corporation. Correspondingly, this term would exclude securities held by
an Access Person for the benefit of someone else.

     This term does not include  securities held by executors or  administrators
in estates in which an Access Person is a legatee or  beneficiary,  unless there
is a separate  legacy to such person of such  securities,  or such person is the
sole legatee or beneficiary and there are other assets in the estate  sufficient
to pay debts ranking  ahead of such legacy,  or the  securities  are held in the
estate more than a year after the decedent's death.

     Securities   held  in  the  name  of  another   should  be   considered  as
"beneficially"  owned by an Access  Person  where such person  enjoys  "benefits
substantially equivalent to ownership". The SEC has said that although the final
determination  of  beneficial  ownership is a question to be  determined  in the
light of the facts of the particular case, generally a person is regarded as the
beneficial  owner of securities  held in the name of his or her spouse and their
minor  children.  Absent special  circumstances,  such  relationship  ordinarily
results in such person obtaining benefits substantially equivalent to ownership,
e.g.,  application  of the income  derived  from such  securities  to maintain a
common home, to meet expenses which such person  otherwise would meet from other
sources,  or the ability to exercise a controlling  influence over the purchase,
sale or voting of such securities.

     An Access Person also may be regarded as the beneficial owner of securities
held in the name of another person, if by reason of any contract, understanding,
relationship,  agreement,  or other  arrangement,  he or she  obtains  therefrom
benefits substantially equivalent to those of ownership. Moreover, the fact that
the holder is a relative or relative of a spouse and sharing the same home as an
Access  Person  may in itself  indicate  that the  Access  Person  would  obtain
benefits substantially  equivalent to those of ownership from securities held in
the name of such relative.  Thus,  absent  countervailing  facts, it is expected
that  securities  held by a relative  sharing the same home as an Access  Person
will be treated as being a beneficial owner by the Access Person.

     An Access  Person also is regarded as the  beneficial  owner of  securities
held in the name of a spouse,  minor children or an other person, even though he
does not obtain therefrom the  aforementioned  benefits of ownership,  if he can
vest or revest title in himself or herself at once or at some future time.
                                                                      APPENDIX B

                 SECURITIES TRANSACTION REPORTING PROCESS FORMAT


The Compliance  Officer will prepare an email detailing the transactions for the
period for each person required to report  securities  transactions.  This email
will be sent to the reporting person on some business day prior to the tenth day
after each quarter end. The reporting person is required to respond via email to
the Compliance  Officer by or on the tenth  business day of the month  following
quarter-end. The format for the report will be similar to the following


Date    Quantity           Name of            Purchase or      Name of
       of Security        Security             Sale        Broker,Dealer or Bank
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


This report excludes (i) transactions in U.S.  government  securities,  bankers'
acceptance,  bank  certificates  of  deposit,  commercial  paper  and  shares of
registered open-end  investment  companies;  (ii) transactions  effected for any
account over which such person does not have any direct or indirect influence or
control;  (iii)  transactions in securities  which the Funds are not eligible to
purchase or sell; (iv) transactions  which are non-volitional on the part of the
Access Person of the Fund; (v) transactions  effected  pursuant to any automatic
dividend  reinvestment plan or payroll deduction plan or other similar automatic
investment  program;  or (iv) transactions  effected  involving the purchase and
sale of AMCORE Financial,  Inc. stock. All other securities transactions must be
reported.  This  report  is not an  admission  that I have or had any  direct or
indirect  beneficial  ownership in the securities listed.  Security  transaction
report must be transmitted by or on the 10th of the month following quarter-end.

                          PRE-CLEARANCE PROCESS FORMAT

The  individual  requesting  approval  to  proceed  with a trade  will email the
Compliance  Officer with the details of the transaction  (quantity,  issue,  and
purchase/sale).  The  Compliance  Officer will contact the Equity Trader and the
appropriate  Fund managers via email to pre-clear the  transaction  in a certain
time frame (a minimum of two hours).  The Compliance Officer will communicate to
the  individual  via email  whether to proceed with the  transaction.  The Chief
Investment Officer will review the transactions if the Compliance Officer is not
available.

                                                                     APPENDIX C


                      INITIAL AND/OR ANNUAL HOLDINGS REPORT

Name and Address of           Account Number(s)          If New Account,
Broker, Dealer or Bank(s)                                Date Established

Attached are the Covered Securities beneficially owned by me as of the date of
this Initial and/or Annual Holdings Report.

Print or Type Name

Signature

Date

                          CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE



_______I  hereby certify that I have thoroughly read and understand and agree to
abide by the conditions set forth in the foregoing Code and Policy Statement.  I
further certify that,  during the time of my affiliation with IMG, I will comply
or have complied  with the  requirements  of this Code and Policy  Statement and
will  disclose/report  or  have   disclosed/reported   all  personal  securities
transactions required to be disclosed/reported by the Code and Policy Statement.


_______If  I am  deemed  to be an  Access  person  under  this  Code and  Policy
Statement,  I  certify  that I will  comply or have  complied  with the Code and
Policy  Statement and submit my Initial and/or Annual Holdings Report. I further
certify that I will direct or have  directed  each  broker,  dealer or bank with
whom I have an  account  or  accounts  to send  to the  IMG  Compliance  Officer
duplicate copies of all confirmations and statements relating to my account(s).

_______I also understand  that any violations of such Code and Policy  Statement
may subject me to  dismissal  from  Investors  Management  Group or its Board of
Directors.


Date:
                                      Printed Name



                                      Signature

                           VINTAGE MUTUAL FUNDS, INC.
                     QUARTERLY INVESTMENT COMPLIANCE REPORT

The  undersigned  hereby  certifies  to the Board of  Directors  of the Funds as
follows:

1.   I am not aware of any financial,  legal or other  difficulties  with any of
     our investments since the last report.

2.   I am not  aware of any  securities  failed to be  delivered  since the last
     report.

3.   I am not aware of any lending of Fund securities since the last report.

4.   The Funds have not purchased any securities  from  affiliated  underwriting
     syndicates  since the last report.  Rule 10f-3  requires that the directors
     adopt special procedures before making purchases of this type.

5.   I am not  aware  of any  purchases  of  securities  by the  Funds  from any
     affiliated  person,  or  affiliate  of  an  affiliated  person,  acting  as
     principal.

6.   The Funds have not purchased any securities  through an affiliated  broker,
     as  agent,  since  the  last  report.  Rule  17e-1  requires  that  special
     procedures  are adopted by the directors  before  purchases or sales can be
     made through an affiliated broker.

7.   The Funds have  qualified  under  Subchapter M of Chapter 1 of the Internal
     Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, as a "regulated investment company".  The
     Funds derive at least 90% of its gross income from dividends,  interest and
     gains from the sale of  securities;  invests in securities  within  certain
     statutory limits; and has distributed or will distribute sufficient amounts
     of ordinary  income and capital gains to avoid income tax and the 4% excise
     tax.

8.   The Funds have not exceeded the  Investment  Restrictions  set forth in its
     prospectus.


     I affirm that I have reviewed all the investment  transactions  made by the
Funds  since  the last  report  and find that they  comply  with the  investment
objectives and  restrictions  of the Funds. I certify that the Fund and IMG have
adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violation
of the codes of ethics. I certify that no violations of the personal  securities
transactions reporting process were detected.



Date                                                             Mary Dotterer

INVESTORS MANAGEMENT GROUP
CODE OF ETHICS PROCEDURES

1.   The  purpose  of the  IMG  Code  of  Ethics  is to  prevent  fraudulent  or
     manipulative  practices with respect to personal transactions of securities
     held or to be acquired by the Vintage Mutual Funds and managed accounts.

2.   All Access  Persons must read,  understand  and comply with the IMG Code of
     Ethics and Policy Statement; a certification of such must be made annually,
     following the annual  review of the Code and Policy  Statement by IMG. (See
     Appendix D)

3.   All Access Persons must complete the Securities  Transaction  Pre-Clearance
     Process  and  receive  approval  from  the  Compliance   Officer  prior  to
     purchasing  or  selling  any  securities  for his or her own  account.  The
     Compliance Officer must receive pre-clearance from the IMG Chief Investment
     Officer.  Certain  security  exemptions  apply,  (i)  transactions  in U.S.
     government securities,  bankers' acceptance,  bank certificates of deposit,
     commercial paper and shares of registered  open-end  investment  companies;
     (ii) transactions  effected for any account over which such person does not
     have any direct or indirect  influence or control;  (iii)  transactions  in
     securities  which the Funds are not  eligible  to  purchase  or sell;  (iv)
     transactions  which are  non-volitional on the part of the Access Person of
     the Fund;  (v)  transactions  effected  pursuant to any automatic  dividend
     reinvestment  plan or payroll  deduction  plan or other  similar  automatic
     investment  program;  or (iv) transactions  effected involving the purchase
     and  sale of  AMCORE  Financial,  Inc.  stock.4.  Securities  shall  not be
     purchased  or sold by an Access  Person for his or her own account on a day
     when any Fund has a pending buy or sell order for the same security.

4.   A Fund  Manager may not  purchase or sell any  security  for his or her own
     account  seven days after the  security  has been  purchased or sold by the
     Fund so managed and the Fund may not  purchase or sell any  security  seven
     days after the security has been  purchased or sold by the Fund Manager for
     his or her own account.

5.   Only  after  receiving  approval,  securities  purchases  or  sales  may be
     transacted.  For  transactions on days  subsequent to the initial  approval
     date, additional approvals must be obtained.

6.   A duplicate copy of Trade Confirmations must be submitted to the Compliance
     Officer for all trades that have been pre-cleared.

7.   Within ten days of the end of each calendar  quarter,  each Access  Person,
     shall complete the Securities Transaction Reporting Process.

8.   Within 30 days of the end of each calendar quarter,  the Compliance Officer
     will  review  the  Transactions  Reports  and  Pre-Clearance  Requests  for
     potential  violations of the IMG Code of Ethics.  The IMG Chief  Investment
     Officer will review the Compliance Officers transactions, if any.

9.   Certain securities transactions may be exempted from the Code's provisions.
     Such  exemptions  shall be  documented  by the written  approval of the IMG
     Compliance  Officer,  such  approval  stating the basis for the  exemption.
     Further,  such written exemption must be subsequently  reported to the Fund
     Board for further disposition if such is required.

10.  Security transaction  violations of the IMG Code of Ethics must be reported
     to the Board of Directors of the Vintage  Mutual  Funds,  Inc.,  by the IMG
     Compliance Officer not later than the next Board of Directors meeting.

11.  Access  Persons  must  submit a list of  personal  holdings  at the time of
     hiring, and annually thereafter,  to the Compliance Officer.  (See Appendix
     C)

12.  Prohibitions include the following:

A.   No Access  Person  shall  recommend  any  security  transactions  by a Fund
     without having disclosed his or her interest in such securities (see #11).

B.   Investment  Persons and Fund Managers are prohibited from acquiring Initial
     Public Offerings.

C.   Short-term  (60 days)  trades  for  profit are  prohibited  for  Investment
     Persons and Fund  Managers  except for those  securities  which are neither
     held nor are being purchased or sold by a Fund nor are being considered for
     purchase by a Fund.

D.   Investment  Persons and Fund Managers and immediate  family are  prohibited
     from  accepting  all but "de minimus"  gifts,  i.e. a meal, a box of candy,
     golfing  etc.  Significant  gifts such as, but not limited to, plane fares,
     hotel accommodations,  electronic equipment,  etc. are strictly prohibited.
     When in doubt, return or reject the gift.

E.   No Access Person shall reveal to any person (with certain  exceptions)  any
     information regarding securities
                  transactions by the Fund.

F.   Investment  Persons and Fund Managers may not invest in a private placement
     without obtaining advance approval from the Compliance Officer.

G.   Investment  Persons and Fund Managers are prohibited from serving on boards
     of publicly traded companies without prior  authorization of the Compliance
     Officer.

13.  Material  non-public  information  should be communicated to the Compliance
     Officer.  Material  non-public  information  may  not be used  when  making
     investment  decisions  nor may it be  communicated  with anyone  except the
     Compliance Officer. Care should be taken to protect such information.

14.  Violations  of the law,  regulations  or the Code may result in  sanctions,
     fines and jail sentences.

15.  A list of IMG persons subject to compliance is attached and will be updated
     by the Compliance Officer as appropriate.

16.  IMG Compliance Officer will provide the Vintage Board of Directors with, no
     less frequently that annually, a report of any
         violations of the code of ethics.

17.  IMG  Compliance  Officer  will  certify  that the Fund and IMG have adopted
     procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violation of
     the code.

Investors Management Group
Persons Subject to Compliance
As of March 8, 2000
The individuals listed below are designated by the appropriate check mark as
defined in the IMG Code of Ethics.
                                        Fund           Investment         Access
Name                                   Manager           Person           Person
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
John Benjamin                                              X
Kathryn Beyer                             X
Michelle Boisvert                                          X
Thomas Bolgert                                             X
Patricia Bonavia                                                             X
Denise Brown                                                                 X
Lynn Buntjer                                                                 X
Michael Collet                                                               X
Shawn Conrad                                                                 X
Rachel Cropp                                               X
Mary Dotterer                                                                X
Scott Dudgeon                                              X
Kenneth Edge                                                                 X
Jay Evans                                                  X
Lori Frith                                                 X
Tracey Garst                                               X
Stephanie Jacobs                                                             X
Vicki Keast                                                X
Edward Krekeler                                            X
Sara Larson                                                X
Raegan Lawson                                                                X
Pattrik Linthakan                                          X
Jeffrey Lorenzen                          X
Mark McClurg                                                                 X
David Miles                                                                  X
Amy Mitchell                                                                 X
Leasle Mott                                                X
Gary Ollmann                                               X
Julie O'Rourke                            X
Scott Pfeil                                                X
Elizabeth Pierson                         X
Michael Pitcher                                            X
Leslie Preminger                                           X
James Richards                                             X
Darrell Thompson                          X
Pam Vehmeyer                                               X
Tifani Vivanh                                              X
Todd Voss                                                  X
Gay Wallen                                                 X
Ronald Whitehead                                           X






© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission